Table of Contents

Filed pursuant to Rule 424(b)(4)
Registration No. 333-195196

PROSPECTUS

12,000,000 Shares

 

Burlington Stores, Inc.

Common Stock

$25.75 per share

 

 

The selling stockholders are offering up to 12,000,000 shares of common stock of Burlington Stores, Inc. The selling stockholders will receive all of the proceeds from any sales of their shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. We will bear a portion of the expenses of the offering of common stock, except that the selling stockholders will pay any applicable underwriting fees, discounts or commissions and certain transfer taxes.

Our shares of common stock are listed on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “BURL”. On April 30, 2014, the last sale of our common stock as reported on the NYSE was $25.99 per share.

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

 

Investing in our common stock involves risks. See “Risk Factors” beginning on page 18.

 

		Per Share				Total
Price to public		$	25.75			$	309,000,000
Underwriting discounts and commissions(1)		$	0.9656			$	11,587,200
Proceeds, before expenses, to the selling stockholders		$	24.7844			$	297,412,800

 

(1)	See also “Underwriting” for a full description of compensation in connection with this offering.

The underwriters have an option to purchase up to 1,800,000 additional shares from certain selling stockholders at the public offering price, less the underwriting discount. The underwriters can exercise this option at any time and from time to time within 30 days from the date of this prospectus.

Delivery of the shares of common stock will be made on or about May 6, 2014.

 

 

Joint Book-Running Managers

 

J.P. Morgan Goldman, Sachs & Co.		Morgan Stanley		BofA Merrill Lynch Wells Fargo Securities

Co-Managers

 

BMO Capital Markets Guggenheim Securities Telsey Advisory Group		Cowen and Company SunTrust Robinson Humphrey Ramirez & Co., Inc.

The date of this prospectus is April 30, 2014

---

Table of Contents

 

---

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

		Page
PROSPECTUS SUMMARY			1
RISK FACTORS			18
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS			34
USE OF PROCEEDS			36
MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK			37
DIVIDEND POLICY			38
CAPITALIZATION			39
SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA			40
MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS			43
BUSINESS			75
MANAGEMENT			87
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION			93
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS			112
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS			116
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS			118
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK			122
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE			126
CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS			128
UNDERWRITING			132
LEGAL MATTERS			139
EXPERTS			139
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION			139
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS			F-1

 

 

We have not and the underwriters have not authorized anyone to provide you with any information other than that contained in this prospectus or in any free writing prospectus prepared by or on behalf of us or to which we have referred you. The selling stockholders are offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of our common stock only in jurisdictions where such offers and sales are permitted. The information in this prospectus or any free writing prospectus is accurate only as of its date, regardless of its time of delivery or the time of any sale of shares of our common stock. Our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

MARKET, RANKING AND OTHER INDUSTRY DATA

In this prospectus we rely on and refer to information and statistics regarding our industry, the size of certain markets and our position within the sectors in which we compete. Some of the market and industry data contained in this prospectus are based on independent industry publications or other publicly available information, while other information is based on our good faith estimates, which are derived from our review of internal surveys, as well as independent sources listed in this prospectus including the industry research firm The NPD Group, Inc. (“The NPD Group”), and our management’s knowledge and experience in the markets in which we operate. Our estimates have also been based on information obtained from our customers, suppliers and other contacts in the markets in which we operate. We believe that these independent sources and our internal data are reliable as of their respective dates.

In this prospectus we refer to national chains and department stores. We define national chains as retail stores with an average store size of 60,000 to 100,000 square feet that offer a range of moderately priced goods

 

i

---

Table of Contents

across multiple categories. National chains include, among others, the following retailers: JCPenney, Sears and Kohl’s. We define department stores as retail stores with an average store size of 100,000 to 150,000 plus square feet that feature an array of nationally recognized, moderate and better priced goods. Department stores include, among others, the following retailers: Macy’s, Neiman Marcus and Saks Fifth Avenue.

TRADEMARKS, SERVICE MARKS AND TRADE NAMES

We own the trademarks, service marks and trade names that we use in connection with the operation of our business. Our trademarks include “BCF,” “Burlington,” “Burlington Coat Factory,” “Cohoes,” “Luxury Linens,” “MJM Designer Shoes” and “Baby Depot.” This prospectus may also contain trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights of other companies, which are the property of their respective owners. Solely for convenience, the trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights referred to in this offering circular are listed without the TM, SM, ^© and ^® symbols, but we will assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights or the rights of the applicable licensors, if any, to these trademarks, service marks, trade names and copyrights.

 

ii

---

Table of Contents

 

1

---

Table of Contents

 

2

---

Table of Contents

 

3

---

Table of Contents

 

4

---

Table of Contents

 

5

---

Table of Contents

 

6

---

Table of Contents

 

7

---

Table of Contents

 

8

---

Table of Contents

 

9

---

Table of Contents

 

10

---

Table of Contents

 

11

---

Table of Contents

 

12

---

Table of Contents

 

13

---

Table of Contents

 

14

---

Table of Contents

 

15

---

Table of Contents

 

16

---

Table of Contents

 

17

---

Table of Contents

RISK FACTORS

Investing in our common stock involves a number of risks. Before you purchase our common stock, you should carefully consider the risks described below and the other information contained in this prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. If any of the following risks actually occurs, our business, financial condition, results of operation or cash flows could be materially adversely affected. In any such case, the trading price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Risks Related to Our Business and Our Substantial Indebtedness

General economic conditions and consumer spending affect our business.

Consumer spending habits, including spending for the merchandise that we sell, are affected by, among other things, prevailing global economic conditions, inflation, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, prevailing interest rates, housing costs, energy costs, commodities pricing, income tax rates and policies, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. In addition, consumer purchasing patterns may be influenced by consumers’ disposable income, credit availability and debt levels. An incremental slowdown in the U.S. economy, an uncertain global economic outlook or an expanded credit crisis could adversely affect consumer spending habits resulting in lower net sales and profits than expected on a quarterly or annual basis. Consumer confidence is also affected by the domestic and international political situation. Our financial condition and operations could be impacted by changes in government regulations in areas including, but not limited to, taxes and healthcare. The outbreak or escalation of war, or the occurrence of terrorist acts or other hostilities in or affecting the U.S., could lead to a decrease in spending by consumers. In addition, natural disasters, industrial accidents and acts of war in various parts of the world could have the effect of disrupting supplies and raising prices globally which, in turn, may have adverse effects on the world and U.S. economies and lead to a downturn in consumer confidence and spending.

We face increased competition from other retailers that could adversely affect our business.

The retail sector is highly competitive, and retailers are constantly adjusting their promotional activity and pricing strategies in response to changing conditions. We compete on the basis of a combination of factors, including among others, price, breadth, quality and style of merchandise offered, in-store experience, level of customer service, ability to identify and respond to new and emerging fashion trends, brand image and scalability. We compete with a wide variety of large and small retailers for customers, vendors, suitable store locations and personnel. In order to increase traffic and drive consumer spending in the economic environment of the past several years, competitors, including department stores, mass merchants and specialty apparel stores, have been offering brand-name merchandise at substantial markdowns. Continuation of this trend, or the possible effect on consumer buying patterns that improving economic conditions could have, may cause consumer demand to shift from off-price retailers to other retail categories, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we are unable to continue to meet changes in the competitive environment and to positively differentiate ourselves from our competitors, our results of operations could be adversely affected. Moreover, we do not possess exclusive rights to many of the elements that comprise our product offerings. Our competitors may seek to emulate facets of our business strategy, which could result in a reduction of any competitive advantage or special appeal that we might possess. In addition, most of our products are sold to us on a non-exclusive basis. As a result, our current and future competitors may be able to duplicate or improve on some or all of our product offerings that we believe are important in differentiating our stores. If our competitors were to duplicate or improve on some or all of our in-store experience or product offerings, our competitive position and our business could suffer.

 

18

---

Table of Contents

Our results also depend on the successful implementation of several additional strategic initiatives. We may not be able to implement these strategies successfully, on a timely basis, or at all.

We have recently implemented or begun to implement several strategic initiatives designed to transform our business and improve our performance. The success of our recent initiatives is subject to both the risks affecting our business generally and the inherent difficulties associated with implementing these initiatives, and is largely dependent on the skills, experience, and efforts of our management and other associates. We face a number of uncertainties in connection with the successful implementation of these strategic initiatives. Accordingly, there can be no assurance that these strategic initiatives will improve our performance.

Examples of the uncertainties surrounding our strategic initiatives include the following:

 

•

we may lose executives or other key employees with leading roles in implementing the various initiatives;

 

•

our buying, inventory management and supply chain initiatives may fail to yield the results expected;

 

•

our investments in technology and systems may fail to improve efficiency;

 

•

our data-driven testing culture may not result in successful initiatives;

 

•

our sharpened focus on our core female customer may fail to increase sales as expected;

 

•

we may not be able to uniformly implement our in-store experience program;

 

•

our investment in refreshing our store base may not yield commensurate increases in sales; and

 

•

the success of our new store selection in opening high-performing stores may decrease.

Fluctuations in comparable store sales and results of operations could cause our business performance to decline substantially.

Our results of operations for our individual stores have fluctuated in the past and can be expected to continue to fluctuate in the future. Since the beginning of the transition period ended January 30, 2010, our quarterly comparable store sales rates have ranged from 7.8% to negative 7.1%.

Our comparable store sales and results of operations are affected by a variety of factors, including:

 

•

fashion trends;

 

•

calendar shifts of holiday or seasonal periods;

 

•

the effectiveness of our inventory management;

 

•

changes in our merchandise mix;

 

•

weather patterns, including, among other things, changes in year-over-year temperatures;

 

•

availability of suitable real estate locations at desirable prices and our ability to locate them;

 

•

our ability to effectively manage pricing and markdowns;

 

•

changes in general economic conditions and consumer spending patterns;

 

•

our ability to anticipate, understand and meet consumer trends and preferences;

 

•

actions of competitors; and

 

•

the attractiveness of our inventory and stores to customers.

If our future comparable store sales fail to meet expectations, then our cash flow and profitability could decline substantially.

 

19

---

Table of Contents

Our growth strategy includes the addition of a significant number of new stores each year. We may not be able to implement this strategy successfully, on a timely basis, or at all.

Our growth largely depends on our ability to successfully open and operate new stores. We intend to continue to open new stores in future years, while refreshing a portion of our existing store base annually. The success of this strategy is dependent upon, among other things, the current retail environment, the identification of suitable markets and sites for store locations, the negotiation of acceptable lease terms, the hiring, training and retention of competent sales personnel, and the effective management of inventory to meet the needs of new and existing stores on a timely basis. Our proposed expansion also will place increased demands on our operational, managerial and administrative resources. These increased demands could cause us to operate our business less effectively, which in turn could cause deterioration in the financial performance of our existing stores. In addition, to the extent that our new store openings are in existing markets, we may experience reduced net sales volumes in existing stores in those markets. We expect to fund our expansion through cash flow from operations and, if necessary, by borrowings under our Second Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of September 2, 2011 (the “ABL Line of Credit”); however, if we experience a decline in performance, we may slow or discontinue store openings. We may not be able to execute any of these strategies successfully, on a timely basis, or at all. If we fail to implement these strategies successfully, our financial condition and results of operations would be adversely affected.

Our net sales, operating income and inventory levels fluctuate on a seasonal basis and decreases in sales or margins during our peak seasons could have a disproportionate effect on our overall financial condition and results of operations.

Our net sales and operating income fluctuate seasonally, with a significant portion of our operating income typically realized during the five-month period from September through January. Any decrease in sales or margins during this period could have a disproportionate effect on our financial condition and results of operations. Seasonal fluctuations also affect our inventory levels. We must carry a significant amount of inventory, especially before the holiday season selling period. If we are not successful in selling our inventory, we may have to write down our inventory or sell it at significantly reduced prices or we may not be able to sell such inventory at all, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to execute our opportunistic buying and inventory management process could adversely affect our business.

We purchase the majority of our inventory opportunistically, with our buyers purchasing close to need. Establishing the “treasure hunt” nature of the off-price buying experience to drive traffic to our stores requires us to offer changing assortments of merchandise in our stores. While opportunistic buying provides our buyers the ability to buy at desirable times and prices, in the quantities we need and into market trends, it places considerable discretion in our buyers, subjecting us to risks related to the pricing, quantity, nature and timing of inventory flowing to our stores. If we are unable to provide frequent replenishment of fresh, high quality, attractively priced merchandise in our stores, it could adversely affect traffic to our stores as well as our sales and margins. We base our purchases of inventory, in part, on our sales forecasts. If our sales forecasts do not match customer demand, we may experience higher inventory levels and need to markdown excess or slow-moving inventory, leading to decreased profit margins, or we may have insufficient inventory to meet customer demand, leading to lost sales, either of which could adversely affect our financial performance. We need to purchase inventory sufficiently below conventional retail to maintain our pricing differential to regular department and specialty store prices and to attract customers and sustain our margins, which we may not achieve at various times and which could adversely affect our results.

We must also properly execute our inventory management strategies by appropriately allocating merchandise among our stores, timely and efficiently distributing inventory to stores, maintaining an appropriate mix and level of inventory in stores, appropriately changing the allocation of floor space of stores among product

 

20

---

Table of Contents

categories to respond to customer demand and effectively managing pricing and markdowns, and there is no assurance we will be able to do so. Failure to effectively execute our opportunistic inventory buying and inventory management strategies could adversely affect our performance and our relationship with our customers.

Failure to identify customer trends and preferences to meet customer demand could negatively impact our performance.

Because our success depends on our ability to meet customer demand, we work to follow customer trends and preferences on an ongoing basis and to buy inventory in response to those trends and preferences. However, identifying consumer trends and preferences in the diverse product lines and many markets in which we do business and successfully meeting customer demand across those lines and for those markets on a timely basis is challenging. Although our flexible business model allows us to buy close to need and in response to consumer preferences and trends and to expand and contract merchandise categories in response to consumers’ changing tastes, we may not do so successfully, which could adversely affect our results.

If we are unable to renew or replace our store leases or enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms, or if one or more of our current leases are terminated prior to the expiration of their stated term and we cannot find suitable alternate locations, our growth and profitability could be negatively impacted.

We currently lease approximately 92% of our store locations. Most of our current leases expire at various dates after five or ten-year terms, the majority of which are subject to our option to renew such leases for several additional five-year periods. Our ability to renew any expiring lease or, if such lease cannot be renewed, our ability to lease a suitable alternative location, and our ability to enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms will depend on many factors, some of which may not be within our control, such as conditions in the local real estate market, competition for desirable properties and our relationships with current and prospective landlords. If we are unable to renew existing leases or lease suitable alternative locations, or enter into leases for new stores on favorable terms, our growth and profitability may be negatively impacted.

Extreme and/or unseasonable weather conditions could have a significant adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Extreme weather conditions in the areas in which our stores are located could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, heavy snowfall or other extreme weather conditions over a prolonged period might make it difficult for our customers or associates to travel to our stores. In addition, unforeseen public health issues, natural disasters such as hurricanes, tornados, floods, earthquakes, and other extreme weather or climate conditions or a combination of these or other factors, could severely damage or destroy one or more of our stores or facilities located in the affected areas, thereby disrupting our business operations. Any of these events or circumstances could disrupt the operations of one or more of our vendors or one or more of our stores located in the affected areas. Day-to-day operations, particularly our ability to receive products from our vendors or transport products to our stores, could be adversely affected, or we could be required to close stores. As a result, our business could be adversely affected.

Our business is also susceptible to unseasonable weather conditions. For example, extended periods of unseasonably warm temperatures during the fall or winter season or cool weather during the spring or summer season could render a portion of our inventory incompatible with those unseasonable conditions. These prolonged unseasonable weather conditions could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, because a significant portion of our net sales historically have occurred during the five-month period from September through January, unseasonably warm weather during these months could have a disproportionately large effect on our business and materially adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.

 

21

---

Table of Contents

We do not have long-term contracts with any of our vendors and if we are unable to purchase suitable merchandise in sufficient quantities at competitive prices, we may be unable to offer a merchandise mix that is attractive to our customers and our sales may be harmed.

The products that we offer are manufactured by third party vendors. Some of our key vendors may limit the number of retail channels they use to sell their merchandise, which may, in limited cases, result in intense competition among retailers to obtain and sell these goods. In addition, nearly all of the brands of our top vendors are sold by competing retailers and some of our top vendors also have their own dedicated retail stores. Moreover, we typically buy products from our vendors on a purchase order basis. We have no long-term purchase contracts with any of our vendors and, therefore, have no contractual assurances of continued supply, pricing or access to products, and any vendor could change the terms upon which they sell to us or discontinue selling to us at any time. If our relationships with our vendors are disrupted, we may not be able to acquire the merchandise we require in sufficient quantities or on terms acceptable to us. Any inability to acquire suitable merchandise would have a negative effect on our business and operating results because we would be missing products from our merchandise mix unless and until alternative supply arrangements were made, resulting in deferred or lost sales. In addition, events that adversely affect our vendors could impair our ability to obtain desired merchandise in sufficient quantities. Such events include difficulties or problems associated with our vendors’ business, finances, labor, importation of products, costs, production, insurance and reputation.

Our failure to find store employees who can effectively operate our stores could adversely affect our business.

Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, motivate and retain a sufficient number of store employees, including store managers, who understand and appreciate our corporate culture and customers, and are able to adequately and effectively represent this culture. The store employee turnover rate in the retail industry is generally high. Excessive store employee turnover will result in higher employee costs associated with finding, hiring and training new store employees. Moreover, improvement in general economic conditions may decrease the supply of part-time labor, which constitutes the majority of our store employee base. Our labor costs are subject to many external factors, including unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, potential collective bargaining arrangements, health insurance costs and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor legislation or other workplace regulation (including changes in entitlement programs such as health insurance and paid leave programs). Any increase in labor costs may adversely impact our profitability, or, if we fail to pay such higher wages, we could suffer increased employee turnover.

We are also dependent upon temporary personnel to adequately staff our stores and distribution facilities, with heightened dependence during busy periods such as the holiday season and when multiple new stores are opening. There can be no assurance that we will receive adequate assistance from our temporary personnel, or that there will be sufficient sources of suitable temporary personnel to meet our demand. Any such failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increases in employee turnover rates could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

Our results may be adversely affected by fluctuations in energy prices.

Increases in energy costs may result in an increase in our transportation costs for distribution, utility costs for our stores and costs to purchase our products from suppliers, as well as reductions in the amount of disposable income available to customers and the use of automobiles, thereby reducing traffic to our stores. A sustained rise in energy costs could adversely affect consumer spending and demand for our products and increase our operating costs, both of which could have an adverse effect on our performance.

Parties with whom we do business may be subject to insolvency risks which could negatively impact our liquidity.

Many economic and other factors are outside of our control, including but not limited to commercial credit availability. These factors also affect our vendors who, in many cases, depend upon commercial credit to finance

 

22

---

Table of Contents

their operations. If they are unable to secure commercial financing, our vendors could seek to change the terms on which they sell to us, which could negatively affect our liquidity. In addition, the inability of vendors to access liquidity, or the insolvency of vendors, could lead to their failure to deliver merchandise to us.

Although we purchase most of our inventory from vendors domestically, apparel production is located primarily overseas.

We do not own or operate any manufacturing facilities. As a result, we are dependent upon the timely receipt of quality merchandise from suppliers and vendors. Factors which affect overseas production could affect our suppliers and vendors and, in turn, our ability to obtain inventory and the price levels at which they may be obtained. Although such factors apply equally to our competitors, factors that cause an increase in merchandise costs or a decrease in supply could lead to generally lower sales and gross margins in the retail industry.

Such factors include:

 

•

political or labor instability in countries where suppliers are located or at foreign and domestic ports which could result in lengthy shipment delays, which, if timed ahead of the Fall and Winter peak selling periods, could materially and adversely affect our ability to stock inventory on a timely basis;

 

•

political or military conflict involving apparel producing countries, which could cause a delay in the transportation of our products to us and an increase in transportation costs;

 

•

heightened terrorism security concerns, which could subject imported goods to additional, more frequent or more thorough inspections, leading to delays in deliveries or impoundment of goods for extended periods;

 

•

disease epidemics, outbreaks and other health related concerns, which could result in closed factories, reduced workforces, scarcity of raw materials and scrutiny or embargoing of goods produced in infected areas;

 

•

natural disasters and industrial accidents, which could have the effect of curtailing production and disrupting supplies;

 

•

increases in labor and production costs in goods-producing countries, which would result in an increase in our inventory costs;

 

•

the migration and development of manufacturers, which can affect where our products are or will be produced;

 

•

fluctuation in our suppliers’ local currency against the dollar, which may increase our cost of goods sold; and

 

•

changes in import duties, taxes, charges, quotas, loss of “most favored nation” trading status with the United States for a particular foreign country and trade restrictions (including the United States imposing antidumping or countervailing duty orders, safeguards, remedies or compensation and retaliation due to illegal foreign trade practices).

Any of the foregoing factors, or a combination thereof could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our business would be disrupted severely if either of our primary distribution centers were to shut down.

During Fiscal 2013, we extended central distribution services to approximately 91% of our merchandise units through our distribution facilities. Our two primary distribution centers are currently located in Edgewater Park, New Jersey and San Bernardino, California. Most of the merchandise we purchase is shipped directly to our distribution centers, where it is prepared for shipment to the appropriate stores. The success of our stores depends on their timely receipt of merchandise. If either of our current primary distribution centers were to

 

23

---

Table of Contents

shut down or lose significant capacity for any reason, our operations would likely be disrupted. Although in such circumstances our stores are capable of receiving inventory directly from suppliers via drop shipment, we would incur significantly higher costs and a reduced ability to control inventory levels during the time it takes for us to reopen or replace either of our primary distribution centers.

Software used for our management information systems may become obsolete, conflict with the requirements of newer hardware and may cause disruptions in our business.

We rely on our existing management information systems, including some software programs that were developed in-house by our employees, in operating and monitoring all major aspects of our business, including sales, distribution, purchasing, inventory control, merchandising planning and replenishment, as well as various financial systems. If we fail to maintain or update such software to meet the demands of changing business requirements or if we decide to modify or change our hardware and/or operating systems and the software programs that were developed in-house are not compatible with the new hardware or operating systems, disruption to our business may result.

Failure to operate and maintain currently deployed information systems or implement new technologies effectively could disrupt our business or reduce our sales or profitability.

The efficient operation of our business is dependent on our information systems. If an act of God, interference by computer hackers or another event caused our information systems to not function properly, major business disruptions could occur. In particular, we rely on our information systems to effectively manage sales, distribution, merchandise planning and allocation functions. We have some redundant capabilities including a data center in New Jersey that is located within 15 miles of our Burlington, New Jersey headquarters. If a disaster impacts either location, while it most likely would not fully incapacitate us, our operations could be significantly affected. Our disaster recovery site is located in Chicago, Illinois. System redundancy is targeted to support the most critical aspects of running our business, but our disaster recovery planning may be ineffective, insufficient or inadequate to address all eventualities. The failure of our information systems and the third party systems we rely on to perform as designed, or our failure to implement and operate them effectively, could disrupt our business or subject us to liability and thereby harm our sales and profitability.

Unauthorized disclosure of sensitive or confidential information, whether through a breach of our computer system or otherwise, could severely hurt our business.

As part of our normal course of business we collect, process and retain sensitive and confidential information from individuals, such as our customers and associates, and we process customer payment card and check information. We rely on commercially available systems, software, tools and monitoring to provide security and oversight for processing, transmission, storage and the protection of confidential information. Despite the security measures we have in place, our facilities and systems, and those of third parties with which we do business may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of vandalism and theft, computer viruses, misplaced or lost data, programming and/or human errors, or other similar events.

Electronic security attacks designed to gain access to sensitive information by breaching mission critical systems of large organizations are constantly evolving, and high profile electronic security breaches leading to unauthorized release of confidential information have occurred recently at a number of major U.S. companies. Computer hackers may attempt to penetrate our computer systems or the systems of third parties with which we do business and, if successful, misappropriate personal information, payment card or check information or confidential business information. In addition, our associates, contractors or third parties with which we do business or to which we outsource business operations may attempt to circumvent our security measures in order to misappropriate such information, and may purposefully or inadvertently cause a breach involving such information. Advances in computer and software capabilities and encryption technology, new tools and other developments may increase the risk of such a breach.

 

24

---

Table of Contents

While we have invested in the protection of our information technology by implementing and maintaining what we believe are adequate security procedures and controls over financial and other individually identifiable customer, employee and vendor data provided to us, such procedures and controls may not be effective. An electronic security breach in our systems (or in the systems of third parties with which we do business) that results in the unauthorized release of individually identifiable customer or other sensitive data could nonetheless occur and have a material adverse effect on our reputation and lead to financial losses from remedial actions, loss of business or potential liability, including possible punitive damages. In addition, as the regulatory environment relating to retailers and other company’s obligation to protect such sensitive data becomes stricter, a material failure on our part to comply with applicable regulations could subject us to fines or other regulatory sanctions and potentially to lawsuits.

Changes in product safety laws may adversely impact our operations.

We are subject to regulations by a variety of state and federal regulatory authorities, including the Consumer Product Safety Commission. The Consumer Product Safety Improvement Act of 2008 (“CPSIA”) imposes limitations on the permissible amounts of lead and phthalates allowed in children’s products. These laws and regulations relate principally to product labeling, licensing requirements, flammability testing, and product safety particularly with respect to products used by children. In the event that we are unable to timely comply with regulatory changes, including those pursuant to the CPSIA, significant fines or penalties could result, which could adversely affect our operations.

Our future growth and profitability could be adversely affected if our advertising and marketing programs are not effective in generating sufficient levels of customer awareness and traffic.

We rely on print and television advertising to increase consumer awareness of our product offerings and pricing to drive store traffic. In addition, we rely and will increasingly rely on other forms of media advertising, including, without limitation, social media and e-marketing. Our future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our advertising and marketing programs. In order for our advertising and marketing programs to be successful, we must:

 

•

manage advertising and marketing costs effectively in order to maintain acceptable operating margins and return on our marketing investment; and

 

•

convert customer awareness into actual store visits and product purchases.

Our planned advertising and marketing expenditures may not result in increased total or comparable net sales or generate sufficient levels of product awareness. Further, we may not be able to manage our advertising and marketing expenditures on a cost-effective basis. Additionally, some of our competitors may have substantially larger marketing budgets, which may provide them with a competitive advantage over us.

Use of social media may adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

There has been a substantial increase in the use of social media platforms and similar devices, including blogs, social media websites, and other forms of internet-based communications, which allow individuals access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. As laws and regulations rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms and devices, the failure by us, our employees or third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of theses platforms and devices could adversely impact our reputation or subject us to fines or other penalties.

Consumers value readily available information concerning retailers and their goods and services and often act on such information without further investigation and without regard to its accuracy. Information concerning us may be posted on social media platforms and similar devices at any time and may be adverse to our reputation or business. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction.

 

25

---

Table of Contents

The loss of key personnel may disrupt our business and adversely affect our financial results.

We depend on the contributions of key personnel for our future success. Although we have entered into employment agreements with certain executives, we may not be able to retain all of our executive and key employees. These executives and other key employees may be hired by our competitors, some of which have considerably more financial resources than we do. The loss of key personnel, or the inability to hire and retain qualified employees, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Circumstances limiting our ability to access capital markets could adversely affect our business or financial condition.

Changes in the credit and capital markets, including market disruptions, limited liquidity and interest rate fluctuations, may increase the cost of financing or restrict our access to this potential source of future liquidity. A decrease in the ratings that rating agencies assign to our short and long-term debt may also negatively impact our access to the debt capital markets and increase our cost of borrowing. These circumstances may negatively impact our access to capital markets, which could have a materially adverse impact on our business or financial condition.

There are claims made against us from time to time that can result in litigation or regulatory proceedings which could distract management from our business activities and result in significant liability or damage to our brand image.

We face the risk of litigation and other claims against us from time to time. Litigation and other claims may arise in the ordinary course of our business and include employee claims, commercial disputes, intellectual property issues, product-oriented allegations and slip and fall claims. Often these cases raise complex factual and legal issues, which are subject to risks and uncertainties and which could require significant management time. Litigation and other claims against us could result in unexpected expenses and liability, as well as materially adversely affect our operations and our reputation.

Changes in legal and accounting rules and regulations may adversely affect our results of operations.

We are subject to numerous legal and accounting requirements. New accounting rules or regulations and varying interpretations of existing accounting rules or regulations have occurred and may occur in the future, including those related to the convergence of accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and International Financial Reporting Standards. Future changes to accounting rules or regulations and failure to comply with laws and regulations could adversely affect our operations and financial results, involve significant expense and divert management’s attention and resources from other matters, which in turn could impact our business.

Increases in the cost of employee benefits could impact our financial results and cash flow.

Our expenses relating to employee health benefits are significant. Unfavorable changes in the cost of such benefits could negatively affect our financial results and cash flow. Healthcare costs have risen significantly in recent years, and recent legislative and private sector initiatives regarding healthcare reform could result in significant changes to the U.S. healthcare system. Due to the breadth and complexity of the healthcare reform legislation, the lack of implementing regulations and interpretive guidance and the phased-in nature of the implementation of the legislation, we are not able at this time to fully determine the impact that healthcare reform will have on our sponsored medical plans.

Our substantial indebtedness requires a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate sufficient cash depends on numerous factors beyond our control, and we may be unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt obligations, including making payments on our outstanding notes.

As of February 1, 2014, our total indebtedness was $1,428.2 million, including $450.0 million of our outstanding Senior Notes, $126.1 million of our outstanding Holdco Notes and $828.8 million under our Senior

 

26

---

Table of Contents

Secured Term Loan Facility, pursuant to our Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of February 24, 2011, as amended by Amendment No. 1, dated May 16, 2012 (“Amendment No. 1”), Amendment No. 2, dated February 15, 2013 (“Amendment No. 2”) and Amendment No. 3, dated May 17, 2013 (“Amendment No. 3”). Estimated cash required to make minimum debt service payments (including principal and interest) for these debt obligations amounts to approximately $148.5 million for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2015, inclusive of the $58.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes outstanding that we redeemed on April 4, 2014.

Our ability to make payments on and to refinance our debt and to fund planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future, which is to some extent, subject to general economic, financial, competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors that are beyond our control. If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flow to service our debt and meet our other commitments, we will be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as refinancing all or a portion of our debt, including our notes, selling material assets or operations or raising additional debt or equity capital. We may not be able to successfully carry out any of these actions on a timely basis, on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or be assured that these actions would be sufficient to meet our capital requirements. In addition, the terms of our existing or future debt agreements, including the ABL Line of Credit, the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the indentures governing our Senior Notes and Holdco Notes, may restrict us from affecting any of these alternatives.

If we fail to make scheduled payments on our debt or otherwise fail to comply with our covenants, we would be in default and, as a result:

 

•

our debt holders could declare all outstanding principal and interest to be due and payable;

 

•

our secured debt lenders could terminate their commitments and commence foreclosure proceedings against our assets; and

 

•

we could be forced into bankruptcy or liquidation.

The indentures governing our Senior Notes and Holdco Notes, the ABL Line of Credit and the Term Loan Credit Agreement impose significant operating and financial restrictions on us and our subsidiaries, which may prevent us from capitalizing on business opportunities.

The indentures governing our Senior Notes and Holdco Notes, the ABL Line of Credit and the Term Loan Credit Agreement contain covenants that place significant operating and financial restrictions on us. These covenants limit our ability to, among other things:

 

•

incur additional indebtedness or enter into sale and leaseback obligations;

 

•

pay certain dividends or make certain distributions on capital stock or repurchase capital stock;

 

•

make certain capital expenditures;

 

•

make certain investments or other restricted payments;

 

•

have our subsidiaries pay dividends or make other payments to us;

 

•

engage in certain transactions with stockholders or affiliates;

 

•

sell certain assets or merge with or into other companies;

 

•

guarantee indebtedness; and

 

•

create liens.

As a result of these covenants, we are limited in how we conduct our business and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities. The terms of any future indebtedness we may incur could include more restrictive covenants. If we fail to maintain compliance with these covenants in the future, we may not be able to obtain waivers from the lenders and/or amend the covenants.

 

27

---

Table of Contents

Our failure to comply with the restrictive covenants described above, as well as others that may be contained in the indentures governing our Senior Notes and Holdco Notes, the ABL Line of Credit and the Term Loan Credit Agreement, could result in an event of default, which, if not cured or waived, could result in us being required to repay these borrowings before their due date. If we are unable to refinance these borrowings or are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.

Our failure to comply with the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, including as a result of events beyond our control, could result in an event of default that could materially and adversely affect our results of operations and our financial condition.

If there were an event of default under any of the agreements relating to our outstanding indebtedness, the holders of the defaulted debt could cause all amounts outstanding, with respect to that debt, to be due and payable immediately. Our assets or cash flow may not be sufficient to fully repay borrowings under our outstanding debt instruments if accelerated upon an event of default. Further, if we are unable to repay, refinance or restructure our secured indebtedness, the holders of such debt could proceed against the collateral securing that indebtedness. In addition, any event of default or declaration of acceleration under one debt instrument could also result in an event of default under one or more of our other debt instruments.

Risks Related to this Offering and Ownership of Our Common Stock

Following the offering, we will continue to be classified as a “controlled company” and, as a result, we qualify for, rely on and intend to continue to rely on exemptions from certain corporate governance requirements. You will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to such requirements.

After the closing of this offering, Bain Capital will continue to control a majority of our common stock. As a result, we will continue to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. Under the NYSE rules, a company of which more than 50% of the outstanding voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain stock exchange corporate governance requirements, including:

 

•

the requirement that a majority of the board of directors consists of independent directors;

 

•

the requirement that nominating and corporate governance matters be decided solely by independent directors; and

 

•

the requirement that employee and officer compensation matters be decided solely by independent directors.

We currently utilize and intend to continue to utilize these exemptions. As a result, we do not have a majority of independent directors and our nominating and corporate governance and compensation functions are not decided solely by independent directors. Accordingly, you will not have the same protections afforded to stockholders of companies that are subject to all of the stock exchange corporate governance requirements.

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may not be able to resell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

Volatility in the market price of our common stock may prevent you from being able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them. Since our initial public offering in October 2013, the price of our common stock, as reported by NYSE, has ranged from a low of $21.54 on December 10, 2013 to a high of $32.98 on January 3, 2014. The market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, many of which we cannot control, including those described under “—Risks Related to Our Business and Our Substantial Indebtedness” and the following:

 

•

changes in financial estimates by any securities analysts who follow our common stock, our failure to meet these estimates or failure of those analysts to initiate or maintain coverage of our common stock;

 

28

---

Table of Contents

•

downgrades by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

 

•

future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders;

 

•

market conditions or trends in our industry or the economy as a whole and, in particular, in the retail sales environment;

 

•

investors’ perceptions of our prospects;

 

•

announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, joint ventures or capital commitments; and

 

•

changes in key personnel.

In addition, the stock markets have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies, including companies in the retail industry. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs, and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Our majority stockholder will have the ability to control significant corporate activities after the completion of this offering and our majority stockholder’s interests may not coincide with yours.

After the consummation of this offering, Bain Capital will beneficially own approximately 57.6% of our common stock, assuming the underwriters do not exercise their option to purchase additional shares. If the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase additional shares, Bain Capital will beneficially own approximately 55.2% of our common stock. As a result of its ownership, Bain Capital, so long as it holds a majority of our outstanding shares, will have the ability to control the outcome of matters submitted to a vote of stockholders and, through our Board of Directors, the ability to control decision-making with respect to our business direction and policies. Matters over which Bain Capital will, directly or indirectly, exercise control following this offering include:

 

•

the election of our Board of Directors and the appointment and removal of our officers;

 

•

mergers and other business combination transactions, including proposed transactions that would result in our stockholders receiving a premium price for their shares;

 

•

other acquisitions or dispositions of businesses or assets;

 

•

incurrence of indebtedness and the issuance of equity securities;

 

•

repurchase of stock and payment of dividends; and

 

•

the issuance of shares to management under our equity incentive plans.

Even if Bain Capital’s ownership of our shares falls below a majority, it may continue to be able to strongly influence or effectively control our decisions. Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, Bain Capital and its affiliates do not have any obligation to present to us, and Bain Capital may separately pursue, corporate opportunities of which they become aware, even if those opportunities are ones that we would have pursued if granted the opportunity. See “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity.”

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

Sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market after this offering, or the perception that these sales could occur, could adversely affect the price of our common stock and could impair our ability to raise capital through the sale of additional shares. As of April 5, 2014, we had 73,735,395 shares of common stock outstanding. The shares of common stock offered in this offering by the selling stockholders, plus any

 

29

---

Table of Contents

shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, in addition to the 15,333,333 shares that were sold in our initial public offering, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), except for any shares of our common stock that may be held or acquired by our directors, executive officers and other affiliates, as that term is defined in the Securities Act, which will be restricted securities under the Securities Act. Restricted securities may not be sold in the public market unless the sale is registered under the Securities Act or an exemption from registration is available.

In connection with this offering, we, each of our executive officers and directors, Bain Capital and the selling stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, with the underwriters not to dispose of or hedge any of the shares of common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable for shares of common stock during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing through the date that is 75 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances), except, in our case, for the issuance of common stock upon the exercise of options under our existing management incentive plan. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may, in their sole discretion, release any of these shares from these restrictions at any time without notice. See “Underwriting.”

All of our shares of common stock outstanding as of the date of this prospectus that are subject to lock-up agreements may be sold in the public market by existing stockholders after the expiration of the lock-up agreements, subject to certain restrictions on transfer under our amended and restated stockholders agreement, among us and our stockholders, including Bain Capital, and applicable volume and other limitations imposed under federal securities laws. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement.” In addition, see “Shares Eligible for Future Sale” for a more detailed description of the restrictions on selling shares of our common stock after this offering.

After this offering, subject to any lock-up restrictions described above with respect to certain holders, holders of approximately 44.9 million shares of our common stock will have the right to require us to register the sales of their shares under the Securities Act, under the terms of an agreement between us and the holders of these securities. See “Shares Eligible for Future Sale—Registration Rights” for a more detailed description of these rights. In addition, we registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) the issuance of shares of common stock pursuant to outstanding options under our 2006 Management Incentive Plan (as amended and restated, the “2006 Incentive Plan”) and shares of common stock that are reserved for issuance under the 2006 Incentive Plan and our 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the “2013 Incentive Plan”).

In the future, we may also issue our securities in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

As a public company, we are subject to additional financial and other reporting and corporate governance requirements that may be difficult for us to satisfy and may divert management’s attention from our business.

As a public company, we are required to file annual and quarterly reports and other information pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”) with the SEC. We are required to ensure that we have the ability to prepare consolidated financial statements that comply with SEC reporting requirements on a timely basis. We are also subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including the applicable stock exchange listing standards and certain provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the regulations promulgated thereunder, which impose significant compliance obligations upon us. Specifically, we are required to:

 

•

prepare and distribute periodic reports and other stockholder communications in compliance with our obligations under the federal securities laws and applicable stock exchange rules;

 

•

maintain the roles and duties of our Board of Directors and committees of the Board of Directors in compliance with the NYSE continued listing rules and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

30

---

Table of Contents

•

maintain compliance and internal audit functions;

 

•

evaluate and maintain our system of internal control over financial reporting, and report on management’s assessment thereof, in compliance with the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”) and the related rules and regulations of the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board;

 

•

maintain our investor relations function in compliance with the NYSE continued listing rules and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

 

•

maintain internal policies, including those relating to disclosure controls and procedures; and

 

•

involve and retain outside legal counsel and accountants in connection with the activities listed above.

As a public company, we are required to commit significant resources and management time and attention to the above-listed requirements, which cause us to incur significant costs and which place a strain on our systems and resources. As a result, our management’s attention might be diverted from other business concerns. In addition, we might not be successful in implementing these requirements. Compliance with these requirements will place significant demands on our legal, accounting and finance staff and on our accounting, financial and information systems and will increase our legal and accounting compliance costs as well as our compensation expense as we may be required to hire additional accounting, tax, finance and legal staff with the requisite technical knowledge.

In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. To maintain and improve the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures, significant resources and management oversight is required. We implemented additional procedures and processes for the purpose of addressing the standards and requirements applicable to public companies. We incur certain additional annual expenses related to these activities and, among other things, additional directors’ and officers’ liability insurance, director fees, reporting requirements, transfer agent fees, hiring additional accounting, legal and administrative personnel, increased auditing and legal fees and similar expenses.

Failure to comply with requirements to design, implement and maintain effective internal controls could have a material adverse effect on our business and stock price.

As a public company, we have significant requirements for enhanced financial reporting and internal controls. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environments and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. If we are unable to establish or maintain appropriate internal financial reporting controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and harm our operating results. In addition, we are required, pursuant to Section 404, to furnish a report by management on, among other things, the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. This assessment includes disclosure of any material weaknesses identified by our management in our internal control over financial reporting, and, beginning with the fiscal year ending January 31, 2015, must include a statement that our auditors have issued an attestation report on effectiveness of our internal controls. Testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. We may not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404 or our independent registered public accounting firm may not issue an unqualified opinion. If either we are unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to provide us with an unqualified report, investors could lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a material adverse effect on the trading price of our stock.

 

31

---

Table of Contents

Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law might discourage or delay acquisition attempts for us that you might consider favorable.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of the Company more difficult without the approval of our Board of Directors. These provisions:

 

•

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include super voting, special approval, dividend, or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of common stock;

 

•

prohibit stockholder action by written consent, requiring all stockholder actions be taken at a meeting of our stockholders;

 

•

provide that the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws;

 

•

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

 

•

establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which our Board of Directors is divided into three classes, with each class serving for staggered three-year terms, which prevents stockholders from electing an entirely new Board of Directors at an annual meeting;

 

•

limit the ability of stockholders to remove directors if Bain Capital ceases to own more than 50% of our voting common stock;

 

•

prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings of stockholders if Bain Capital ceases to own more than 50% of our voting common stock; and

 

•

require the approval of holders of at least 75% of the outstanding shares of our voting common stock to amend the amended and restated bylaws and certain provisions of the amended and restated certificate of incorporation if Bain Capital ceases to own more than 50% of our common stock.

These anti-takeover provisions and other provisions under Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction involving a change in control of the Company, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make it more difficult for you and other stockholders to elect directors of your choosing and to cause us to take other corporate actions you desire. For a further discussion of these and other such anti-takeover provisions, see “Description of Capital Stock—Anti-takeover Effects of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws.”

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, subject to limited exceptions, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our directors, officers or other employees to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the Delaware General Corporation Law, our certificate of incorporation or our by-laws, or (iv) any other action asserting a claim against us that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and to have consented to the provisions of our certificate of incorporation described above. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find these provisions of our

 

32

---

Table of Contents

amended and restated certificate of incorporation inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business and financial condition.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our common stock or publishes inaccurate or unfavorable research about our business, our stock price would likely decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of us or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our common stock could decrease, which could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.

Provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation could have the effect of preventing us from having the benefit of certain business opportunities that it may otherwise be entitled to pursue.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that Bain Capital and its affiliates are not required to offer corporate opportunities of which they become aware to us and could, therefore, offer such opportunities instead to other companies including affiliates of Bain Capital. In the event that Bain Capital obtains business opportunities from which we might otherwise benefit but chooses not to present such opportunities to us, these provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation could have the effect of preventing us from pursuing transactions or relationships that would otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders. See “Description of Capital Stock—Corporate Opportunity.”

Because we do not intend to pay cash dividends in the foreseeable future, you may not receive any return on investment unless you are able to sell your common stock for a price greater than your purchase price.

The continued operation and expansion of our business will require substantial funding. Accordingly, we do not anticipate that we will pay any cash dividends on shares of our common stock for the foreseeable future. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon results of operations, financial condition, contractual restrictions, including those under the ABL Line of Credit, the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the indentures governing our Senior Notes and Holdco Notes, any potential indebtedness we may incur, restrictions imposed by applicable law and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Accordingly, if you purchase shares in this offering, realization of a gain on your investment will depend on the appreciation of the price of our common stock, which may never occur. Investors seeking cash dividends in the foreseeable future should not purchase our common stock.

We are a holding company and rely on dividends, distributions and other payments, advances and transfers of funds from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations.

We are a holding company that does not conduct any business operations of our own. As a result, we are largely dependent upon cash dividends and distributions and other transfers from our subsidiaries to meet our obligations. The deterioration of income from, or other available assets of, our subsidiaries for any reason could limit or impair their ability to pay dividends or other distributions to us.

Bain Capital is the principal selling stockholder in this offering and will receive substantial benefits from the sale of shares in this offering.

Our principal stockholder, Bain Capital, is offering 10,611,517 shares of our common stock in this offering (or 12,411,517 shares of our common stock if the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional shares in full) and accordingly, Bain Capital will receive a substantial portion of the proceeds from the sales of shares in this offering. The interests of Bain Capital may not be consistent with our interests or the interests of our other stockholders.

 

33

---

Table of Contents

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are subject to risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact included in this prospectus are forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements discuss our current expectations and projections relating to our financial condition, results of operations, plans, objectives, future performance and business. You can identify forward-looking statements by the fact that they do not relate strictly to historical or current facts. These statements may include words such as “aim,” “anticipate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “potential,” “project,” “projection,” “plan,” “intend,” “seek,” “believe,” “may,” “could,” “would,” “will,” “should,” “can,” “can have,” “likely,” the negatives thereof and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. For example, all statements we make relating to our estimated and projected earnings, revenues, costs, expenditures, cash flows, growth rates and financial results, our plans and objectives for future operations, growth or initiatives, strategies, or the expected outcome or impact of pending or threatened litigation are forward-looking statements. All forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those that we expected, including:

 

•

general economic conditions;

 

•

competitive factors, including pricing and promotional activities of major competitors;

 

•

our ability to successfully implement several of our strategic initiatives;

 

•

the availability of desirable store locations on suitable terms;

 

•

changing consumer preferences and demand;

 

•

industry trends, including changes in buying, inventory and other business practices by customers;

 

•

competitive factors, including pricing and promotional activities of major competitors;

 

•

the availability, selection and purchasing of attractive merchandise on favorable terms;

 

•

import risks;

 

•

weather patterns, including, among other things, changes in year-over-year temperatures;

 

•

our future profitability;

 

•

our ability to control costs and expenses;

 

•

unforeseen computer related problems;

 

•

any unforeseen material loss or casualty;

 

•

the effect of inflation;

 

•

an increase in competition within the markets in which we compete;

 

•

regulatory changes;

 

•

changes in general and/or regional economic conditions;

 

•

our relationships with employees;

 

•

the impact of current and future laws;

 

•

terrorist attacks, particularly attacks on or within markets in which we operate;

 

•

natural and man-made disasters, including but not limited to fire, snow and ice storms, flood, hail, hurricanes and earthquakes;

 

•

our substantial level of indebtedness and related debt-service obligations;

 

•

restrictions imposed by covenants in our debt agreements;

 

34

---

Table of Contents

•

availability of adequate financing;

 

•

our dependence on vendors for our merchandise;

 

•

domestic events affecting the delivery of merchandise to our stores; and

 

•

existence of adverse litigation and risks.

While we believe that our assumptions are reasonable, we caution that it is very difficult to predict the impact of known factors, and it is impossible for us to anticipate all factors that could affect our actual results. Important factors that could cause actual results to differ materially from our expectations, or cautionary statements, are disclosed under “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in this prospectus. All forward-looking statements are expressly qualified in their entirety by these cautionary statements. You should evaluate all forward-looking statements made in this prospectus in the context of these risks and uncertainties.

We caution you that the important factors referenced above may not contain all of the factors that are important to you. In addition, we cannot assure you that we will realize the results or developments we expect or anticipate or, even if substantially realized, that they will result in the consequences we anticipate or affect us or our operations in the way we expect. The forward-looking statements included in this prospectus are made only as of the date hereof. We undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any forward-looking statement as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as otherwise required by law. If we do update one or more forward-looking statements, no inference should be made that we will make additional updates with respect to those or other forward-looking statements.

 

35

---

Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

The selling stockholders will receive all of the net proceeds from any sales of their securities. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of shares in this offering. See “Principal and Selling Stockholders.”

 

36

---

Table of Contents

MARKET PRICE OF OUR COMMON STOCK

Our common stock began trading on the NYSE under the symbol “BURL” on October 2, 2013. Prior to that, there was no public market for our common stock. The table sets forth, for the periods indicated below, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported by Bloomberg since October 2, 2013.

 

2013-2014		High				Low
Third Quarter (ending November 2, 2013)		$	28.00			$	22.61
Fourth Quarter (ending February 1, 2014)		$	32.98			$	21.54
First Quarter (through April 30, 2014)		$	32.55			$	23.88

On April 30, 2014, the closing price of our common stock as reported by Bloomberg was $25.99 per share. As of April 5, 2014, we had 82 holders of record of our common stock.

 

37

---

Table of Contents

DIVIDEND POLICY

We currently do, and intend to continue to, retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of our business, and therefore we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be limited by restrictions on the ability of our subsidiaries and us to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of current and any future agreements governing our indebtedness. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to compliance with covenants in our current and future agreements governing our indebtedness, and will depend upon our results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that our Board of Directors deems relevant.

In addition, since we are a holding company, substantially all of the assets shown on our consolidated balance sheets are held by our subsidiaries. Accordingly, our earnings, cash flow and ability to pay dividends are largely dependent upon the earnings and cash flows of our subsidiaries and the distribution or other payment of such earnings to us in the form of dividends. The ability of our subsidiaries to pay such dividends is limited by contractual restrictions, including those under the ABL Line of Credit, the Term Loan Credit Agreement and the indentures governing our Senior Notes and Holdco Notes.

 

38

---

Table of Contents

CAPITALIZATION

The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents, indebtedness and our capitalization as of February 1, 2014. You should read the following table in conjunction with the sections entitled “Use of Proceeds,” “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data,” “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our Consolidated Financial Statements and related notes included elsewhere in this prospectus.

 

		February 1, 2014
		(in millions)
Cash and cash equivalents		$	133.0
Debt:
ABL Line of Credit		$	—
Senior Secured Term Loan Facility			828.8
10% Senior Notes due 2019			450.0
9.00/9.75% Senior Notes due 2018(1)			126.1
Capital leases			23.2
Total debt			1,428.1
Stockholders’ Deficit:
Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 500,000,000 authorized; 74,218,275 shares issued and 73,686,524 shares outstanding			—
Additional paid-in-capital			1,346.3
Accumulated deficit			(1,492.4	)
Treasury stock			(4.3	)
Total stockholders’ deficit			(150.4	)
Total capitalization		$	1,277.7

 

(1)	Does not reflect the redemption of $58.0 million aggregate principal amount of Holdco Notes that we redeemed on April 4, 2014.

 

39

---

Table of Contents

SELECTED HISTORICAL CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL AND OTHER DATA

The following table presents selected historical consolidated financial data and certain other financial data. The historical consolidated balance sheet data for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013, and consolidated statement of operations data and consolidated statement of cash flows data for Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 have been derived from our historical audited consolidated financial statements which are included in this prospectus. The historical consolidated balance sheet data, statement of operations data and consolidated statement of cash flows data as of and for the fiscal year ended May 30, 2009 (“Fiscal 2009”), the transition period from May 31, 2009 to January 30, 2010, the fiscal year ended January 29, 2011 (“Fiscal 2010”) and the consolidated balance sheet data as of Fiscal 2011 are derived from our accounting records. The unaudited pro forma earnings per share data for the years ended February 2, 2013 and February 1, 2014 have been derived from our historical financial statements which are included elsewhere in this prospectus, after giving effect to the transactions specified in note 2 below.

In order to conform to the predominant fiscal calendar used within the retail industry, on February 25, 2010 our Board of Directors approved a change in our fiscal year from a fiscal year comprised of the twelve consecutive fiscal months ending on the Saturday closest to May 31 to a fiscal year comprised of the twelve consecutive fiscal months ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. Fiscal 2009 ended on May 30, 2009 and was a 52 week year. The Transition Period covers the 35 week transition period beginning on May 31, 2009, the day following the end of our 2009 fiscal year, and ended on January 30, 2010. Fiscal 2010 covers the 52 week period ended January 29, 2011. Fiscal 2011 covers the 52 week period ended January 28, 2012. Fiscal 2012 covers the 53 week period ended February 2, 2013. Fiscal 2013 covers the 52 week period ended February 1, 2014.

The historical consolidated financial data and other financial data presented below should be read in conjunction with our audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the section entitled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.” Our historical consolidated financial data may not be indicative of our future performance.

 

40

---

Table of Contents

		Fiscal Year Ended(1)				Transition Period From May 31, 2009 to January 30, 2010				Fiscal Year Ended(1)
		May 30, 2009								January 29, 2011				January 28, 2012				February 2, 2013				February 1, 2014
		(in thousands, except per share data)
Consolidated Statement of Operations Data:
Revenues:
Net Sales		$	3,541,981			$	2,457,567			$	3,669,602			$	3,854,134			$	4,131,379			$	4,427,503
Other Revenue			29,386				21,730				31,487				33,397				34,125				34,484
Total Revenue			3,571,367				2,479,297				3,701,089				3,887,531				4,165,504				4,461,987
Costs and Expenses:
Cost of Sales			2,199,766				1,492,349				2,252,346				2,363,464				2,530,124				2,695,957
Selling and Administrative Expenses			1,115,248				759,774				1,153,573				1,215,774				1,312,682				1,391,788
Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other			—				—				3,040				(473	)			4,175				23,026
Stock Option Modification Expense			—				—				—				—				—				10,418
Restructuring and Separation Costs			6,952				2,429				2,200				7,438				2,999				2,171
Depreciation and Amortization			159,607				103,605				146,759				153,070				166,786				168,195
Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets			332,048				46,776				2,080				1,735				11,539				3,180
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt			—				—				—				37,764				2,222				16,094
Other Income, Net			(5,998	)			(15,335	)			(11,346	)			(9,942	)			(8,115	)			(8,939	)
Interest Expense (inclusive of (Gain) Loss on Interest Rate Cap Agreements)			102,716				59,476				99,309				129,121				113,927				127,739
Total Costs and Expenses			3,910,339				2,449,074				3,647,961				3,897,951				4,136,339				4,429,629
Income (Loss) Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)			(338,972	)			30,223				53,128				(10,420	)			29,165				32,358
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)			(147,389	)			11,570				22,130				(4,148	)			3,864				16,208
Net Income (Loss)		$	(191,583	)		$	18,653			$	30,998			$	(6,272	)		$	25,301			$	16,150
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)		$	(191,583	)		$	18,653			$	30,998			$	(6,272	)		$	25,301			$	16,150
Class L Preference Amount		$	(79,544	)		$	(62,474	)		$	(105,613	)		$	(123,270	)		$	(146,923	)		$	(111,282	)
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders		$	(271,127	)		$	(43,821	)		$	(74,615	)		$	(129,542	)		$	(121,622	)		$	(95,132	)
Allocation of Net Income (Loss) to Common Stockholders—Basic:
Class L Stockholders		$	79,544			$	62,474			$	105,613			$	123,270			$	146,923			$	111,282
Common Stockholders		$	(271,127	)		$	(43,821	)		$	(74,615	)		$	(129,542	)		$	(121,622	)		$	(95,132	)
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Basic:
Class L Stockholders		$	15.89			$	12.54			$	21.09			$	24.58			$	28.76			$	31.93
Common Stockholders		$	(0.55	)		$	(0.09	)		$	(0.15	)		$	(0.26	)		$	(0.24	)		$	(0.26	)
Allocation of Net Income (Loss) to Common Stockholders—Diluted:
Class L Stockholders		$	79,544			$	62,474			$	105,613			$	123,270			$	146,923			$	111,282
Common Stockholders		$	(276,324	)		$	(58,481	)		$	(82,577	)		$	(140,824	)		$	(134,086	)		$	(144,392	)
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Diluted:
Class L Stockholders		$	15.89			$	12.54			$	21.09			$	24.58			$	28.76			$	31.93
Common Stockholders		$	(0.56	)		$	(0.12	)		$	(0.17	)		$	(0.28	)		$	(0.27	)		$	(0.39	)
Weighted Average Number of Shares—Basic:
Class L Stockholders			5,006				4,980				5,007				5,016				5,109				3,485
Common Stockholders			495,583				493,009				495,660				496,606				505,802				369,567
Weighted Average Number of Shares—Diluted:
Class L Stockholders			5,006				4,980				5,007				5,016				5,109				3,485
Common Stockholders			495,583				493,009				495,660				496,606				505,802				370,040

 

41

---

Table of Contents

		Fiscal Year Ended(1)
		February 2, 2013				February 1, 2014
		(in thousands, except per share data)
Pro Forma Earnings Per Share Data(2):
Net Income		$	25,301			$	16,150
Pro Forma Net Income Per Share—Basic Common Stock		$	0.35			$	0.22
Pro Forma Net Income Per Share—Diluted Common Stock		$	0.35			$	0.22
Pro Forma Weighted Average Shares Outstanding:
Basic			71,532				73,080
Diluted			72,082				74,259

 

		Fiscal Year Ended(1)				Transition Period From May 31, 2009 to January 30, 2010				Fiscal Year Ended(1)
		May 30, 2009								January 29, 2011				January 28, 2012				February 2, 2013				February 1, 2014
		(in thousands, except store data and percentages)
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flow Data:
Net Cash Provided by Operations		$	172,296			$	103,527			$	208,704			$	249,983			$	452,509			$	289,351
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities			(145,280	)			(54,074	)			(159,962	)			(158,773	)			(165,816	)			(164,794	)
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities			(41,307	)			(50,513	)			(43,278	)			(85,760	)			(279,021	)			(34,909	)
Capital Expenditures(3)			(140,185	)			(60,035	)			(132,553	)			(153,930	)			(167,251	)			(168,267	)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data (end of the period):
Cash and Cash Equivalents		$	25,810			$	24,750			$	30,214			$	35,664			$	43,336			$	132,984
Inventory			641,833				613,295				644,228				682,260				680,190				720,052
Total Assets			2,533,368				2,393,994				2,458,008				2,501,143				2,478,082				2,621,092
Working Capital(4)			312,298				349,732				386,196				337,901				104,799				80,604
Long Term Debt			1,438,751				1,399,152				1,358,021				1,605,464				1,335,532				1,369,159
Total Debt (Including Current Portion)			1,449,546				1,413,353				1,372,285				1,613,123				1,336,316				1,428,185
Class L Common Stock(5)			622,839				684,866				790,755				884,945				1,029,189				—
Stockholders’ Deficit(6)			(487,774	)			(530,366	)			(603,242	)			(995,890	)			(1,109,458	)			(150,468	)
Other Financial Data:
Number of Stores (at end of period)(7)			433				442				460				477				500				521
Comparable Store Sales (Decline) Growth(8)			(2.5	)%			(4.8	)%			(0.2	)%			0.7	%			1.2	%			4.7	%
Average Net Sales Per Store		$	8,180			$	5,560			$	7,977			$	8,080			$	8,263			$	8,498
Comparable Store Inventory Turnover(9)			2.4				2.7				2.9				3.1				3.6				4.0
Gross Margin Rate			37.9	%			39.3	%			38.6	%			38.7	%			38.8	%			39.1	%
Adjusted EBITDA(10)			259,418				242,763				308,221				315,000				331,964				383,697
Adjusted Net Income (11)			23,348				61,635				56,081				37,350				59,589				70,239

 

(1)	Fiscal years ended May 30, 2009, January 29, 2011, January 28, 2012 and February 1, 2014 consisted of 52 weeks. Fiscal year ended February 2, 2013 consisted of 53 weeks.

(2)

The numerator in calculating the pro forma basic and diluted net income per share is consolidated net income. The denominator in calculating the pro forma basic net income per share is the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period effected for the Reclassification plus the 15,333,333 shares of common stock issued by the Company in our initial public offering as if the offering occurred on January 29, 2012. The issuance of 15,333,333 shares have been included in the denominator as the dividend declared in February 2013, which exceeded the Company’s prior twelve month earnings, was in contemplation of the offering. The denominator in calculating the pro forma diluted earnings per share gives effect to potential dilutive common shares, calculated in accordance with the treasury stock method.

(3)	Includes cash paid for property and equipment, lease acquisition costs and tradename rights.

(4)	We define working capital as current assets (excluding restricted cash) minus current liabilities.

(5)

Prior to our initial public offering, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class A common stock was automatically cancelled, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class L common stock was automatically converted into one share of the Company’s Class A common stock, effected for an 11-for-1 split, and then reclassified into common stock.

(6)

In February 2013, we declared a special cash dividend of approximately $336.0 million ($5.89/unit) to our stockholders from the proceeds of the offering of the Holdco Notes, payable to Class A and Class L stockholders on a pro rata basis. In February 2011, in connection with the offering of the Senior Notes by BCFWC and the refinancing of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, we declared a special cash dividend of approximately $300.0 million ($5.40 per unit), in the aggregate, payable to Class A and Class L stockholders on a pro rata basis.

(7)	The number of stores is inclusive of an internet store for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013.

(8)	We define comparable store sales as sales of those stores, including online sales, commencing on the first day of the fiscal month one year after the end of their grand opening activities, which normally conclude within the first two months of operations.

(9)	Comparable Store Inventory Turnover is calculated by dividing comparable store retail sales by the average comparable store retail value of inventory for the period being measured. The calculation is based on a rolling 13 month average of inventory and the last 12 months’ comparable sales.

(10)

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss), exclusive of (i) interest expense, net, (ii) loss on extinguishment of debt, (iii) income tax expense (benefit), (iv) depreciation and amortization, (v) impairment charges, (vi) advisory fees, (vii) stock option modification expense and (viii) costs related to debt amendments, termination of our Advisory Agreement and other.

(11)

We define Adjusted Net Income as net income (loss), exclusive of the following items: (i) net favorable lease amortization, (ii) costs related to debt amendments, termination of Advisory Agreement and other, (iii) stock option modification expense, (iv) loss on extinguishment of debt, (v) impairment charges and (vi) advisory fees, all of which are tax effected to arrive at Adjusted Net Income.

 

42

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting our consolidated operating results, financial condition, liquidity and cash flows as of and for the periods presented below. The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with the “Selected Historical Consolidated Financial and Other Data” and our Consolidated Financial Statements, including the notes thereto, appearing elsewhere in this prospectus.

In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements based on current expectations that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, such as our plans, objectives, expectations, and intentions set forth under the sections entitled “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” Our actual results and the timing of events may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus.

General

We are a nationally recognized retailer of high-quality, branded apparel at everyday low prices. We opened our first store in Burlington, New Jersey in 1972, selling primarily coats and outerwear. Since then, as of February 1, 2014, we had expanded our store base to 521 stores, inclusive of an internet store, in 44 states and Puerto Rico, and we have diversified our product categories by offering an extensive selection of in-season, fashion-focused merchandise, including: women’s ready-to-wear apparel, menswear, youth apparel, baby, footwear, accessories, home and coats. We acquire a broad selection of desirable, first-quality, current-brand, labeled merchandise directly from nationally-recognized manufacturers and other suppliers. For Fiscal 2013, we generated total revenue of $4,462.0 million, net sales of $4,427.5 million, net income of $16.2 million, and Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income (as defined below) of $383.7 million and $70.2 million, respectively.

Executive Summary

Overview of Fiscal 2013 Operating Results

Net sales for Fiscal 2013 increased $296.1 million, or 7.2%, to $4,427.5 million, primarily attributable to sales related to new stores and stores previously opened that are not included in our comparable store sales of $187.2 million and an increase in comparable store sales of $185.8 million, or 4.7%, partially offset by decreases related to net sales as a result of the 53rd week of Fiscal 2012 closed stores and other sales adjustments.

As a result of the 53rd week in Fiscal 2012, our comparable store sales have been calculated on a shifted basis by comparing comparable store sales for the 52 weeks ended February 1, 2014 to comparable store sales for the 52 weeks ended February 2, 2013. We believe the comparable store sales increase was due primarily to our ongoing initiatives as discussed in further detail below (refer to the sections below entitled “Ongoing Initiatives for Fiscal 2014” for further explanation).

Gross margin as a percentage of net sales increased to 39.1% during Fiscal 2013 compared with 38.8% during Fiscal 2012. The increase in gross margin as a percentage of net sales was driven by improved merchandising execution. However, costs to process goods through the Company’s supply chain and buying costs, which are included in selling and administrative expenses, also rose by a similar rate. On a dollar basis, gross margin increased $130.3 million, or 8.1%, during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012. The dollar increase in gross margin was primarily related to our overall increase in sales during Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 as well as our improved margin rate.

Selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales improved to 31.4% during Fiscal 2013 from 31.8% during Fiscal 2012. The improvement in selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily related to positive leverage from comparable store sales achieved on store expenses, primarily

 

43

---

Table of Contents

payroll and occupancy, as well as improved leverage on advertising expenses. Offsetting these improvements were increased incentive compensation expense associated with our improved operating results during Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 as well as increased supply chain and merchandising costs as a result of increased traffic through our distribution centers and further refinement of the execution of our buying model in order to drive incremental sales as noted above.

Total selling and administrative expenses increased $79.1 million, or 6.0%, during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012, primarily related to new stores and stores that were operating for the full Fiscal 2013 but were not operating for the full Fiscal 2012, higher incentive compensation expense and higher supply chain and merchandising costs.

We earned net income of $16.2 million for Fiscal 2013 compared with net income of $25.3 million during Fiscal 2012. The decrease in net income was primarily driven by increases in our costs related to debt amendments and fees related to the termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital, losses on the extinguishment of debt, interest expense, income tax expense and stock option modification expense, partially offset by our improved operating results (refer to the section below entitled “Performance for Fiscal Year (52 weeks) Ended February 1, 2014 Compared with Fiscal Year (53 weeks) Ended February 2, 2013” for further explanation).

For Fiscal 2013, Adjusted EBITDA increased $51.7 million, or 15.6%, to $383.7 million as a result of our improved gross margin, partially offset by increased selling and administrative expenses, as discussed above.

For Fiscal 2013, Adjusted Net Income improved $10.7 million, or 17.9%, to $70.2 million. This improvement was the result of our improved gross margin, partially offset by increased costs, primarily selling and administrative expenses, interest expense, income tax expense and the tax effect of the adjustments to net income.

Debt Refinancing

On February 15, 2013, BCFWC entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Term Loan Credit Agreement. Amendment No. 2 created a general restricted payments basket of $25.0 million and permits BCFWC to use the “available amount” to make restricted payments (which basket includes retained excess cash flow, in an amount not to exceed 50% of BCFWC’s consolidated net income (as defined in the indenture governing the Senior Notes) since the second quarter of Fiscal 2011), in each case so long as certain conditions are satisfied. In connection with this amendment, we incurred a $1.6 million amendment fee that was capitalized and included in the line item “Other Assets” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additionally, we incurred $8.9 million of additional fees, inclusive of an $8.6 million fee payable to Bain Capital, for various consulting and advisory services. These fees are included in the line item “Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

On February 20, 2013, Holdings LLC and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. (collectively, the “Issuers”) completed the offering of $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes at an issue price of 98.00%. The Holdco Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers, neither of which are obligors or guarantors under BCFWC’s existing Senior Secured Term Loan Facility or indenture.

The Holdco Notes mature on February 15, 2018. Interest on the Holdco Notes is payable entirely in cash, unless certain conditions are satisfied, in which case interest may be paid by increasing the principal amount of the Holdco Notes or by issuing new notes. Cash interest on the Holdco Notes accrues at the rate of 9.00 % per annum and PIK interest will accrue at the rate of 9.75% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

44

---

Table of Contents

We used the net proceeds from the offering of the Holdco Notes to pay a special cash dividend of $336.0 million, in the aggregate, to our Class L and Class A common stockholders.

On November 7, 2013, we used a portion of the proceeds from our initial public offering to redeem $221.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $14.7 million, including $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $3.8 million and $6.5 million, respectively for the write-off of the unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs, which were recorded in the line item “Loss on the Extinguishment of Debt” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

On March 5, 2014, the Issuers irrevocably called for redemption, on April 4, 2014, $58.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes outstanding. As a result of the redemption notice, $58.0 million of the Holdco Notes have been classified within the current maturities of long-term debt within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of February 1, 2014. In addition, the Company will recognize a loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt of approximately $3.7 million in the first quarter of Fiscal 2014 representing approximately $1.2 million in redemption premiums and the write off of approximately $1.6 million and $0.9 million in deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount, respectively.

Stockholders Agreement

On February 14, 2013, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. and our principal stockholders (Bain Capital Integral Investors, LLC, Bain Capital Fund IX, LLC, BCIP Associates-G and BCIP TCV, LLC) entered into a Termination Agreement, pursuant to which the stockholders agreement among each of them and the other stockholders of Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc., dated as of April 13, 2006 (the “Prior Stockholders Agreement”) was terminated. On February 14, 2013, Burlington Stores, Inc. and the investors (including affiliates of Bain Capital) and managers from time to time party thereto, entered into a stockholders agreement (the “Stockholders Agreement”). The terms of the Stockholders Agreement are substantially similar to the terms of the Prior Stockholders Agreement.

On March 13, 2014, the Company, the managers named therein and certain affiliates of Bain Capital (referred to herein as the “investors”) entered into an amended and restated stockholders agreement (the “Amended Agreement”). Refer to Footnote 21, “Subsequent Events,” to the Company’s February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion related to the Amended Agreement.

Initial Public Offering

On October 7, 2013, we completed our initial public offering whereby 15,333,333 shares of common stock were sold to the public. The public offering price of the shares sold in the offering was $17.00 per share. Net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses (including a transaction fee under the Advisory Agreement equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of the offering of $2.6 million), were $236.9 million.

In connection with the purchase of the Company by Bain Capital in April of 2006, we entered into an Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital pursuant to which Bain Capital provided management, consulting, financial and other advisory services. The Advisory Agreement had a 10-year initial term, and thereafter was subject to automatic one-year extensions unless the Company or Bain Capital provided written notice of termination, except that the Advisory Agreement terminated automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control of the Company. If the Advisory Agreement terminated early, Bain Capital would be entitled to receive all unpaid fees and unreimbursed out-of-pocket fees and expenses, as well as the present value of the periodic fee that would otherwise have been payable through the end of the 10-year term. The Advisory Agreement was terminated on October 2, 2013 in connection with our initial public offering. As a result of the termination, Bain Capital was paid a fee of $10.1 million which is included in the line item “Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated

 

45

---

Table of Contents

Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Prior to the termination of the Advisory Agreement, Bain Capital was paid a periodic fee of $1.0 million per fiscal quarter plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket fees, and a fee equal to 1% of the transaction value of certain financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control or similar transactions by or involving the Company. Fees paid to Bain Capital amounted to $2.9 million during Fiscal 2013 and $4.3 million during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, and are included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Store Openings, Closings and Relocations

During Fiscal 2013, we opened 23 new Burlington Coat Factory Stores (“BCF Stores”) and closed two BCF stores. We continue to pursue our growth plans and invest in capital projects that meet our financial requirements. During the fiscal year ending January 31, 2015 (“Fiscal 2014”), we plan to open approximately 25 new stores.

Ongoing Initiatives for Fiscal 2014

We continue to focus on a number of ongoing initiatives aimed at increasing our overall profitability by improving our comparable store sales trends, increasing total sales growth and reducing expenses. These initiatives include, but are not limited to:

 

•

Driving Comparable Store Sales Growth. We intend to continue to increase comparable store sales through the following initiatives:

 

•

Continuing to Enhance Execution of the Off-Price Model. We plan to drive comparable store sales by focusing on product freshness to ensure that we consistently deliver newness to the selling floors. We plan to continue to reduce comparable store inventories which we believe will result in faster inventory turnover and reduced markdowns. We maintain our ability to leverage our pack-and-hold program which is designed to take advantage of terrific buys of either highly desirable branded product or key seasonal merchandise for the next year. While the amount of goods we purchase on pack-and-hold is purely based on the right opportunities in the marketplace, this continues to be a great avenue to source product. We also intend to use our business intelligence systems to identify sell-through rates by product, capitalize on strong performing categories, identify and buy into new fashion trends and opportunistically acquire products in the marketplace.

 

•

Sharpening Focus on Our Core Female Customer. We have focused on better serving our core female customer, a brand-conscious fashion enthusiast, aged 25-49, with an average annual household income of $25,000-$75,000, by improving our product offering, store merchandising and marketing focus on women’s ready-to-wear apparel and accessories to capture incremental sales from our core female customer and become a destination for her across all categories. We believe that these efforts will increase the frequency of her visits and her average spend, further improving the comparable store sales performance in women’s categories.

 

•

Continuing to Improve Our Customer Experience. We have significantly enhanced the store experience and ease of shopping at all of our stores by implementing a comprehensive program focused on offering more brands and styles and simplifying store navigation. We have accomplished this by utilizing clear way-finding signs and distinct product signage, highlighting key brands and new arrivals, improving organization of the floor space, reducing rack density, facilitating quicker checkouts and delivering better customer service. We have made particular improvements in product size visibility, queuing and fitting rooms. To ensure consistent execution of our customer experience priorities, we have improved our store associate training and reorganized and strengthened our field management organization. Our improved customer experience, in conjunction with more consistent in-store execution, has contributed to a significant

 

46

---

Table of Contents

increase in overall customer satisfaction scores over the last three years. We have also implemented operational audits to measure performance against clearly articulated operational standards. To date, stores that have achieved superior audit scores have generated materially higher comparable store sales.

 

•

Increasing Our e-Commerce Sales. We have been selling to our customers online for more than a decade. We plan to leverage this heritage, along with our renewed focus on e-commerce, to expand our online assortment and utilize e-commerce strategies to drive incremental traffic to our stores.

 

•

Enhancing Existing Categories and Introduce New Ones. We have opportunities to expand the depth and breadth of certain existing categories such as ladies’ apparel, children’s products and home décor, while continuing to remain the destination for coats, and maintaining the flexibility to introduce new categories such as pet related merchandise.

 

•

Expanding and Enhancing Our Retail Store Base. We intend to expand and enhance our retail store base through the following initiatives:

 

•

Adhering to an Opportunistic yet Disciplined Real Estate Strategy. We have grown our store base consistently since our founding in 1972, developing more than 99% of our stores organically, rather than through acquisition. We believe there is significant opportunity to expand our retail store base in the United States. In line with recent growth, our goal is to open approximately 25 new stores annually and continue to do so for the foreseeable future.

 

•

Maintaining Focus on Unit Economics and Returns. We have adopted a prudent approach to new store openings with a specific focus on achieving attractive unit economics and returns. This focus is demonstrated by the fact that the vast majority of our existing stores have positive Adjusted EBITDA for Fiscal 2013. By focusing on opening stores with attractive unit economics we are able to minimize costs associated with store relocations and closures, achieve attractive returns on capital and continue to grow Company margins. We continue to explore the potential for modified store formats to provide incremental growth.

 

•

Enhancing the Store Experience through Store Refreshes and Remodels. Since 2006, 68% of our stores are either new, refreshed, remodeled or relocated. In our refreshed and remodeled stores, we have incorporated new flooring, painting, lighting and graphics, relocated our fitting rooms to maximize productive selling space and made various other improvements as appropriate by location. We continue to invest in store refreshes and remodels on a store-by-store basis where appropriate, taking into consideration the age, sales and profitability of a store, as well as the potential impact to the customer shopping experience.

 

•

Enhancing Operating Margins. We intend to increase our operating margins through the following initiatives:

 

•

Optimize Markdowns. We believe that our new markdown system allows us to maximize sales and gross margin dollars based on forward looking sales forecasts, sell-through targets, and exit dates. This allows us to optimize markdowns at the style and color level by store cluster.

 

•

Enhance Purchasing Power. We believe that our growth and new West Coast buying office provide us with the opportunity to capture incremental buying opportunities and realize economies of scale in our merchandising and non-merchandising purchasing activities.

 

•

Drive Operating Leverage. We believe that we will be able to leverage our growing sales over the fixed costs of our business. In addition, we are focused on continuing to improve the efficiency of our corporate and in-store operations. Furthermore, we expect operating costs to grow less rapidly in the future as we approach the middle and latter stages of our organizational investments.

 

47

---

Table of Contents

Uncertainties and Challenges

As management strives to increase profitability through achieving positive comparable store sales and leveraging productivity initiatives focused on improving the in-store experience, more efficient movement of products from the vendors to the selling floors, and modifying our marketing plans to increase our core customer base and increase our share of our current customers’ spending, there are uncertainties and challenges that we face as an off-price retailer of apparel and accessories for men, women and children and home furnishings that could have a material impact on our revenues or income.

General Economic Conditions. Consumer spending habits, including spending for the merchandise that we sell, are affected by, among other things, prevailing global economic conditions, inflation, levels of employment, salaries and wage rates, prevailing interest rates, housing costs, energy costs, commodities pricing, income tax rates and policies, consumer confidence and consumer perception of economic conditions. In addition, consumer purchasing patterns may be influenced by consumers’ disposable income, credit availability and debt levels.

An incremental slowdown in the U.S. economy, an uncertain global economic outlook or an expanded credit crisis could adversely affect consumer spending habits resulting in lower net sales and profits than expected on a quarterly or annual basis. Consumer confidence is also affected by the domestic and international political situation. Our financial condition and operations could be impacted by changes in government regulations in areas including, but not limited to, taxes and healthcare. The outbreak or escalation of war, or the occurrence of terrorist acts or other hostilities in or affecting the U.S., could lead to a decrease in spending by consumers. In addition, natural disasters, industrial accidents and acts of war in various parts of the world could have the effect of disrupting supplies and raising prices globally which, in turn, may have adverse effects on the world and U.S. economies and lead to a downturn in consumer confidence and spending.

We closely monitor our net sales, gross margin, expenses and working capital. We have performed scenario planning such that if our net sales decline, we have identified variable costs that could be reduced to partially mitigate the impact of these declines. If we were to experience adverse economic trends and/or if our efforts to counteract the impacts of these trends are not sufficiently effective, there could be a negative impact on our financial performance and position in future fiscal periods.

Competition and Margin Pressure. We believe that in order to remain competitive with off-price retailers and discount stores, we must continue to offer brand-name merchandise at a discount from traditional department stores as well as an assortment of merchandise that is appealing to our customers.

The U.S. retail apparel and home furnishings markets are highly fragmented and competitive. We compete for business with department stores, off-price retailers, specialty stores, discount stores, wholesale clubs, and outlet stores. At various times throughout the year, traditional full-price department store chains and specialty shops offer brand-name merchandise at substantial markdowns, which can result in prices approximating those offered by us at our BCF stores. We anticipate that competition will increase in the future. Therefore, we will continue to look for ways to differentiate our stores from those of our competitors.

The U.S. retail industry continues to face increased pressure on margins as the overall challenging retail conditions have led consumers to be more value conscious. Our “open to buy” paradigm, in which we purchase both pre-season and in-season merchandise, allows us the flexibility to purchase less pre-season with the balance purchased in-season and opportunistically. It also provides us the flexibility to shift purchases between suppliers and categories. This enables us to obtain better terms with our suppliers, which we expect to help offset any rising costs of goods.

Changes to import and export laws could have a direct impact on our operating expenses and an indirect impact on consumer prices and we cannot predict any future changes in such laws.

 

48

---

Table of Contents

Seasonality of Sales and Weather Conditions. Our sales, like most other retailers, are subject to seasonal influences, with the majority of our sales and net income derived during the months of September through January, which includes the back-to-school and holiday seasons.

Weather continues to be a contributing factor to the sale of our clothing. Generally, our sales are higher if the weather is cold during the Fall and warm during the early Spring. Sales of cold weather clothing are increased by early cold weather during the Fall, while sales of warm weather clothing are improved by early warm weather conditions in the Spring. Although we have diversified our product offerings, we believe traffic to our stores is still driven by weather patterns.

Key Performance Measures

We consider numerous factors in assessing our performance. Key performance measures used by management include Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted Net Income, comparable store sales, gross margin, inventory, store payroll as a percentage of net sales and liquidity. 

Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income: Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income are non-GAAP financial measures of our performance.

We present Adjusted EBITDA and Adjusted Net Income because we believe they are useful supplemental measures in evaluating the performance of our business and provide greater transparency into our results of operations. In particular, we believe that excluding certain items that may vary substantially in frequency and magnitude from operating income are useful supplemental measures that assist in evaluating our ability to generate earnings and leverage sales and to more readily compare these metrics between past and future periods.

Adjusted EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for net income or other data prepared in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations include:

 

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, on our debt;

 

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our income tax expense or the cash requirements to pay our taxes;

 

•

Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect historical cash expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures or contractual commitments; and

 

•

Although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the assets being depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA measures do not reflect any cash requirements for such replacements.

For Fiscal 2013, Adjusted EBITDA increased $51.7 million, or 15.6%, to $383.7 million as a result of our improved gross margin, partially offset by increased selling and administrative expenses (refer to the section below entitled “Results of Operations” for further explanation).

For Fiscal 2012, Adjusted EBITDA increased $17.0 million, or 5.4%, to $332.0 million as a result of increased gross margin, partially offset by increased selling and administrative expenses, primarily related to new stores and stores that were operating for the full fiscal year but were not operating for the full Fiscal 2011 (refer to the section below entitled “Results of Operations” for further explanation).

 

49

---

Table of Contents

The following table shows our reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011:

 

		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
		(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
Net Income (Loss)		$	16,150			$	25,301			$	(6,272	)
Interest Expense			127,739				113,927				129,121
Interest Income			(222	)			(141	)			(82	)
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt(a)			16,094				2,222				37,764
Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other(b)			23,026				4,175				(473	)
Stock Option Modification Expense(c)			10,418				—				—
Advisory Fees(d)			2,909				4,291				4,285
Depreciation and Amortization			168,195				166,786				153,070
Impairment Charges(e)			3,180				11,539				1,735
Tax Expense (Benefit)			16,208				3,864				(4,148	)
Adjusted EBITDA		$	383,697			$	331,964			$	315,000

 

(a)

Represents losses incurred in accordance with ASC Topic No. 470-50, “Debt Modifications and Extinguishments” (Topic No. 470), related to Amendments No. 1 and No. 3 to our Senior Secured Term Loan Credit Agreement in May 2012 and May 2013, respectively, and losses incurred in accordance with ASC Topic No. 405-20, “Extinguishments of Liabilities,” related to the November 2013 partial redemption of our Holdco Notes.

(b)	Costs are primarily related to advisory and professional fees associated with our February 2011 debt refinancing, Amendments No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement, as well as fees related to the October 2013 termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital.

(c)	Represents expenses incurred as a result of our May 2013 stock option modification. Refer to Note 12 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation,” for further detail.

(d)	Represents the annual advisory fee of Bain Capital expensed during the fiscal periods and recorded in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

(e)	Represents impairment charges on long lived assets.

Adjusted Net Income has limitations as an analytical tool, and should not be considered either in isolation or as a substitute for Net Income (Loss) or other data prepared in accordance with GAAP. Some of these limitations include:

 

•

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect the amortization of net favorable leases which are amortized over the life of the lease;

 

•

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect costs related to debt amendments and fees related to the termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital that are expensed during the fiscal periods;

 

•

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect expenses related to our May 2013 stock option modification;

 

•

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect losses on the extinguishment of debt;

 

•

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect impairment charges on long lived assets; and

 

•

Adjusted Net Income does not reflect annual advisory fees paid to Bain Capital that are expensed during the fiscal periods.

 

50

---

Table of Contents

For Fiscal 2013, Adjusted Net Income improved $10.7 million, or 17.9%, to $70.2 million. This improvement was the result of our improved gross margin, partially offset by increased costs, primarily selling and administrative expenses, interest expense, income tax expense and the tax effect of the adjustments to net income (refer to the section below entitled “Results of Operations” for further explanation).

For Fiscal 2012, Adjusted Net Income increased $22.2 million from $37.4 million as a result our improved operating results and a reduction of our interest expense, partially offset by an increase in our depreciation and amortization expense and our tax expense (refer to the section below entitled “Results of Operations” for further explanation).

The following table shows our reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted Net Income for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011:

 

		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
		(in thousands)
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted Net Income:
Net Income (Loss)		$	16,150			$	25,301			$	(6,272	)
Net Favorable Lease Amortization(a)			29,326				31,292				29,245
Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other(b)			23,026				4,175				(473	)
Stock Option Modification Expense(c)			10,418				—				—
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt(d)			16,094				2,222				37,764
Impairment Charges(e)			3,180				11,539				1,735
Advisory Fees(f)			2,909				4,291				4,285
Tax Effect(g)			(30,864	)			(19,231	)			(28,934	)
Adjusted Net Income		$	70,239			$	59,589			$	37,350

 

(a)

Net favorable lease amortization represents the non-cash amortization expense associated with favorable and unfavorable leases that were recorded as a result of purchase accounting related to the Merger Transaction, and are recorded in the line item “Depreciation and Amortization” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

(b)	Costs are primarily related to advisory and professional fees associated with our February 2011 debt refinancing, Amendments No. 1, No. 2 and No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement, as well as fees related to the October 2013 termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital.

(c)	Represents expenses incurred as a result of our May 2013 stock option modification. Refer to Note 12 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation,” for further detail.

(d)

Represents losses incurred in accordance with ASC Topic No. 470, related to Amendments No. 1 and No. 3 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement in May 2012 and May 2013, respectively, and losses incurred in accordance with ASC Topic No. 405-20, “Extinguishments of Liabilities,” related to the November 2013 partial redemption of our Holdco Notes.

(e)	Represents impairment charges on long lived assets.

(f)	Represents the annual advisory fee of Bain Capital expensed during the fiscal periods and recorded in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

(g)	Tax effect is calculated based on the effective tax rates (before discrete items) for the respective periods, adjusted for the tax effect for the tax impact of items (a) through (f).

 

51

---

Table of Contents

Comparable Store Sales. Comparable store sales measure performance of a store during the current reporting period against the performance of the same store in the corresponding period of the previous year. The method of calculating comparable store sales varies across the retail industry. As a result, our definition of comparable store sales may differ from other retailers.

We define comparable store sales as sales of those stores, including online sales, commencing on the first day of the fiscal month one year after the end of their grand opening activities, which normally conclude within the first two months of operations. For Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, we experienced increases in comparable store sales of 4.7%, 1.2% and 0.7%, respectively. During Fiscal 2012, 36 of our stores were closed for three or more days as a result of Superstorm Sandy. Given the length of time these stores were closed and the impact to their business after re-opening, we have removed these stores from our calculation of comparable stores sales for the month(s) in which the stores were closed for three or more days.

Various factors affect comparable store sales, including, but not limited to, weather conditions, current economic conditions, the timing of our releases of new merchandise and promotional events, the general retail sales environment, consumer preferences and buying trends, changes in sales mix among distribution channels, competition, and the success of marketing programs.

Gross Margin. Gross margin is the difference between net sales and the cost of sales. Our cost of sales and gross margin may not be comparable to those of other entities, since some entities include all of the costs related to their buying and distribution functions, and other costs, in cost of sales. We include certain of these costs in the line items “Selling and Administrative Expenses” and “Depreciation and Amortization” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We include in our “Cost of Sales” line item all costs of merchandise (net of purchase discounts and certain vendor allowances), inbound freight, distribution center outbound freight and certain merchandise acquisition costs, primarily commissions and import fees. Gross margin as a percentage of net sales during Fiscal 2013 was 39.1% compared with 38.8% during Fiscal 2012 and 38.7% during Fiscal 2011. The improvement in gross margin as a percentage of net sales was driven by improved merchandising execution due to buying more goods opportunistically in season. Costs to process goods through our supply chain and buying costs, which are included in selling and administrative expenses, rose by a similar rate.

Inventory. Inventory at February 1, 2014 increased $39.9 million to $720.1 million at February 1, 2014 from $680.2 million at February 2, 2013. This increase was primarily driven by 21 net new stores opened since February 2, 2013 as well as increased pack and hold inventory. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in average inventory per comparable store of 9.2% as a result of our ongoing initiative to reduce inventory levels, increase inventory turnover and ultimately drive incremental store-traffic.

In order to better serve our customers and maximize sales, we continue to refine our merchandising mix and inventory levels within our stores. By appropriately managing our inventories, we believe we will be better able to deliver a continual flow of fresh merchandise to our customers. We continue to move toward more productive inventories by increasing the amount of current inventory as a percent of total inventory.

Comparable store inventory turnover is a measure that indicates how efficiently inventory is bought and sold. It measures the length of time that we own our inventory. This is significant because usually the longer the inventory is owned, the more likely markdowns may be required to sell the inventory. Comparable store inventory turnover is calculated by dividing comparable store sales by the average comparable store retail value of inventory for the period being measured. The calculation is based on a rolling 13 month average of inventory and the last 12 months’ comparable sales. Our comparable store inventory turnover rate (exclusive of warehouse inventory) increased to 4.0 turns per year during Fiscal 2013 compared with 3.6 turns per year during Fiscal 2012.

Store Payroll as a Percentage of Net Sales. Store payroll as a percentage of net sales measures our ability to manage our payroll in accordance with increases or decreases in net sales. The method of calculating store

 

52

---

Table of Contents

payroll varies across the retail industry. As a result, our store payroll as a percentage of net sales may differ from other retailers. We define store payroll as regular and overtime payroll for all store personnel as well as regional and territory personnel, exclusive of payroll charges related to corporate and warehouse employees. Store payroll as a percentage of net sales was 9.5% during Fiscal 2013 compared with 10.2% during Fiscal 2012 and 10.1% during Fiscal 2011. The improvement in store payroll as a percentage of net sales was primarily driven by the benefit from the leverage of our comparable store sales and efficiencies realized in our stores as we continue to simplify operating procedures and improve the execution within store operations.

Liquidity. Liquidity measures our ability to generate cash. Management measures liquidity through cash flow and working capital position. Cash flow is the measure of cash generated from or used in operating, financing, and investing activities. Cash and cash equivalents increased $89.6 million during Fiscal 2013 resulting in a cash and cash equivalent balance of $133.0 million as of February 1, 2014 compared with an increase in cash and cash equivalents of $7.7 million during Fiscal 2012.

This increase was primarily driven by changes in our ABL and Term Loan borrowings. During Fiscal 2013, borrowings on our ABL were equal to our ABL repayments compared with repayments in excess of borrowings of $190.0 million during Fiscal 2012. Additionally, we made $36.5 million net repayments on our Term Loan during Fiscal 2013 compared with net repayments of $88.8 million during Fiscal 2012. This was a result of our working capital management strategy that was employed at the end of Fiscal 2011 that did not repeat at the end of Fiscal 2012. These increases were partially offset by a smaller increase in accounts payable during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012. Again, this was a result of our working capital management strategy that was employed at the end of Fiscal 2011 that did not repeat at the end of Fiscal 2012. Our working capital management strategy accelerated certain vendor payments at the end of Fiscal 2011 that typically would not have been made until the first quarter of the next fiscal year, which lowered our accounts payable balances at the end of Fiscal 2011.

Changes in working capital also impact our cash flows. Working capital equals current assets (exclusive of restricted cash) minus current liabilities. Working capital at February 1, 2014 decreased $24.2 million from $104.8 million at February 2, 2013 to $80.6 million. The decrease was primarily attributable to $58.0 million of Holdco Notes classified as current maturities of long-term debt as a result of the March 5, 2014 redemption notice (see Note 21 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Subsequent Events”) and the increase in accounts payable as discussed above, partially offset by an increase in inventory.

 

53

---

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth certain items in the Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated.

 

		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Revenues:
Net Sales			100.0	%			100.0	%			100.0	%
Other Revenue			0.8				0.8				0.9
Total Revenue			100.8				100.8				100.9
Costs and Expenses:
Cost of Sales			60.9				61.2				61.3
Selling and Administrative Expenses			31.4				31.8				31.5
Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other			0.5				0.1				—
Stock Option Modification Expense			0.2				—				—
Restructuring and Separation Costs			0.1				0.1				0.2
Depreciation and Amortization			3.8				4.0				4.0
Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets			0.1				0.3				0.1
Other Income, Net			(0.2	)			(0.2	)			(0.3	)
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt			0.3				0.1				1.0
Interest Expense (Inclusive of Gain (Loss) on Interest Rate Cap Agreements)			2.9				2.8				3.4
Total Costs and Expenses			100.0				100.2				101.2
Income (Loss) Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)			0.8				0.6				(0.3	)
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)			0.4				0.1				(0.1	)
Net Income (Loss)			0.4	%			0.5	%			(0.2	)%

Performance for Fiscal Year (52 weeks) Ended February 1, 2014 Compared with Fiscal Year (53 weeks) Ended February 2, 2013

Net Sales

We experienced an increase in net sales for Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012. Consolidated net sales increased $296.1 million, or 7.2%, to $4,427.5 million for Fiscal 2013 from $4,131.4 million for Fiscal 2012. This increase was primarily attributable to:

 

•

an increase in net sales of $187.2 million from new stores opened during Fiscal 2013 and stores previously opened that were not included in our comparable store sales; and

 

•

an increase in comparable store sales of $185.8 million, or 4.7%, to $4,155.3 million, on a shifted basis; partially offset by

 

•

a $76.9 million net decrease related to net sales as a result of the 53rd week of Fiscal 2012, closed stores and other sales adjustments.

We believe that the comparable store sales increase was primarily due to our improved merchandise content and customer experience initiatives.

 

54

---

Table of Contents

Other Revenue

Other revenue (consisting of rental income from leased departments, subleased rental income, layaway, alterations, other service charges, and miscellaneous revenue items) increased $0.4 million to $34.5 million for Fiscal 2013 compared with $34.1 million for Fiscal 2012. This increase was primarily related to an increase in service fees on layaway sales.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased $165.8 million, or 6.6%, for Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012 primarily driven by our overall increase in sales. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales improved to 60.9% during Fiscal 2013 compared with 61.2% during Fiscal 2012. The improvement was driven by improved merchandising execution, due to buying more goods opportunistically in season and a lower shrink expense. However, costs to process goods through the Company’s supply chain and buying costs, which are included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss), also rose by a similar rate.

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses, as a percentage of net sales, improved to 31.4% during 2013 compared with 31.8% in Fiscal 2012. The improvement in selling and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales was primarily related to positive leverage from comparable store sales achieved on store expenses, primarily payroll and occupancy, as well as improved leverage on advertising expenses. Offsetting these improvements were increased incentive compensation expense associated with our improved operating results during Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 as well as increased supply chain and merchandising costs as a result of increased traffic through our distribution centers and further refinement of the execution of our buying model in order to drive incremental sales, as noted above.

Total selling and administrative expenses increased $79.1 million, or 6.0%, during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012, primarily related to new stores and stores that were operating for the full Fiscal 2013 but were not operating for the full Fiscal 2012, higher incentive compensation expense and higher supply chain and merchandising costs. Details of the increase in selling and administrative expenses are summarized in the table below.

 

		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				Percentage of Net Sales				February 2, 2013				Percentage of Net Sales				$ Variance				% Change
		(in thousands, except percentages)
Payroll and Payroll Related		$	657,037				14.8	%		$	620,240				15.0	%		$	36,797				5.9	%
Occupancy			440,270				9.9				418,357				10.1				21,913				5.2
Other Expenses			145,810				3.3				131,957				3.2				13,853				10.5
Business Insurance			36,185				0.8				32,234				0.8				3,951				12.3
Benefit Costs			29,208				0.7				26,368				0.7				2,840				10.8
Advertising			83,278				1.9				83,526				2.0				(248	)			(0.3	)
Selling & Administrative Expenses			1,391,788				31.4	%			1,312,682				31.8	%		$	79,106				6.0	%

Payroll and payroll related costs as a percentage of net sales improved to 14.8% during Fiscal 2013 from 15.0% during the comparative period. The improvement is primarily driven by the positive leverage benefit achieved on store payroll as a result of our comparable store sales.

The increase in payroll and payroll related expense of $36.8 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with the prior year’s period was primarily attributable to:

 

•

an increase in bonus expense of $18.3 million, primarily driven by an increase in headcount and wages and our improved operating results during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012;

 

55

---

Table of Contents

•

a $16.3 million increase related to the addition of 21 net new stores as well as stores that were operating for the full Fiscal 2013 that were not operating for the full Fiscal 2012;

 

•

a planned incremental labor investment of $15.7 million in logistics and buying functions as a result of increased traffic through our distribution centers and further refinement of the execution of our buying model in order to drive incremental sales;

 

•

a $1.4 million increase in non-cash stock compensation expense as a result of equity award grants issued in Fiscal 2013. Refer to Note 12 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation” for further detail; partially offset by

 

•

a $14.9 million decrease in other payroll and payroll-related expenses, primarily comparable store payroll and payroll taxes as a result of our effort to improve workflow efficiencies and our realignment of certain responsibilities.

Occupancy costs as a percentage of net sales improved to 9.9% during Fiscal 2013 from 10.1% during the comparative period, primarily driven by the leverage benefit of our 4.7% comparable store sales. The increase in occupancy related costs of $21.9 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012 was primarily related to a $19.0 million increase in new stores and stores that operated for the full Fiscal 2013 but were not operating for the full Fiscal 2012. Also contributing to the increase in occupancy related costs was an increase of $2.8 million in logistics and buying functions.

The increase in other selling and administrative expenses of $13.9 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012 was primarily attributable to:

 

•

a $3.7 million increase related to the operation of new stores and stores that were operating for the full Fiscal 2013 but were not operating for the full Fiscal 2012;

 

•

a $3.3 million increase in legal and professional fees;

 

•

a $3.3 million increase in supplies expense;

 

•

a $2.6 million increase in credit card fees as a result of our increased credit card sales;

 

•

a $2.4 million legal reserve reversal during Fiscal 2012 which did not repeat during the current year; partially offset by

 

•

a $1.4 million reduction in other selling and administrative expenses, primarily miscellaneous taxes.

Business insurance increased $4.0 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012, primarily attributable to an increase in our overall sales, our payroll expenses and our asset base.

Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other

Costs related to debt amendments, termination of Advisory Agreement and other increased $18.8 million to $23.0 million during Fiscal 2013 from $4.2 million during Fiscal 2012, primarily related to $10.1 million of fees associated with the termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital and $8.6 million of fees paid to Bain Capital related to Amendment No. 2 to the Term Loan Credit Agreement. Refer to Note 19 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Related Parties,” for further details on the termination of our Advisory Agreement and Note 9 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Long Term Debt,” for further details on our amendments to our Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Stock Option Modification Expense

In May 2013, our Board of Directors, in order to mitigate the impact of the dividend on our option holders in connection with the issuance of the Holdco Notes and the related $336.0 million dividend in February 2013, approved a modification to the outstanding options, through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash

 

56

---

Table of Contents

payments to the option holders. Based on the terms of the modification, we will be required to make cash payments over the option holders’ vesting periods, which vary over the next four years. During Fiscal 2013, we recorded $4.3 million of expense related to these payments. We expect to recognize the remaining expense of $0.7 million, $0.4 million, $0.1 million and less than $0.1 million during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, January 30, 2016, January 28, 2017 and February 3, 2018, respectively.

Additionally, upon application of modification accounting for the reduction in strike prices, which contemplates fair value of awards both before and after the modification, incremental non-cash stock option expense is expected to be recognized over the option holders’ vesting periods, which vary over the next four years. During Fiscal 2013, we recognized $6.1 million of incremental non-cash stock option expense. We expect to recognize the remaining non-cash stock option modification expense of $2.4 million, $1.4 million, $0.8 million and $0.2 million during the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, January 30, 2016, January 28, 2017 and February 3, 2018, respectively.

Restructuring and Separation Costs

Restructuring and separation costs totaled $2.2 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with $3.0 million during Fiscal 2012. During Fiscal 2013, in an effort to improve workflow efficiencies and realign certain responsibilities, we effected a reorganization of certain positions within our stores and corporate locations. As a result of the reorganization, we incurred a charge of $2.2 million.

Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets

Impairment charges related to long-lived assets were $3.2 million and $11.5 million during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively. The Company’s annual impairment analysis resulted in the impairment of store-level assets related to seven stores in Fiscal 2013 and 12 stores in Fiscal 2012 due to the decline in the operating performance of those stores. During Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, the Company also recorded impairment charges for capital expenditures for previously impaired stores. Refer to Note 7 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion.

The recoverability assessment related to these store-level assets requires various judgments and estimates including estimates related to future revenues, gross margin rates, store expenses and other assumptions. We base these estimates upon our past and expected future performance. We believe our estimates are appropriate in light of current market conditions. However, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current revenue or cash flow projections for each store.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net (consisting of investment income, gains and losses on disposition of assets, breakage income and other miscellaneous items) increased $0.8 million to $8.9 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012. The increase in other income during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012 was primarily related to an increase in breakage income as a result of a change in the redemption patterns of gift card usage. Refer to Note 1 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” for further discussion.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense related to the depreciation and amortization of fixed assets and the amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases amounted to $168.2 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with $166.8 million during the comparative period. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily driven by 21 net new stores that were opened since February 2, 2013.

 

57

---

Table of Contents

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

As discussed above under the caption “Debt Refinancing,” on November 7, 2013, we redeemed $221.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes. In addition, in January 2014, we elected to make a prepayment of $30.0 million on our Holdco Notes, which offset the mandatory quarterly payments through the maturity date. In May of 2013, we entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Term Loan Credit Agreement. In connection with these transactions, we recognized losses on the extinguishment of debt of $14.7 million, $0.8 million and $0.6 million, respectively, which are recorded in the line item “Loss on Extinguishment of Debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 1, 2014.

In May of 2012, we entered into Amendment No. 1 to the Term Loan Credit Agreement. As a result of this transaction and in accordance with Topic 470, we recognized a non-cash loss on the extinguishment of debt of $2.2 million during Fiscal 2012.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $127.7 million for Fiscal 2013 compared with $113.9 million for Fiscal 2012. The $13.8 million increase in interest expense was driven by the following:

 

•

an increase of $26.3 million and $1.9 million of interest expense and amortization of deferred debt fees, respectively, related to the Holdco Notes;

 

•

an increase in amortization of deferred debt fees of $1.8 million, primarily driven by increased deferred debt as a result of the refinancing of our Term Loan; partially offset by

 

•

a decrease in interest expense of $15.4 million related to our Term Loan as a result of the refinancing in May 2013 which reduced the interest rates associated with the Term Loan by 100 basis points (provided that such interest rates shall be further reduced by 25 basis points if BCFWC’s consolidated secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 2.25:1) and to reduce the LIBOR floor by 25 basis points.

Our average interest rates and average balances related to our Term Loan and our ABL Line of Credit, for Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012 are summarized in the table below:

 

		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013
Average Interest Rate—ABL Line of Credit			2.1	%			2.1	%
Average Interest Rate—Term Loan			4.6	%			5.7	%
Average Balance—ABL Line of Credit		$	35.4 million				34.5 million
Average Balance—Term Loan		$	869.2 million				945.3 million

Income Tax Expense

Income tax expense was $16.2 million for Fiscal 2013 compared with income tax expense of $3.9 million for Fiscal 2012. The effective tax rate was 50.1% related to pre-tax income of $32.4 million for Fiscal 2013, and the effective tax rate was 13.3% related to pre-tax income of $29.2 million for Fiscal 2012. The increase in the effective tax rate for Fiscal 2013 was primarily due to a reversal of uncertain tax positions in Fiscal 2012, higher state tax credits recorded in Fiscal 2012 and the write off of deferred tax assets relating to vested stock options exercised during Fiscal 2013. Refer to Note 16 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Income Taxes,” for further discussion.

Net Income

We recorded net income of $16.2 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with net income of $25.3 million for Fiscal 2012. The decrease in our net income was primarily driven by increases in our costs related to debt

 

58

---

Table of Contents

amendments and fees related to the termination of our Advisory Agreement with Bain Capital, losses on the extinguishment of debt, interest expense, income tax expense and stock option modification expense, partially offset by our improved operating results.

Performance for Fiscal Year (53 weeks) Ended February 2, 2013 Compared with Fiscal Year (52 weeks) Ended January 28, 2012

Net Sales

We experienced an increase in net sales for Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011. Consolidated net sales increased $277.3 million, or 7.2%, to $4,131.4 million for Fiscal 2012 from $3,854.1 million for Fiscal 2011. This increase was primarily attributable to:

 

•

an increase in net sales of $115.0 million related to 25 new stores opened during Fiscal 2012;

 

•

an increase in net sales of $82.0 million related to our non comparable stores;

 

•

a $54.3 million increase in net sales as a result of the 53rd week of Fiscal 2012; and

 

•

a comparable store sales increase of $44.9 million, or 1.2%; partially offset by

 

•

a $13.9 million decrease related to barter sales that occurred in the prior year which did not repeat; and

 

•

a decrease in net sales of $5.0 million from two stores closed since January 28, 2012 and other sales adjustments.

We believe that the comparable store sales increase was primarily due to our improved merchandise content and customer experience initiatives. We believe the progress made from these initiatives was negatively impacted by the direct and indirect effects of Superstorm Sandy as well as the unseasonably warm temperatures many of our regions experienced during the fall season and the holiday selling period.

Other Revenue

Other revenue (consisting of rental income from leased departments, subleased rental income, layaway, alterations, other service charges, and miscellaneous revenue items) increased $0.7 million to $34.1 million for Fiscal 2012 compared with $33.4 million for Fiscal 2011. This increase was primarily related to a $1.1 million increase in rental income from leased departments.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales increased $166.6 million, or 7.0%, for Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011. Cost of sales as a percentage of net sales improved slightly to 61.2% during Fiscal 2012 compared with 61.3% during Fiscal 2011. The dollar increase of $166.6 million in cost of sales between Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 was related to the increase in our net sales during the same periods. The improvement in our cost of sales as a percentage of net sales was primarily the result of improved merchandising execution.

 

59

---

Table of Contents

Selling and Administrative Expenses

Selling and administrative expenses increased $96.9 million, or 8.0%, to $1,312.7 million for Fiscal 2012 from $1,215.8 million for Fiscal 2011. $67.0 million of the increases in selling and administrative expenses is related to 23 net new stores opened during Fiscal 2012 and stores opened during Fiscal 2011 that did not operate for a full 52 weeks. The 53rd week of Fiscal 2012 resulted in an increase of $22.2 million of selling and administrative expenses. As a percentage of net sales, selling and administration expenses increased to 31.8% during Fiscal 2012 compared with 31.5% in the prior year, primarily driven by planned incremental buying, store occupancy and logistics costs, as part of our ongoing investments to drive sales, partially offset by reduced corporate and selling costs. Details of the increase in selling and administrative expenses are summarized in the table below.

 

		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 2, 2013				Percentage of Net Sales				January 28, 2012				Percentage of Net Sales				$ Variance				% Change
		(in thousands, except percentages)
Payroll and Payroll Related		$	620,240				15.0	%		$	568,797				14.8	%		$	51,443				9.0	%
Occupancy			418,357				10.1				387,028				10.0				31,329				8.1
Benefit Costs			26,368				0.7				19,844				0.5				6,524				32.9
Advertising			83,526				2.0				77,595				2.0				5,931				7.6
Business Insurance			32,234				0.8				30,504				0.8				1,730				5.7
Other Expenses			131,957				3.2				132,006				3.4				(49	)			0.0
Selling & Administrative Expenses		$	1,312,682				31.8	%		$	1,215,774				31.5	%		$	96,908				8.0	%

The increase in payroll and payroll related costs of approximately $51.4 million was primarily related to the following:

 

•

a $26.8 million increase related to the addition of 23 net new stores as well as stores that opened during Fiscal 2011 that did not operate for a full 52 weeks;

 

•

a $14.5 million increase in payroll primarily driven by the incremental investments in our buying and logistics teams;

 

•

a $10.6 million increase in payroll and payroll related expenses related to the 53rd week of Fiscal 2012;

 

•

a $3.2 million increase in temporary help related to incremental investments in supply chain to improve support of our opportunistic buying model, partially offset by

 

•

a $2.7 million decrease in bonus expense;

 

•

a $2.4 million decrease in stock compensation expense related to an adjustment that increased stock compensation expense in Fiscal 2011 as a result of a decrease in the forfeiture rate that did not repeat in Fiscal 2012; and

 

•

a $2.1 million decrease in relocation expense.

The increase in occupancy related costs of $31.3 million in Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011 was primarily related to new stores and stores that opened during Fiscal 2011 that did not operate for a full 52 weeks. These stores accounted for $28.8 million of the total increase as well as $8.3 million of expenses related to the 53rd week of Fiscal 2012. These increases were partially offset by a decrease in utility expense of $3.4 million as a result of our ongoing initiatives around cost reductions.

The increase in benefit costs of $6.5 million during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011 was primarily the result of increased health insurance claims of $5.1 million due to increased participation and improved benefits.

 

60

---

Table of Contents

The increase in advertising expense of $5.9 million during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011 was primarily related to a $6.5 million increase related to new stores and stores that opened during Fiscal 2011 that did not operate for the full 52 weeks.

The increase in business insurance costs of $1.7 million in Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011 was the result of increased claims experience during Fiscal 2012. During Fiscal 2012, we experienced an increase in the cost of workers’ compensation claims and an increase in the number of general liability claims, each of which we believe was a result of the economic environment.

Costs Related to Debt Amendment

Costs related to debt amendment increased $4.6 million to $4.2 million during Fiscal 2012. This increase was driven by professional and advisory fees associated with Amendment No. 1 to our Term Loan Credit Agreement.

Restructuring and Separation Costs

As part of our ongoing effort to ensure that our resources are in line with our business objectives, we regularly review all areas of the business to identify efficiency opportunities to enhance our performance. During Fiscal 2012, we effected a reorganization of certain positions within our corporate offices in an effort to improve workflow efficiencies and realign certain responsibilities. As a result of these reorganizational efforts, we incurred a charge of $3.0 million during Fiscal 2012 compared with a $7.4 million charge in Fiscal 2011.

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense related to the depreciation and amortization of fixed assets and the amortization of favorable and unfavorable leases (as further described in our discussion of intangible assets under the caption “—Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates”) amounted to $166.8 million for Fiscal 2012 compared with $153.1 million for Fiscal 2011. The increase in depreciation and amortization expense was primarily driven by depreciation expense related to 23 net new stores opened during Fiscal 2012, a $3.0 million increase related to the 53rd week of Fiscal 2012, as well as various capital expenditures.

Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets

Impairment charges related to long-lived assets were $11.5 million and $1.7 million during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively. The Company’s annual impairment analysis resulted in the impairment of store level assets related to 12 stores in Fiscal 2012 and seven stores in Fiscal 2011 as a result of the decline in the operating performance of those stores. During Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the Company also recorded impairment charges for capital expenditures for previously impaired stores. Refer to Note 7 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion.

The recoverability assessment related to these store-level assets requires various judgments and estimates including estimates related to future revenues, gross margin rates, store expenses and other assumptions. We base these estimates upon our past and expected future performance. We believe our estimates are appropriate in light of current market conditions. However, future impairment charges could be required if we do not achieve our current revenue or cash flow projections for each store.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net (consisting of investment income, gains and losses on disposition of assets, breakage income and other miscellaneous items) decreased $1.8 million to $8.1 million during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011. The decrease in other income during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011 was primarily related to a decrease in breakage income of $1.6 million. Refer to Note 1 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies” for further discussion.

 

61

---

Table of Contents

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt

On February 24, 2011, we completed the refinancing of our $900.0 million Senior Secured Term Loan (“Previous Term Loan Facility”), 11.1% Senior Notes (“Previous Senior Notes”), and 14.5% Senior Discount Notes (“Previous Senior Discount Notes”). As a result of these transactions, the Previous Senior Notes and Previous Senior Discount Notes, with carrying values at February 24, 2011 of $302.0 million and $99.3 million, respectively, were repurchased. These debt instruments were replaced when BCFWC completed the sale of $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes at an issue price of 100%. The Previous Term Loan Facility with a carrying value of $777.6 million at February 24, 2011 was replaced with the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility under which we borrowed net proceeds of $990.0 million. Borrowings on our $600.0 million ABL Line of Credit related to these refinancing transactions were $101.6 million. In connection with the offering of the Senior Notes and the refinancing of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, we declared a dividend of approximately $300.0 million, in the aggregate, payable to Class A and Class L stockholders on a pro rata basis.

On May 16, 2012, we entered into the First Amendment to our Term Loan Credit Agreement in order to, among other things, reduce the applicable margin on the interest rates applicable to our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility by 50 basis points. To accomplish this interest rate reduction, the First Amendment provided for a replacement of the Term B Loans with the Term B-1 Loans. We offered existing term loan lenders the option to convert their Term B Loans into Term B-1 Loans on a non-cash basis. The $119.3 million Term B Loans held by existing lenders electing not to convert their Term B Loans into Term B-1 Loans were prepaid in full on the effective date of the First Amendment from the proceeds of new Term B-1 Loans. The Term B-1 Loans have the same maturity date that was applicable to the Term B Loans. The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility provisions relating to the representations and warranties, covenants and events of default applicable to the Company and the guarantors were not modified by the First Amendment.

In accordance with ASC Topic No. 470, “Debt—Modifications and Extinguishments” (Topic No. 470), the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility transactions noted above were determined to be extinguishments of the existing debt and an issuance of new debt. As a result, during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 we recorded losses on extinguishment of debt in the amounts of $2.2 million and $37.8 million, respectively, which were recorded in the line item “Loss on Extinguishment of Debt” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). During Fiscal 2012 the loss on extinguishment of debt was a non-cash write off of deferred debt charges and a portion of the previous original issue discount related to the First Amendment. Of the $37.8 million loss on the extinguishment of debt in Fiscal 2011, $21.4 million represented early call premiums that we paid to the holders of our Previous Senior Notes and Previous Senior Discount Notes. The remaining $16.4 million represented the non-cash write off of deferred financing fees related to the extinguished debt facilities.

Interest Expense

Interest expense was $113.9 million during Fiscal 2012 compared with $129.1 million during Fiscal 2011. The $15.2 million decrease in interest expense was primarily related to the following:

 

•

a $6.1 million reduction in amortization of deferred financing fees resulting from the February 2011 and May 2012 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility refinancing;

 

•

a $5.3 million decrease related to lower average borrowing and lower interest rates on our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and our ABL Line of Credit;

 

•

a $3.1 million decrease related to an adjustment of our interest rate cap agreements to fair value; and

 

•

a $1.0 million decrease in our commitment fees due to a lower rate on the unused portion of the ABL Line of Credit as a result of the September 2011 amendment.

 

62

---

Table of Contents

Our average interest rates and average balances related to our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and our ABL Line of Credit for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 are summarized in the table below:

 

		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Average Interest Rate—ABL Line of Credit			2.1	%			3.3	%
Average Interest Rate—Senior Secured Term Loan Facility			5.7	%			6.2	%
Average Balance—ABL Line of Credit			34.5 million				79.2 million
Average Balance—Senior Secured Term Loan Facility			945.3 million				974.4 million

Income Tax Expense (Benefit)

The income tax expense was $3.9 million for Fiscal 2012 compared with an income tax benefit of $4.1 million for Fiscal 2011. The effective tax rate was 13.3% related to the pre-tax income of $29.2 million for Fiscal 2012, and the effective tax rate was 39.8% related to pre-tax loss of $10.4 million for Fiscal 2011. The decrease in the effective tax rate for Fiscal 2012 was primarily due to an increased benefit from the recognition of tax credits and the reversal of uncertain tax positions. Refer to Note 16 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Income Taxes,” for further discussion.

Net Income (Loss)

Net income amounted to $25.3 million for Fiscal 2012 compared with a net loss of $6.3 million during Fiscal 2011. The increase in our operating results of $31.6 million was primarily driven by the impact of a $37.8 million loss on extinguishment of debt that occurred during Fiscal 2011 related to our debt refinancing transactions, compared to a loss on extinguishment of debt of $2.2 million during Fiscal 2012 as well as a decrease in interest expense, partially offset by the $9.8 million increase in impairment expense.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

As of February 1, 2014, we continue to be in compliance with all of our covenants under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. At February 1, 2014, our consolidated leverage ratio was 3.5 and our interest coverage ratio was 4.2.

Our ability to satisfy interest payment obligations on our outstanding debt and maintain compliance with our debt covenants, as discussed below, will depend largely on our future performance which, in turn, is subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. If we do not have sufficient cash flow to service interest payment obligations on our outstanding indebtedness and if we cannot borrow or obtain equity financing to satisfy those obligations, our business and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. We cannot be assured that any replacement borrowing or equity financing could be successfully completed on terms similar to our current financing agreements, or at all.

We closely monitor our net sales, gross margin, expenses and working capital. We have performed scenario planning such that if our net sales decline, we have identified variable costs that could be reduced to partially mitigate the impact of these declines and maintain compliance with our debt covenants. We believe that cash generated from operations, along with our existing cash and our ABL Line of Credit, will be sufficient to fund our expected cash flow requirements and planned capital expenditures for at least the next twelve months as well as the foreseeable future. However, there can be no assurance that we would be able to offset declines in our comparable store sales with savings initiatives in the event that the economy declines.

 

63

---

Table of Contents

Cash Flows

Cash Flows for Fiscal 2013 Compared with Fiscal 2012

We generated $89.6 million of net cash flow for Fiscal 2013 and $7.7 million for Fiscal 2012. Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $289.4 million and $452.5 million for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively. The decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily the result of our working capital management strategy employed at the end of Fiscal 2011 which accelerated accounts payable payments of $152.9 million that did not repeat during Fiscal 2012. Also contributing to the decrease in net cash provided by operating activities was the $9.2 million decrease in net income during Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012.

Net cash used in investing activities was $164.8 million and $165.8 million during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively, and consists primarily of capital expenditures (refer to the section below entitled “Capital Expenditures” for further explanation).

Net cash used in financing activities decreased $244.1 million during Fiscal 2013 compared with Fiscal 2012. This decrease was primarily related to the following:

 

•

net proceeds of $236.9 million related to our initial public offering;

 

•

a $190.0 million decrease in net repayments on our ABL Line of Credit from Fiscal 2012 to Fiscal 2013 ($190.0 million net repayments in Fiscal 2012 compared to borrowings being equal to repayments in Fiscal 2013);

 

•

net proceeds of $121.2 million from our Holdco Notes representing $343.0 million of proceeds offset by principal repayments of $221.8 million;

 

•

a $52.3 million decrease in net repayments on our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility from Fiscal 2012 to Fiscal 2013 ($88.8 million net repayments in Fiscal 2012 compared to $36.5 million net repayments in Fiscal 2013); partially offset by

 

•

a $334.3 million increase in dividends paid in Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 ($336.0 million dividends paid in Fiscal 2013 compared to $1.7 million in Fiscal 2012); and

 

•

a $21.6 million increase in debt issuance costs during Fiscal 2013 compared to Fiscal 2012 ($22.1 million in Fiscal 2013 compared to $0.5 million in Fiscal 2012).

Cash flow and working capital levels assist management in measuring our ability to meet our cash requirements. Working capital measures our current financial position. Working capital is defined as current assets (exclusive of restricted cash) less current liabilities. Working capital as of February 1, 2014 was $80.6 million compared with $104.8 million as February 2, 2013. The decrease was primarily attributable to $58.0 million of Holdco Notes classified as current maturities of long-term debt as a result of the March 5, 2014 redemption notice (see Note 21 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Subsequent Events,”) and the increase in accounts payable as a result of our working capital management strategy at the end of Fiscal 2012, partially offset by an increase in inventory.

Cash Flows for Fiscal 2012 Compared with Fiscal 2011

We generated $7.7 million of net cash flow for Fiscal 2012 and $5.5 million for Fiscal 2011. Net cash provided by operating activities amounted to $452.5 million and $250.0 million for Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively. The increase in net cash provided by operating activities was primarily the result of our working capital management strategy employed at the end of Fiscal 2011 which accelerated accounts payable payments of $152.9 million that did not repeat during Fiscal 2012. Also contributing to the increase in net cash provided by operating activities was the $31.6 million increase in net income during Fiscal 2012.

Net cash used in investing activities increased $7.0 million to $165.8 million during Fiscal 2012 from $158.8 million during Fiscal 2011. This increase was primarily related to additional capital expenditures primarily related to new stores opened during Fiscal 2012.

 

64

---

Table of Contents

Net cash used in financing activities increased $193.3 million during Fiscal 2012 compared with Fiscal 2011. This increase was primarily related to repayments on our ABL Line of Credit, net of borrowings of $190.0 million compared with $21.4 million of borrowings net of repayments in Fiscal 2011. This increase was partially offset by $17.3 million of lower Fiscal 2012 cash outflows on our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility compared with Fiscal 2011, (taking into account optional pre-payments) resulting from the May 2012 and February 2011 debt refinancings.

Cash flow and working capital levels assist management in measuring our ability to meet our cash requirements. Working capital measures our current financial position. Working capital is defined as current assets (exclusive of restricted cash) less current liabilities. Working capital as of February 2, 2013 was $104.8 million compared with $337.9 million as January 28, 2012. The decrease in working capital from January 28, 2012 was primarily the result of increased accounts payable as of February 2, 2013 compared with January 28, 2012 as a result of our working capital management strategy at the end of Fiscal 2011.

Capital Expenditures

For Fiscal 2013, cash spend for capital expenditures, net of $41.6 million of landlord allowances, amounted to $126.7 million. In addition, we had $8.3 million of capital expenditures incurred but not yet paid for bringing our total capital expenditures on an accrual basis to $135.0 million. These capital expenditures include $58.6 million net of the previously mentioned landlord allowances for store expenditures, $24.7 million for upgrades of distribution facilities, $21.0 million for IT software and other capital expenditures $17.3 million related to the construction of our new corporate headquarters and $13.4 for other business cases. We incurred capital expenditures of $133.9 million, net of $33.4 million of landlord allowances, during Fiscal 2012.

We estimate that we will spend approximately $190 million, net of approximately $40 million of landlord allowances, in capital expenditures during Fiscal 2014, including approximately $76 million, net of the previously mentioned landlord allowances for store expenditures, and approximately $47 million to support continued distribution facility enhancements. We expect to use the remaining capital to support information technology and other initiatives, inclusive of approximately $40 million related to the construction of our new corporate headquarters.

Dividends

Payment of dividends is prohibited under our credit agreements except in limited circumstances. During Fiscal 2011, in connection with the offering of the Senior Notes and the refinancing of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, a cash dividend of approximately $300.0 million, in the aggregate, was declared payable to Class A and Class L stockholders on a pro rata basis. Of the $300.0 million in dividends that were declared, $1.7 million was paid during Fiscal 2012. In February 2013, net proceeds from the offering of the Holdco Notes were used to pay a special cash dividend of $336.0 million to the Class A and Class L stockholders on a pro rata basis.

Operational Growth

During Fiscal 2013, we opened 23 new BCF stores, and closed two BCF stores. As of February 1, 2014, we operated 521 stores, inclusive of an internet store, primarily under the name “Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse.” During Fiscal 2014, we plan to open approximately 25 new stores.

We monitor the availability of desirable locations for our stores by, among other things, presentations by brokers, real estate developers and existing landlords, evaluating dispositions by other retail chains and bankruptcy auctions. Most of our stores are located in malls, strip shopping centers, regional power centers or are freestanding. We also lease existing space and have opened a limited number of built-to-suit locations. For most of our new leases, we provide for a minimum initial ten year term with a number of five year options thereafter.

 

65

---

Table of Contents

Typically, our lease strategy includes obtaining landlord allowances for leasehold improvements. We believe our lease model makes us competitive with other retailers for desirable locations. We may seek to acquire a number of such locations either through transactions to acquire individual locations or transactions that involve the acquisition of multiple locations simultaneously.

Debt

As of February 1, 2014, our obligations include $828.8 million under our Term Loan Credit Agreement due 2017, $450.0 million of 10% Senior Notes due 2019 and $126.1 million of 9.00%/9.75% Senior Notes due 2018, and there were no amounts outstanding under the ABL Line of Credit. As of February 1, 2014, we were in compliance with all of our debt covenants. Significant changes in our debt during Fiscal 2013 consist of the following:

$1 Billion Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

On February 15, 2013 we entered into Amendment No. 2 to the Term Loan Credit Agreement. Amendment No. 2 created a restricted payments basket of $25.0 million and permitted BCFWC to use the “available amount” to make restricted payments (which basket includes retained excess cash flow, in an amount not to exceed 50% of BCFWC’s consolidated net income (as defined in the indenture governing the existing Senior Notes) since the second quarter of Fiscal 2011), in each case so long as certain conditions are satisfied. In connection with this amendment, we incurred a $1.6 million amendment fee that was capitalized and included in the line item “Other Assets” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additionally, we incurred $8.9 million of additional fees, inclusive of an $8.6 million fee payable to Bain Capital, for various consulting and advisory services. These fees were included in the line item “Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 1, 2014.

On May 17, 2013, we entered into Amendment No. 3 to the Term Loan Credit Agreement, in order to, among other things, reduce the interest rates applicable to our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility by 100 basis points (provided that such interest rates shall be further reduced by 25 basis points if our consolidated secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 2.25:1) and to reduce the LIBOR floor by 25 basis points. Amendment No. 3 was accomplished by replacing the outstanding $871.0 million principal amount of term B-1 loans (the Term B-1 Loans) with a like aggregate principal amount of term B-2 loans (the Term B-2 Loans).

The Term B-2 Loans have the same maturity date that was applicable to the Term B-1 Loans. The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility provisions relating to the representations and warranties, covenants and events of default applicable to the Company and the guarantors were not modified by the Amendment.

As a result of the amendment, mandatory quarterly payments of $2.2 million were payable as of the last day of each quarter. Payments commenced on August 3, 2013. In January 2014, we elected to make a prepayment of $30.0 million, which offset the mandatory quarterly payments through the maturity date.

The interest rates for the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility are based on: (i) for LIBO rate loans for any interest period, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the LIBO rate as determined by the Term Loan Administrative Agent, for such interest period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate (as defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility) and (y) 1.00% (the “Term Loan Adjusted LIBO Rate”), plus an applicable margin; and (ii) for prime rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the variable annual rate of interest then announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at its head office as its “prime rate,” (b) the federal funds rate in effect on such date plus 0.50% per annum, and (c) the Term Loan Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable class of term loans for one-month plus 1.00%, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. The interest rate on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was 4.3% as of February 1, 2014 and 5.5% as of February 2, 2013.

 

66

---

Table of Contents

In addition, the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility provides for an uncommitted incremental term loan facility of up to $150.0 million that is available subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility has a six year maturity, except that term loans made in connection with the incremental term loan facility or extended in connection with the extension mechanics of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility have the maturity dates set forth in the amendments applicable to such term loans.

The Term Loan Credit Agreement contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants and requires that BCFWC, among other things, maintain on the last day of each fiscal quarter a consolidated leverage ratio not to exceed a maximum amount and maintain a consolidated interest coverage ratio of at least a certain amount. The consolidated leverage ratio compares our total debt to Covenant EBITDA, as the relevant metric is defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, for the trailing twelve months most recently ended and such ratios may not exceed 5.50 to 1 through November 1, 2014; 5.00 to 1 through October 31, 2015; and 4.75 to 1 at January 30, 2016 and thereafter. The consolidated leverage ratio as of February 1, 2014 was 3.5

The consolidated interest coverage ratio compares our consolidated interest expense to Covenant EBITDA, as each term is defined in the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, for the trailing twelve months most recently ended, and such ratios must exceed 2.00 to 1 through October 31, 2015; and 2.10 to 1 at January 30, 2016 and thereafter. The consolidated interest coverage ratio as of February 1, 2014 was 4.2.

Covenant EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure of our liquidity. Covenant EBITDA, as defined in the credit agreement governing our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, starts with BCFWC net income (loss) for the period and adds back (i) depreciation, amortization, impairments and other non-cash charges that were deducted in arriving at consolidated net income (loss), (ii) the provision (benefit) for taxes, (iii) interest expense, (iv) advisory fees, and (v) unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges as reasonably approved by the administrative agent for such period. Covenant EBITDA is used to calculate the consolidated leverage ratio and the consolidated interest coverage ratio. As of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, we were in compliance with all of our covenants under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

ABL Line of Credit

At February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, we had $456.2 million and $422.7 million, respectively, available under the ABL Line of Credit. The maximum borrowings under the ABL Line of Credit during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 were $148.6 million and $213.7 million, respectively. Average borrowings under the ABL Line of Credit amounted to $35.4 million at an average interest rate of 2.1% during Fiscal 2013 and $34.5 million at an average interest rate of 2.1% during Fiscal 2012. There were no amounts outstanding under the ABL Line of Credit as of February 1, 2014 or February 2, 2013.

$450 Million Senior Notes

On February 24, 2011, BCFWC, exclusive of subsidiaries (referred to herein as “BCFW”) issued $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes. The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated February 24, 2011, among BCFWC, the guarantors signatory thereto, and Wilmington Trust FSB.

The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of BCFW and are guaranteed on a senior basis by Burlington Coat Factory Investment Holdings, Inc. and each of BCFW’s U.S. subsidiaries to the extent such guarantor is a guarantor of BCFW’s obligations under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility. Interest is payable on the Senior Notes on each February 15 and August 15.

9.00%/9.75% Holdco Notes

On February 20, 2013, the Company, through its wholly owned subsidiary, issued $350.0 million Holdco Notes pursuant to an indenture, dated February 20, 2013. The Holdco Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the Issuers and are not guaranteed by any of the subsidiaries of the Company.

 

67

---

Table of Contents

The Holdco Notes mature on February 15, 2018. Interest on the Holdco Notes is payable entirely in cash, unless certain conditions are satisfied, in which case interest may be paid by increasing the principal amount of the Holdco Notes or by issuing new notes. Cash interest on the Holdco Notes accrues at the rate of 9.00 % per annum and PIK interest will accrue at the rate of 9.75% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

The indenture governing the Holdco Notes contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of Holdings LLC and certain of its subsidiaries to: incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make other restricted payments; incur liens; redeem debt that is junior in right of payment to the notes; sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; enter into mergers or consolidations; and enter into transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, in certain circumstances, if Holdings LLC and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. sell assets or experience certain changes of control, it must offer to purchase the Holdco Notes.

On November 7, 2013, we redeemed $221.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes. In connection with this transaction, we recorded a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $14.7 million, representing $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $3.8 million and $6.5 million for the write-off of the unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs, respectively, which was recorded in the line item “Loss on the Extinguishment of Debt” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

On March 5, 2014, we irrevocably called for redemption, on April 4, 2014, $58.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes outstanding. As a result of the redemption notice, $58.0 million of the Holdco Notes have been classified within the current maturities of long-term debt within the Company’s February 1, 2014 Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, the Company will recognize a loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt of $3.7 million in the first quarter of Fiscal 2014 representing $1.6 million, $1.2 million and $0.9 million in deferred financing costs, redemption premiums and unamortized original issue discount, respectively.

Certain Information Concerning Contractual Obligations

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our obligations to make future payments under current contracts as of February 1, 2014:

 

		Payments Due By Period
		Total				Less Than 1 Year				2-3 Years				4-5 Years				Thereafter
		(in thousands)
Debt Obligations(1)		$	1,412,730			$	58,000			$	—			$	904,730			$	450,000
Interest on Debt Obligations(1)(2)			391,351				91,255				175,554				102,042				22,500
Capital Lease Obligations(3)			37,507				2,704				6,027				6,527				22,249
Operating Lease Obligations(4)			1,798,422				249,620				491,925				408,626				648,251
Purchase Obligations(5)			597,327				580,610				16,717				—				—
Other(6)			828				828				—				—				—
Total		$	4,238,165			$	983,017			$	690,223			$	1,421,925			$	1,143,000

 

 

(1)	Reflects the redemption of $58.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes on April 4, 2014.

(2)	The interest rate related to the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was 4.3% as of February 1, 2014. The interest rate related to the ABL Line of Credit was 4.0% as of February 1, 2014.

 

68

---

Table of Contents

(3)	Capital Lease Obligations include future interest payments.

(4)	Represents minimum rent payments for operating leases under the current terms.

(5)	Represents commitments to purchase goods or services that have not been received as of February 1, 2014.

(6)

Represents severance agreements with former employees. Amount includes $0.6 million of payments to non-executives in the normal course of business that are included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Our agreements with each of three former employees (including our former President and Chief Executive Officer) to pay their beneficiaries $1.0 million upon their deaths for a total of $3.0 million is not reflected in the table above because the timing of the payments is unpredictable.

The table above excludes ASC Topic No. 740 “Income Taxes” (Topic No. 740) liabilities which represent uncertain tax positions related to temporary differences. The total Topic No. 740 liability was $15.3 million exclusive of $11.7 million of interest and penalties included in our total Topic No. 740 liability neither of which is presented in the table above as we are not certain if and when these payments would be required.

The table above excludes our irrevocable letters of credit guaranteeing payment and performance under certain leases, insurance contracts, debt agreements, merchandising agreements and utility agreements in the amount of $43.9 million as of February 1, 2014.

The table above excludes the payment of the cash portion of our stock option modification in the amount of $1.2 million as of February 1, 2014 as we are not certain if payments would be required based on the vesting requirements.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. We believe there are several accounting policies that are critical to understanding our historical and future performance as these policies affect the reported amounts of revenues and other significant areas that involve management’s judgments and estimates. The preparation of our Consolidated Financial Statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect (i) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities; (ii) the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements; and (iii) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. On an ongoing basis, management evaluates its estimates and judgments, including those related to revenue recognition, inventories, long-lived assets, intangible assets, goodwill, insurance reserves and income taxes. Historical experience and various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances form the basis for making estimates and judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. A critical accounting estimate meets two criteria: (1) it requires assumptions about highly uncertain matters and (2) there would be a material effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements from either using a different, although reasonable, amount within the range of the estimate in the current period or from reasonably likely period-to-period changes in the estimate.

While there are a number of accounting policies, methods and estimates affecting our Consolidated Financial Statements as addressed in Note 1 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Summary of Significant Accounting Policies,” areas that are particularly critical and significant include:

Revenue Recognition. We record revenue at the time of sale and delivery of merchandise, net of allowances for estimated future returns. We present sales, net of sales taxes, in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We account for layaway sales and leased department revenue in accordance with ASC Topic No. 605 “Revenue Recognition.” Layaway sales are recognized upon delivery of merchandise to the customer. The amount of cash received upon initiation of the layaway is recorded as a deposit liability within

 

69

---

Table of Contents

the line item “Other Current Liabilities” in our Consolidated Balance Sheets. Store value cards (gift cards and store credits issued for merchandise returns) are recorded as a liability at the time of issuance, and the related sale is recorded upon redemption.

We estimate and recognize store value card breakage income in proportion to actual store value card redemptions and record such income in the line item “Other Income, Net” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We determine an estimated store value card breakage rate by continuously evaluating historical redemption data. Breakage income is recognized on a monthly basis in proportion to the historical redemption patterns for those store value cards for which the likelihood of redemption is remote.

Inventory. Our inventory is valued at the lower of cost or market using the retail inventory method. Under the retail inventory method, the valuation of inventory and the resulting gross margin are determined by applying a calculated cost to retail ratio to the retail value of inventory. The retail inventory method is an averaging method that results in valuing inventory at the lower of cost or market provided markdowns are taken timely to reduce the retail value of inventory. Inherent in the retail inventory method calculation are certain significant management judgments and estimates including merchandise markon, markups, markdowns and shrinkage, which significantly impact the ending inventory valuation as well as the resulting gross margin. Management believes that our retail inventory method provides an inventory valuation which approximates cost using a first-in, first-out assumption and results in carrying value at the lower of cost or market. We reserve for aged inventory based on historical trends and specific identification. Our aged inventory reserve contains uncertainties as the calculations require management to make assumptions and to apply judgment regarding a number of factors, including market conditions, the selling environment, historical results and current inventory trends. A 1% change in the dollar amount of markdowns would have impacted net income by approximately $1.6 million for Fiscal 2013.

Typically, estimates are used to record inventory shrinkage at retail stores for the first three quarters of a fiscal year. Actual physical inventories are typically conducted during the fourth quarter to calculate actual shrinkage. While we make estimates on the basis of the best information available to us at the time the estimates are made, over accruals or under accruals of shrinkage may be identified as a result of the physical inventory counts, requiring fourth quarter adjustments. During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 we recorded shrinkage adjustments of $3.8 million, $7.5 million and $5.7 million respectively, as a result of actual shrink being less than what we had estimated.

Property and Equipment. We test for recoverability of our property and equipment in accordance with ASC Topic No. 360, “Property, Plant, and Equipment,” whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. This includes performing an analysis of anticipated undiscounted future net cash flows of property and equipment. If the carrying value of the related assets exceeds the undiscounted cash flow, we reduce the carrying value to its fair value, which is generally calculated using discounted cash flows. The recoverability assessment related to these store-level assets requires judgments and estimates of future revenues, gross margin rates and store expenses. We base these estimates upon our past and expected future performance. We believe our estimates are appropriate in light of current market conditions. Future adverse changes in market conditions or poor operating results of underlying assets could result in losses or an inability to recover the carrying value of the assets that may not be reflected in an asset’s current carrying value, thereby possibly requiring an impairment charge in the future. During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, we recorded $2.7 million, $5.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively, in impairment charges related to property and equipment.

Intangible Assets. On April 13, 2006, affiliates of Bain Capital acquired BCFWC in a take private transaction. The purchase price, including transaction costs, was approximately $2.1 billion. All assets and liabilities were recorded at fair value on the acquisition date, including identifiable intangible assets separate from goodwill. Identifiable intangible assets include tradenames, and net favorable lease positions. The fair values and useful lives of identified intangible assets are based on many factors, including estimates and

 

70

---

Table of Contents

assumptions of future operating performance, estimates of cost avoidance, the specific characteristics of the identified intangible assets and our historical experience. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired.

On at least an annual basis, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not indicate that the fair value is less than their respective carrying amounts, we evaluate the carrying value of our tradenames for impairment, which we consider to be indefinite-lived intangible assets to their estimated fair value. The determination of fair value is made using the “relief from royalty” valuation method. Inputs to the valuation model include:

 

•

future revenue and profitability projections associated with the tradenames;

 

•

estimated market royalty rates that could be derived from the licensing of our tradenames to third parties in order to establish the cash flows accruing to our benefit as a result of ownership of the tradenames; and

 

•

rate used to discount the estimated royalty cash flow projections to their present value (or estimated fair value) based on the risk and nature of our cash flows.

During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, we did not record any impairment charges related to our indefinite-lived intangible assets. At the Fiscal 2013 annual impairment test date, the above-noted conclusion that no indication of intangible asset impairment existed at the test date would not have changed had the test been conducted assuming: (i) a 100 basis point increase in the discount rate used to discount the aggregate estimated cash flows of our assets to their net present value in determining their estimated fair values (without any change in the aggregate estimated cash flows of our intangibles), (ii) a 100 basis point decrease in the terminal period growth rate without a change in the discount rate of each intangible, or (iii) a 10 basis point decrease in the royalty rate applied to the forecasted net sales stream of our assets.

Based on our sensitivity analysis, we do not believe that the indefinite lived intangible balance is at risk of impairment at the end of the fiscal year because the fair values are substantially in excess of the carrying values. However, indefinite-lived intangible impairment charges may be recognized in future periods to the extent changes in factors or circumstances occur, including deterioration in the macroeconomic environment, deterioration in the retail industry, deterioration in our performance or our future projections, or changes in our plans for one or more indefinite-lived intangible asset.

Our favorable leases, which were recorded as a result of purchase accounting related to the Merger Transaction, are considered finite-lived intangible assets and are amortized over their respective lease terms. They are reviewed for impairment whenever circumstances change, in conjunction with the impairment testing of our long-lived assets as described above. If the carrying value is greater than the respective estimated fair value, we then determine if the asset is impaired, and whether some, or all, of the asset should be written off as a charge to operations, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results. During Fiscal 2013, we did not record any impairment charges related to our favorable leases. Impairment charges of $6.3 million and $0.1 million were recorded related to our favorable leases during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively, and are included in the line item “Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets” in our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Goodwill. Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net assets acquired. ASC Topic No. 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” (Topic No. 350) requires periodic tests of the impairment of goodwill. Topic No. 350 requires a qualitative and quantitative comparison, on at least an annual basis, or more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not indicate that the fair value is less than its respective carrying amounts, of the net book value of the assets and liabilities associated with a reporting unit, including goodwill, with the fair value of the reporting unit, which corresponds to the discounted cash flows of the reporting unit, in the absence of an active market. Our impairment analysis includes a number of assumptions around our future performance, which may differ from actual results. When this comparison

 

71

---

Table of Contents

indicates that impairment exists, the impairment recognized is the amount by which the carrying amount of the assets exceeds the fair value of these assets. Our annual goodwill impairment review is typically performed during the beginning of May of the fiscal year. There were no impairment charges recorded on the carrying value of our goodwill during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.

In Fiscal 2013, goodwill had a fair value that exceeded its carrying value by at least 65%. We performed a sensitivity analysis on our weighted average cost of capital and we determined that a 100 basis point increase in the weighted average cost of capital would not have resulted in any of our goodwill’s implied fair value being less than its carrying value. Additionally, a 100 basis point decrease in the terminal growth rate used for each reporting unit would also not have resulted in any of our goodwill’s implied fair value being less than their carrying value.

Insurance Reserves. We have risk participation agreements with insurance carriers with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability insurance and health insurance. Pursuant to these arrangements, we are responsible for paying individual claims up to designated dollar limits. The amounts included in our costs related to these claims are estimated and can vary based on changes in assumptions or claims experience included in the associated insurance programs. For example, changes in legal trends and interpretations, as well as changes in the nature and method of how claims are settled, can impact ultimate costs. An increase in workers’ compensation claims by employees, health insurance claims by employees or general liability claims may result in a corresponding increase in our costs related to these claims. Insurance reserves amounted to $57.2 million and $52.4 million at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively.

Income Taxes. We account for income taxes in accordance with Topic No. 740. Our provision for income taxes and effective tax rates are based on a number of factors, including our income, tax planning strategies, differences between tax laws and accounting rules, statutory tax rates and credits, uncertain tax positions, and valuation allowances, by legal entity and jurisdiction. We use significant judgment and estimations in evaluating our tax positions. Topic No. 740 clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in an entity’s consolidated financial statements, and prescribes a recognition threshold and measurement attributes for financial statement disclosure of tax positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. Topic No. 740 requires that we recognize in our Consolidated Financial Statements the impact of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, if that position is “more likely than not” of being sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the Consolidated Financial Statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. Additionally, Topic No. 740 provides guidance on de-recognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods and disclosure.

U.S. federal and state tax authorities regularly audit our tax returns. We establish tax reserves when it is considered more likely than not that we will not succeed in defending our positions. We adjust these tax reserves, as well as the related interest and penalties, based on the latest facts and circumstances, including recently published rulings, court cases, and outcomes of tax audits. To the extent our actual tax liability differs from our established tax reserves our effective tax rate may be materially impacted. While it is often difficult to predict the final outcome of, the timing of, or the tax treatment of any particular tax position or deduction, we believe that our tax reserves reflect the most likely outcome of known tax contingencies.

We record deferred tax assets and liabilities for any temporary differences between the tax reflected in our Consolidated Financial Statements and tax presumed rates. We establish valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets when we believe it is more likely than not that the expected future taxable income or tax liabilities thereon will not support the use of a deduction or credit. For example, we would establish a valuation allowance for the tax benefit associated with a loss carryover in a tax jurisdiction if we did not expect to generate sufficient taxable income to utilize the loss carryover.

 

72

---

Table of Contents

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Refer to Note 2 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Recent Accounting Pronouncements,” for a discussion of recent accounting pronouncements and their impact in our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Fluctuations in Operating Results

We expect that our revenues and operating results may fluctuate from fiscal quarter to fiscal quarter or over the longer term. Certain of the general factors that may cause such fluctuations are discussed in the section entitled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in the prospectus.

Seasonality

Our business, like that of most retailers, is subject to seasonal influences, with the major portion of sales and income typically realized during the back-to-school and holiday seasons (September through January). Weather is also a contributing factor to the sale of our clothing. Generally, our sales are higher if the weather is cold during the Fall and warm during the early Spring.

Inflation

We do not believe that our operating results have been materially affected by inflation during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011. Historically, as the costs of merchandising and related operating expenses have increased, we have been able to mitigate the effect of such impact on our operations.

The U.S. retail industry continues to face increased pressure on margins as commodity prices increase and the overall challenging retail conditions have led consumers to be more value conscious. Our “open to buy” paradigm, in which we purchase both pre-season and in-season merchandise, allows us the flexibility to purchase less pre-season with the balance purchased in-season and opportunistically. It also provides us the flexibility to shift purchases between suppliers and categories. This enables us to obtain better terms with our suppliers which we expect to help offset the expected rising costs of goods.

Market Risk

We are exposed to market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates. Our senior secured credit facilities contain floating rate obligations and are subject to interest rate fluctuations. The objective of our financial risk management is to minimize the negative impact of interest rate fluctuations on our earnings and cash flows. Interest rate risk is managed through the use of a combination of fixed and variable interest debt as well as the periodic use of interest rate cap agreements.

As more fully described in Note 8 to our February 2, 2013 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” we enter into interest rate cap agreements to manage interest rate risks associated with our long-term debt obligations. Gains and losses associated with these contracts are accounted for as interest expense and are recorded under the caption “Interest Expense” in our Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). We continue to have exposure to interest rate risks to the extent they are not hedged.

Off-Balance Sheet Transactions

Other than operating leases consummated in the normal course of business and letters of credit, as more fully described above under the caption “Certain Information Concerning Contractual Obligations,” we are not involved in any off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably likely to have a material current or future impact on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

 

73

---

Table of Contents

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

We are exposed to certain market risks as part of our ongoing business operations. Primary exposures include (i) changes in interest rates, as borrowings under our ABL Line of Credit and Senior Secured Term Loan Facility bear interest at floating rates based on LIBOR or the base rate, in each case plus an applicable borrowing margin and (ii) investing activities. The interest rate of our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is also dependent on the LIBOR, prime rate, and the federal funds rate as further discussed in Note 9 to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements, “Long Term Debt.”

We will manage our interest rate risk by balancing the amount of fixed-rate and floating-rate debt and through the use of interest rate cap agreements. For fixed-rate debt, interest rate changes do not affect earnings or cash flows. Conversely, for floating-rate debt, interest rate changes generally impact our earnings and cash flows, assuming other factors are held constant.

At February 1, 2014, we had $601.4 million principal amount of fixed-rate debt and $834.5 million of floating-rate debt (both inclusive of original issue discount). Based on $834.5 million outstanding as floating-rate debt, an immediate increase of one percentage point, excluding the interest rate caps, would cause an increase to cash interest expense of approximately $8.3 million per year, resulting in $8.3 million less in our pre-tax earnings. This sensitivity analysis assumes our mix of financial instruments and all other variables will remain constant in future periods. These assumptions are made in order to facilitate the analysis and are not necessarily indicative of our future intentions.

If a one percentage point increase in interest rates were to occur over the next four quarters excluding the interest rate cap, such an increase would result in the following additional interest expenses (assuming current borrowing level remains constant):

 

Floating Rate Debt		Principal Outstanding at February 1, 2014				Additional Interest Expense Q1 2014				Additional Interest Expense Q2 2014				Additional Interest Expense Q3 2014				Additional Interest Expense Q4 2014
		(in thousands)
ABL Line of Credit		$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—			$	—
Senior Secured Term Loan Facility(a)			834,507				2,086				2,086				2,086				2,086
		$	834,507			$	2,086			$	2,086			$	2,086			$	2,086

 

(a)	Principal balance represents carrying value of our Term Loan exclusive original issue discount.

We have two interest rate cap agreements which limit our interest rate exposure to 7% on our first $900.0 million of borrowings under our variable rate debt obligations. If interest rates were to increase above the 7% cap rates in effect as of February 1, 2014, for a full fiscal year, then our maximum interest rate exposure would be $22.9 million assuming constant borrowing levels of $834.5 million. Currently, we have unlimited interest rate risk related to our variable rate debt in excess of $900.0 million. As of February 1, 2014, the borrowing rate related to our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was 4.3%.

Our ability to satisfy our interest payment obligations on our outstanding debt will depend largely on our future performance, which, in turn, is in part subject to prevailing economic conditions and to financial, business and other factors beyond our control. If we do not have sufficient cash flow to service our interest payment obligations on our outstanding indebtedness and if we cannot borrow or obtain equity financing to satisfy those obligations, our business and results of operations will be materially adversely affected. We cannot be assured that any replacement borrowing or equity financing could be successfully completed.

A change in interest rates generally does not have an impact upon our future earnings and cash flow for fixed-rate debt instruments. As fixed-rate debt matures, however, and if additional debt is acquired to fund the debt repayment, future earnings and cash flow may be affected by changes in interest rates. This effect would be realized in the periods subsequent to the periods when the debt matures.

 

74

---

Table of Contents

BUSINESS

Company Overview

Founded in 1972, we are a national off-price retailer of high quality branded apparel, operating 523 stores, inclusive of an internet store, in 44 states and Puerto Rico. We are a market leader in the fast growing off-price retail channel. We offer our merchandise using an EDLP model with savings up to 60-70% off department and specialty store regular prices. We provide our customers an extensive selection of better and moderate, fashionable branded product in women’s ready-to-wear apparel, menswear, youth apparel, baby products, footwear, accessories, home goods and coats. We feature merchandise from over 4,500 vendors, with a focus on major nationally-recognized brands. This vendor breadth provides our customers with a “treasure hunt” experience of searching for great brands at great value.

Our average store size is approximately 79,000 square feet, which is two to three times the size of our largest off-price competitors’ stores. Our larger store size has allowed us to offer more categories and substantially more breadth in each product category than our off-price competitors and to establish ourselves as a destination for select categories, including coats, youth and baby, special-occasion dresses and men’s tailored apparel. We believe that our leadership in the off-price channel in select categories and our broad and diverse merchandise offering allow our stores to attract customers from beyond their local trade areas.

Large and Growing Off-Price Channel

We operate within the large and growing off-price channel in the United States. According to The NPD Group, the off-price apparel channel grew at a 5% CAGR during the four years ending December 2013. Over that period, sales in the off-price channel have grown over 10 times faster than the department store and national chain channels. We believe that the increasing demand for the off-price channel will continue to be driven by consumers’ growing focus on, and preference for, the value available at off-price retailers.

Our Competitive Strengths

Leading Destination for On-Trend, Branded Merchandise at a Great Value

We offer a broad and compelling assortment of on-trend, branded apparel and related merchandise. Our average store size is approximately 79,000 square feet, which is two to three times the size of our largest off-price competitors’ stores, allowing us to carry substantially more breadth in each product category, including branded apparel for various lifestyles, fashion preferences and sizes. We have a long heritage of leadership in select core categories including coats, youth and baby, special-occasion dresses and men’s tailored apparel. We employ a broad merchandising strategy that provides the customer with a wide range of choices and a limited number of units per style, which fosters a sense of scarcity and urgency to purchase now. The frequent arrival of new merchandise to our stores encourages our customers to return to our stores regularly.

Compelling Value and Every Day Low Price Model

We employ an EDLP model that offers customers savings of up to 60-70% off department and specialty store regular prices. Our price tags feature a “compare at” price, indicating the savings for the customer. We believe our EDLP approach contributes to a simpler and better value proposition by eliminating the customer’s need to wait for sales, use coupons or participate in loyalty programs to realize savings.

Flexible Off-Price Sourcing and Merchandising Model

We aim to purchase the majority of our merchandise in-season, with our merchants spending time weekly “in-market,” buying on-site from vendors, to take advantage of the latest fashion trends. We seek to optimize our “open-to-buy,” which is the portion of our inventory receipt budget that remains “unbought” at any given point.

 

75

---

Table of Contents

We believe, as a result of how we manage our open-to-buy position, our merchants are able to execute compelling purchases opportunistically from our vendors. We have long-standing relationships with thousands of leading vendors, including many of the world’s largest apparel manufacturers, and no one vendor accounts for more than 2% of our merchandise. We believe that merchandise vendors, including those with whom we work, increasingly view off-price retail as an attractive channel through which to reach their customers.

We consistently evaluate new vendors to add to our portfolio and review existing vendors to ensure that we have access to the best products and brands at great value. We believe that our in-season buying strategy and broad vendor relationships allow us to provide our customers with consistently fresh, on-trend and high quality offerings across a broad range of categories.

Attractive Store Economics

We have a proven and attractive store model that generates strong cash flow and consistent store-level financial results. We have opened an average of 23 new stores per year since 2006 and our new stores have an average payback period of less than three years. Over 98% of our stores are profitable on a store-level cash flow basis, and we believe we have considerable room to grow profitability. Our stores have been successful in varying geographic regions, population densities, store footprint sizes and real estate settings. We believe our robust store model, reinforced by our site selection process and in-store execution, is driving improved consistency in performance across our store base.

Proven Management and Merchant Team with Off-Price Retail Experience

We have assembled a strong and empowered management team with a median experience of 25 years in the retail industry and a median tenure of five years with us. Our management team has complementary experiences across a broad range of disciplines in the retail industry, including at other leading off-price retailers, department stores and specialty stores. Our management team, through our incentive equity plan, is aligned with the objectives of our stockholders.

Recent Strategic Initiatives

In December 2008, we hired Tom Kingsbury as President and CEO to help define and lead our transformation. Since then, we have made significant investments in people, processes and systems to transform our business. We believe that we are in the early stages of realizing the return on these investments, which we expect will result in continued growth and enhanced profitability.

Assembled a Talented, Experienced Management Team

Under Mr. Kingsbury’s leadership, we have assembled a proven and successful management team with significant retail and off-price experience from various best-in-class retailers. We have placed five of our top eight executives in their current roles, including those leading the merchandising, marketing, merchandise planning and allocation, supply chain, and human resources functions. Most recently, in 2012, we hired Paul Metcalf as our Chief Merchandising Officer to oversee and enhance the execution of our merchandising model.

Refined Our Off-Price Model Through Improved Buying, Inventory Management and Supply Chain Investment

We have refined and improved our execution of our off-price model and redesigned our merchant organization to provide more clear and distinct roles where our buyers focus primarily on buying and the support team focuses on planning and allocation, and we now have information systems that support data-driven decisions for both. We have also made significant investments to upgrade talent across these functions. We have increased our portion of in-season versus pre-season buys to increase the freshness of our merchandise offering.

 

76

---

Table of Contents

This strategy puts us more in line with our primary off-price competitors, as opposed to department stores, which primarily purchase pre-season. In part due to this focus on inventory freshness and providing great values, from May 31, 2008 to February 1, 2014 our comparable store inventory turnover increased by 69% and our inventory aged 90 days or older decreased by 53%.

We have improved our access to the highest quality nationally-branded products through our network of over 4,500 vendors. We have renewed our emphasis on buyers spending time interacting face-to-face with new and existing vendors and on continuously evaluating fashion trends and emerging businesses. Over the last two years, we have invested in our supply chain infrastructure to support our off-price buying model. We expect to continue to invest in our supply chain infrastructure to facilitate our ongoing growth. In addition to our East Coast buying presence, we opened a West Coast buying office last year to better enable access to vendors in that region. We are focusing on brands relevant to our customers, which we believe will drive traffic to our stores. In order to improve our buying decisions, we formalized a new framework that we believe will help our merchants continue to deliver great brands and great values to our customers.

Invested in Technology and Systems to Drive Growth and Improve Efficiency

Since 2009, we have also invested over $45 million in new, best-in-class information technology and merchandising systems solutions across our business functions to enhance the consistency of our execution and to improve the scalability of these functions across a growing store base. We believe our new merchandise planning and customized, in-house allocation systems, combined with our recent focus on developing the capability to localize inventory allocation, will help us to improve sales and margins by ensuring that we plan and allocate the right product to the right store at the right time. Our business intelligence system provides improved data visibility and allows us to identify trends to which our merchandising team can opportunistically respond. Our markdown optimization system is designed to maximize sales and total margin dollars by recommending markdowns at the style and color level to achieve defined sell-through targets and exit dates.

Built Data-Driven Testing Culture to Ensure Successful Rollout of New Initiatives

In addition to our investments in specific systems, our management team has built a strong data-driven testing culture. We regularly launch tests of new initiatives and rigorously measure effectiveness prior to chain-wide rollout. For example, in 2012, we tested a new in-store merchandising fixture for kids’ and men’s shoes. After observing significant sales lift, we are rolling this fixture out in all existing stores and our new stores. Our improved testing capability has begun to enable us to drive growth in an increasingly predictable manner while minimizing distraction to our store team.

Sharpened Focus on Our Core Female Customer

We have focused on better serving our core female customer: a brand-conscious fashion enthusiast, aged 25-49, with an average annual household income of $25,000-$75,000, by improving and expanding our offerings for her and by building on our strength in categories for her family, such as youth and baby, special occasions and menswear. We launched a new marketing campaign that specifically targeted our core customer and continue to refine our efforts to increase the frequency of her visits and average spend. As an early indicator of the success of this initiative, the Fiscal 2013 comparable store sales growth for women’s ready-to-wear apparel (excluding coats), our single largest product category, was over 6%.

Introduced Program to Improve Customer Experience and Store Operations

We aim to deliver an easy and consistent customer experience. We have significantly enhanced the store experience and ease of shopping at all of our stores by simplifying our merchandise presentation, implementing a comprehensive program focused on offering more brands and styles and improving store navigation. We have accomplished this by utilizing clear way-finding signs and distinct product signage, highlighting key brands and

 

77

---

Table of Contents

new arrivals, improving organization of the floor space, reducing rack density, facilitating quicker checkouts and delivering better customer service. We have made particular improvements in product size visibility, queuing and fitting rooms.

To ensure consistent execution of our customer experience priorities, we have improved our store associate training, reorganized and strengthened our field management organization, implemented a store labor scheduling system and revamped our employee satisfaction program. In addition, since 2009 we have hired more than 300 new store managers from outside our organization, many from best-in-class retailers including our competition. These initiatives have better aligned store management and labor staffing to operational priorities, improved the customer experience and resulted in approximately a 420 basis point reduction in store payroll as a percentage of sales from 2008 through 2013.

Our improved customer experience, in conjunction with more consistent in-store execution, enabled us to achieve 73% overall customer satisfaction in 2013, a 21-point improvement since we began tracking this metric in 2008. We have also implemented operational audits to measure performance against clearly defined operational standards. To date, stores that have achieved higher audit scores have generated higher comparable store sales.

Refreshed Our Existing Store Base

At the end of Fiscal 2013, 68% of our stores were either new, refreshed, remodeled or relocated since 2006. In our refreshed and remodeled stores, we have incorporated: new flooring, painting, lighting and graphics, relocated our fitting rooms to maximize productive selling space and made various other improvements as necessary on a store-by-store basis. We continue to invest in store refreshes and remodels on a store-by-store basis where appropriate, taking into consideration the age, sales and profitability of a store and the potential customer satisfaction improvement.

Enhanced Real Estate Analysis and New Store Selection Process

We have reengineered our new store development process to utilize more sophisticated criteria for real estate site selection and to reduce our total new store investment. Our real estate process consists of a review of demographics, population density, cannibalization impact, traffic patterns, competitive dynamics, co-tenancy considerations and ease of access, in order to meet acceptable return criteria. We have partnered with landlords to increase the landlord funded tenant improvements in new stores and have improved our opening inventory to increase cash-on-cash returns. Under our enhanced real estate selection process, we opened 15 new stores in Fall 2011, 6 new stores in Spring 2012 and 16 new stores in Fall 2012 which, on average, have performed in line with our expectations and ahead of our required payback hurdles.

Our Growth Strategies

We believe there are significant opportunities to drive sustainable sales and margin growth. We believe each of the initiatives discussed above will play an important role in our ability to execute on our growth strategies, given the recency of their implementation as shown in the below timeline.

 

Summary of Strategic Initiative		Timing of Implementation
Assembled a talented, experienced management team		•   The current management team has been built over the past five years   •   Recent additions include our Chief Marketing Officer (June 2011) and Chief Merchandising Officer (April 2012)

 

78

---

Table of Contents

Summary of Strategic Initiative		Timing of Implementation
Refined our off-price model through improved buying, inventory management and supply chain investment		•   The buying model has been refined over the past four to five years resulting in continual improvements in execution   •   Median tenure of our general and division merchandising managers with us is approximately 2 years
Invested in technology and systems to drive growth and improve efficiency		•   Merchandise planning system implementation completed in August 2011   •   Merchandise allocation system enhancements completed in July 2012   •   Markdown optimization system completed in Fall 2013
Built data-driven testing culture with robust measurements of results to ensure successful rollout of new initiatives		•   Began running initial tests in late 2011
Sharpened focus on our core female customer		•   As part of the preparation for the launch of our refocused marketing campaign in Spring 2011, we increased emphasis on gathering customer insights and data   •   Continue to tailor our marketing on an ongoing basis to better cater to our core customer
Introduced program to improve customer experience and store operations		•   We increased our focus on customer service beginning in 2010; however, many specific initiatives have been implemented only in the last two years   •   As an example, we improved store navigational signage and simplified merchandising presentation in early 2012 and rolled out to the full store base later that year   •   Store operational audits began as a pilot program in Fall 2011 and rolled out to the full store base in Spring 2012
Enhanced real estate analysis and new store selection process		•   Current version of our real estate site selection process has been utilized for new stores since Fall 2011

We believe these recent initiatives will enable us to execute on the following growth strategies:

Drive Comparable Store Sales Growth

We intend to build upon our comparable store sales growth momentum through the following initiatives:

 

•

Continue to Enhance Execution of the Off-Price Model. We plan to drive comparable store sales by ensuring that we consistently deliver fresh merchandise to our selling floors. We intend to continue to reduce comparable store inventories, which we believe will result in faster inventory turns and reduced

 

79

---

Table of Contents

markdowns. We regularly seek to take advantage of opportunistic buys of highly desirable branded products and key seasonal goods to sell in the current season or in a future season, which we refer to as “pack-and-hold” merchandise. We also continually use our business intelligence systems to identify sell-through rates by product, capitalize on strong performing categories, identify and buy into new fashion trends and opportunistically acquire products in the marketplace.

 

•

Improve Merchandising Localization. Our recent investments increasingly allow us to improve on delivering the right products to the right stores at the right time by refining our allocations of merchandise to the appropriate stores. Over time, we expect our efforts will result in an improved assortment of brands, sizes, price points and product attributes that cater to customer preferences at the store level.

 

•

Increase Sales of Women’s Ready-to-Wear Apparel, Shoes and Accessories. We plan to continue to improve our product offering, store merchandising and marketing focus on women’s ready-to-wear apparel, shoes and accessories to capture incremental sales from our core female customer and become a destination for her across all categories.

 

•

Grow our Home business. We believe our Home penetration is well below industry norms representing a significant merchandising opportunity. While the Home category did outperform the company average in 2013, we believe growth will come from the continued expansion of Housewares and a renewed focus on Home Décor.

 

•

Open a West Coast Buying Office. We opened our West Coast buying office in the Fall of 2013 to increase our access to brands and vendors and allow us to react more quickly to attractive merchandise buying opportunities in this region.

 

•

Increase Our e-Commerce Sales. We have been selling to our customers online for more than a decade. We plan to leverage this heritage, along with our newly relaunched e-commerce platform, to expand our online assortment and utilize e-commerce strategies to drive incremental traffic to our stores.

Expand Our Retail Store Base

We believe there is significant opportunity to expand our retail store base in the United States. In line with recent growth, our goal is to open approximately 25 new stores annually. In recent years, we have seen improvements in the accuracy of our sales forecasts for new stores and, aided by our enhanced real estate model, performance for each group is ahead of our required return on investment. Based on a detailed market-by-market analysis of internal and third-party data and our operating experience, we believe the U.S. market can support at least 1,000 stores. In addition, we continue to explore the growth potential of modified store formats that may offer incremental opportunity for growth.

Enhance Operating Margins

We intend to increase our margins through the initiatives described below.

 

•

Optimize Markdowns. Our new markdown system will allow us to maximize sales and gross margin dollars based on forward looking sales forecasts, sell-through targets, and exit dates. This allows us to optimize markdowns at the style and color level by store cluster.

 

•

Enhance Purchasing Power. We believe that our growth and new West Coast buying office will provide us with the opportunity to capture incremental buying opportunities and realize economies of scale in our merchandising and non-merchandising purchasing activities.

 

•

Drive Operating Leverage. We believe that we will be able to leverage our growing sales over the fixed costs of our business. In addition, we are focused on continuing to improve the efficiency of our corporate and in-store operations. Furthermore, we expect operating costs to grow less rapidly in the future as we approach the middle and latter stages of our organizational investments.

 

80

---

Table of Contents

Our successful execution of these growth strategies may be affected by challenges or risks outside of our control, including but not limited to an incremental slowdown in the U.S. economy, increased competition from other retailers, and unforeseen legal or regulatory changes.

Company History

We were organized in 2013 and currently exist as a Delaware corporation. Our indirect subsidiary, BCFWC, was initially organized in 1972 as a New Jersey corporation, was reincorporated in 1983 in Delaware when the company originally became a public company and currently exists as a Delaware corporation. BCFWC became a direct, wholly-owned subsidiary of Holdings in connection with the acquisition of BCFWC on April 13, 2006 by Bain Capital in the Merger Transaction.

From our founding in 1972 until the Merger Transaction in 2006, we were substantially owned and managed by our founder, Monroe Milstein, and his family. During this time, the Company employed an off-price retail strategy that is consistent with the strategy the Company is executing today. At the time of the Merger Transaction in 2006, the Company appointed a new Chief Executive Officer and hired new merchandising senior management. Over the next two years, the Company migrated towards a hybrid department store/off-price model, which included more pre-season buying, fewer nationally-recognized brands, less variety and more depth of style, and reduced emphasis on product quality and the value proposition to the customer. We believe these changes contributed to an erosion of our operating performance, driven by reduced competitiveness of our offering relative to our peers.

In December 2008, we hired our current President and Chief Executive Officer, Tom Kingsbury, who has focused on returning to a strategy consistent with our off-price heritage and made significant investments in people, processes and systems to improve our execution of that strategy.

Properties

Our Stores

As of February 1, 2014, we operated 521 stores, inclusive of an internet store. Over 98% of our net sales are derived from our Burlington Coat Factory stores (“BCF stores”). We believe that our customers are attracted to our stores principally by the availability of a large assortment of first-quality current brand-name merchandise at everyday low prices.

BCF stores offer customers a complete line of value-priced apparel, including: ladies sportswear, menswear, coats, and family footwear, as well as baby furniture, accessories, home decor and gifts. We continue to emphasize our rich heritage of coats and outerwear and we believe that we are viewed as the destination for coat shoppers. Our broad selection provides a wide range of apparel, accessories and furnishing for all ages. We purchase both pre-season and in-season merchandise, allowing us to respond timely to changing market conditions and consumer fashion preferences. Furthermore, we believe BCF stores’ substantial selection of staple, destination products such as coats and products in our Baby Depot departments, as well as men’s and boys’ suits, attracts customers from beyond our local trade areas. We believe these products drive incremental store-traffic and differentiate us from our competitors.

In some of our stores, we grant unaffiliated third parties the right to use designated store space solely for the purpose of selling such third parties’ goods primarily fragrances. During Fiscal 2013, our rental income from all such arrangements aggregated less than 1% of our total revenues. We do not own or have any rights to any trademarks, licenses or other intellectual property used in connection with the brands sold by such unaffiliated third parties.

 

81

---

Table of Contents

We believe the size of our typical store represents a competitive advantage. Our average store size is approximately 79,000 square feet, occupying significantly more selling square footage than most off-price or specialty store competitors. We believe major landlords frequently seek us as a tenant because the appeal of our apparel merchandise profile attracts a desired customer base and because we can take on larger facilities than most of our competitors. In addition, we have built long-standing relationships with major shopping center developers.

Our store base is geographically diversified with stores located in 44 states and Puerto Rico.

 

State		Number of Stores		State		Number of Stores		State		Number of Stores
AK		2		KY		4		NV		5
AL		7		LA		9		NY		34
AR		2		MA		13		OH		19
AZ		9		MD		15		OK		3
CA		59		ME		2		OR		4
CO		6		MI		17		PA		27
CT		10		MN		5		PR		12
DE		2		MO		7		RI		4
FL		35		MS		2		SC		5
GA		16		NC		10		TN		6
IA		2		ND		1		TX		51
ID		2		NE		1		UT		3
IL		28		NH		2		VA		17
IN		12		NJ		28		WA		6
KS		6		NM		2		WI		9

Our store sales area is organized by merchandise category with flexibility to quickly expand or contract category offerings in response to changes in consumer preferences. Our typical store features open sight lines, bright overhead lighting and clear signage to promote easy navigation through the store. We highlight the best brands and freshest product in four way fixtures along the aisles with additional merchandise arranged by size in H-racks. We believe our clean, organized merchandise presentation highlights the brands, value, selection and sizing within assortments and promotes a self-service, treasure hunt experience for our customers.

Our stores are managed by our field organization, which is composed of corporate, territory, region and store-level managers. Our store managers are accountable for the sales and profitability of our stores. They are generally supported within the store by assistant managers and at the regional level by a team, led by a regional vice president and consisting of regional managers in operations, human resources and loss prevention. The regional vice president oversees the performance of the store managers and ensures that regional functional managers are providing the support necessary for the store managers to succeed. Further, our staffing model is designed such that there is a leadership team member accountable and on duty at all times.

Store Expansion and Real Estate Strategy

We continue to explore expansion opportunities both within our current market areas and in other regions. We believe that our ability to find satisfactory locations for our stores is essential for the continued growth of our business. The opening of stores generally is contingent upon a number of factors including, but not limited to, the availability of desirable locations with suitable structures and the negotiation of acceptable lease terms. There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to find suitable locations for new stores or that even if such locations are found and acceptable lease terms are obtained, we will be able to open the number of new stores presently planned.

 

82

---

Table of Contents

We have a proven track record of new store expansion. Our store base has grown from 13 stores in 1980 to 521 stores, inclusive of an internet store, as of February 1, 2014. Assuming that appropriate locations are identified, we believe that we will be able to execute our growth strategy without significantly impacting our current stores. The table below shows our store openings and closings since the beginning of our fiscal year ended January 29, 2011.

 

		As of January 29, 2011				As of January 28, 2012				As of February 2, 2013				As of February 1, 2014
Stores (Beginning of Period)			442				460				477				500
Stores Opened			25				20				25				23
Stores Closed			(7	)			(3	)			(2	)			(2	)
Stores (End of Period)			460				477				500				521

Distribution and Warehousing

We have two primary distribution centers that ship approximately 91% of merchandise units to our stores. The remaining 9% of merchandise units are drop shipped directly to our stores. The two distribution centers, located in Edgewater Park, New Jersey and San Bernardino, California, occupy an aggregate of 1,308,000 square feet and each includes processing and storage capacity.

In addition to our two primary distribution facilities, we operate warehousing facilities in Burlington, New Jersey, Redlands, California, Cinnaminson, New Jersey and Florence, New Jersey. The Burlington facility is a 402,000 square foot facility currently used for e-commerce fulfillment, the processing and storage of goods received on hangers, and remote storage for our Edgewater Park, New Jersey distribution center. The product stored at this facility is processed and shipped through our Edgewater Park facility. The Redlands facility, which we opened in August 2011, is a 295,000 square foot facility being used primarily as remote storage for our San Bernardino distribution center. The product stored at this facility is processed and shipped out of our San Bernardino distribution center.

 

		Calendar Year Operational				Size (sq. feet)				Leased or Owned
Edgewater Park, New Jersey			2004				648,000				Owned
San Bernardino, California			2006				660,000				Leased
Burlington, New Jersey			1987	(1)			402,000				Owned
Redlands, California			2011				295,000				Leased
Cinnaminson, New Jersey			2013				218,000				Leased
Florence, New Jersey			2013				208,000				Leased

 

(1)	Distribution activities in this warehouse ceased during the transition period from May 31, 2009 to January 30, 2010. Our current use of this warehouse commenced in Fiscal 2011.

We must continue to make investments in storage and processing to support our expected store growth over the next three to five years.

Customer Service

We are committed to providing our customers with an enjoyable shopping experience and strive to make continuous efforts to improve customer service. In training our employees, our goal is to emphasize knowledgeable, friendly customer service and a sense of professional pride. We offer our customers special services to enhance the convenience of their shopping experience, such as professional tailors, a baby gift registry and layaways.

 

83

---

Table of Contents

We have empowered our store teams to provide an outstanding customer experience for every customer in every store, every day. We have streamlined processes and will continue to strive to create opportunities for fast and effective customer interactions. Our stores must reflect clean, organized merchandise presentations that highlight the brands, value, and diversity of selection within our assortments.

Our Off-Price Sourcing and Merchandising Model

Our “open to buy” off-price model enables us to provide our customers with products that are nationally branded, fashionable, high quality and priced right. Led by our Chief Merchandising Officer, we have an experienced team of General Merchandise Managers, Divisional Merchandise Managers and buyers focused on improving comparable store inventory turnover, inventory age and freshness of merchandise. We purchase merchandise from many suppliers, none of which accounted for more than 2% of our net purchases during Fiscal 2013. We have no long-term purchase commitments or arrangements with any of our suppliers, and believe that we are not dependent on any one supplier. We continue to have good working relationships with our suppliers.

We have designed our merchant organization so that buyers focus primarily on buying, planners focus primarily on planning, and information systems help inform data-driven decisions for both. Buyers are in market each week and focus on purchasing great products for great value. We seek to purchase a majority of our merchandise in-season. Buyers spend time interacting face-to-face with new and existing vendors and on continuously evaluating trends in the market to which we believe our customers would respond positively. In 2012, we instituted a Merchant Scorecard that rates products across four key attributes—fashion, quality, brand and price—to help formalize a framework for buying decisions.

Our merchandising model allows us to provide our customers with a wide breadth of product categories. Sales percentage by major product category is as follows:

 

Category		Fiscal 2010				Fiscal 2011				Fiscal 2012				Fiscal 2013
Women’s Ready-to-Wear Apparel			21	%			22	%			23	%			24	%
Menswear			21	%			20	%			20	%			19	%
Accessories and Footwear			20	%			20	%			21	%			21	%
Coats			9	%			9	%			8	%			8	%
Youth Apparel/Baby/Home			29	%			29	%			28	%			28	%

E-Commerce

We employ an e-commerce strategy currently focused on increasing awareness of the breadth of our merchandise selection, great brands and values, as well as driving traffic to our stores and selling merchandise directly from our website. We execute our strategy through our website and through social media platforms such as Facebook, Twitter and Pinterest. In Fall 2013, we re-launched our website with a significantly upgraded user experience – including improved navigation, shopping functionality and a more modern layout to increase site traffic and conversion rates. This re-launch also included an expansion of the online merchandise assortment to include additional items across women’s ready-to-wear apparel, menswear, youth apparel, baby, accessories, home and coats. As a part of this re-launch, we also updated the cross-channel Baby Registry currently serving our Baby Depot customers.

Customer Demographic

Our core customer is the 25-49 year-old woman. The core customer is educated, resides in mid- to large-sized metropolitan areas and is a brand conscious fashion enthusiast. This customer shops for herself, her family, and her home. We appeal to value seeking and fashion conscious customers who are price-driven but enjoy the style and fit of high-quality, branded merchandise.

 

84

---

Table of Contents

Marketing and Advertising

We use a variety of broad-based and targeted marketing strategies to efficiently deliver the right message to the targeted audience at the right time. These strategies include national television, direct mail, email, digital marketing, local radio and out-of-home communications. Our broad television broadcast communication and reach is balanced with relevant customer contacts to increase frequency of store visits.

Management Information Systems and Processes

We utilize a combination of primarily industry-standard third party and internally developed information technology and systems solutions across our business functions. We have implemented new merchandise planning and allocation systems, a business intelligence system and a markdown optimization system. These initiatives enhance the consistency of our execution and improve the scalability of these functions across a growing store base. We have also implemented a testing methodology which allows us to evaluate new initiatives across our entire organization and make data-driven decisions that support growth and minimize costs. To date, we have performed tests in store operations, merchandise presentation, advertising and marketing, among other areas.

Competition

The U.S. retail apparel and home furnishings markets are highly fragmented and competitive. We compete for business with department stores, off-price retailers, specialty stores, discount stores, wholesale clubs and outlet stores. At various times throughout the year, traditional full-price department store chains and specialty shops offer brand-name merchandise at substantial markdowns, which can result in prices approximating those offered by us at our BCF stores.

Seasonality

Our business, like that of most retailers, is subject to seasonal influences, with the major portion of sales and income typically realized during the back-to-school and holiday seasons (September through January). Weather is also a contributing factor to the sale of our clothing. Generally, our sales are higher if the weather is cold during the Fall and warm during the early Spring.

Trademarks

We own the trademarks, service marks and tradenames that we use in connection with the operation of our business. Our trademarks include “BCF,” “Burlington,” “Burlington Coat Factory,” “Cohoes,” “Luxury Linens,” “MJM Designer Shoes,” and “Baby Depot.” We consider these trademarks and the accompanying name recognition to be valuable to our business. We believe that our rights to these properties are adequately protected. Our rights in these trademarks endure for as long as they are used.

Employees

As of February 1, 2014, we employed 30,095 people, including part-time and seasonal employees. Our staffing requirements fluctuate during the year as a result of the seasonality of our business. We hire additional employees and increase the hours of part-time employees during seasonal peak selling periods. As of February 1, 2014, employees at two of our stores were subject to collective bargaining agreements.

Legal Proceedings

Like many retailers, we have been named in class or collective actions on behalf of various groups alleging violations of federal and state wage and hour and other labor statutes, and alleged violation of state consumer and/or privacy protection statutes. In the normal course of business, we are also party to various other lawsuits

 

85

---

Table of Contents

and regulatory proceedings including, among others, commercial, product, product safety, employee, customer, intellectual property and other claims. Actions against us are in various procedural stages. Many of these proceedings raise factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties.

While we do not believe that the amount of loss in excess of those recorded could be material to our consolidated financial position, any such loss could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations in the period(s) during which the underlying matters are resolved.

 

86

---

Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT

Set forth below is the name, age (as of March 31, 2014), position and a description of the business experience of each of our executive officers and directors:

 

Name		Age				Position(s)
Thomas A. Kingsbury			61			President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
Fred Hand			50			Executive Vice President of Stores
Joyce Manning Magrini			59			Executive Vice President—Human Resources
Hobart Sichel			49			Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer
Todd Weyhrich			50			Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Paul Metcalf			53			Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer
Marc Katz			49			Executive Vice President, Merchandising Support and Information Technology
Paul C. Tang			61			Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary
Mike Metheny			46			Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, Procurement and Profit Improvement
Joshua Bekenstein			55			Director
Jordan Hitch			47			Director
Tricia Patrick			33			Director
Paul J. Sullivan			66			Director
John Mahoney			62			Director

Background of Executive Officers and Directors

Thomas A. Kingsbury—President, Chief Executive Officer and Director. Mr. Kingsbury has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer, and on our Board of Directors, since December 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Kingsbury served as Senior Executive Vice President—Information Services, E-Commerce, Marketing and Business Development of Kohl’s Corporation from August 2006 to December 2008. Prior to joining Kohl’s, Mr. Kingsbury served in various management positions with The May Department Stores Company, an operator of department store chains, commencing in 1976 and as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Filene’s division since February 2000. Mr. Kingsbury’s day-to-day leadership and experience as our President and Chief Executive Officer gives him unique insights into our challenges, opportunities and operations.

Fred Hand—Executive Vice President of Stores. Mr. Hand has served as our Executive Vice President of Stores since February 2008. Prior to joining us, Mr. Hand served as Senior Vice President, Group Director of Stores of Macy’s, Inc. from March 2006 to February 2008. From 2001 to 2006, Mr. Hand served as Senior Vice President, Stores and Visual Merchandising of Filene’s Department Stores. Mr. Hand held various other positions at The May Department Stores Company from 1991 to 2001, including Area Manager, General Manager, and Regional Vice President.

Joyce Manning Magrini—Executive Vice President—Human Resources. Ms. Magrini has served as our Executive Vice President—Human Resources since November 2009. Prior to joining us, Ms. Magrini served as Executive Vice President—Administration of Finlay Jewelry since June 2005. From March 1999 to June 2005, Ms. Magrini served as Senior Vice President of Human Resources of Finlay Jewelry and from January 1995 to February 1999, Ms. Magrini was Vice President of Human Resources of Finlay Jewelry. Ms. Magrini held various human resources and customer service positions at Macy’s from 1978 through December 1994.

Hobart Sichel—Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer. Mr. Sichel has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Marketing Officer since May 2011. Prior to joining us and since 1998, Mr. Sichel was at McKinsey & Company, where he was most recently a Principal and co-led McKinsey’s Retail Marketing practice in North America. Prior to 1998, Mr. Sichel worked in various capacities across consumer-facing industries including retail, e-Commerce, packaged goods, financial services, and media.

 

87

---

Table of Contents

Todd Weyhrich—Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Weyhrich has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August 2007. Prior to joining us, Mr. Weyhrich served as Chief Financial Officer of Arby’s Restaurant Group, Inc. from May 2004 to June 2006. From February 2003 to August 2003, he served as Senior Vice President—Merger Integration of The Sports Authority and served as Senior Vice President—Chief Accounting Officer and Logistics from February 2001 to February 2003. Prior to that, Mr. Weyhrich was Senior Vice President—Finance and Logistics from 2000 to 2001 and Vice President—Controller from 1995 to 2000 of Pamida Holdings Corporation, which became a wholly-owned subsidiary of ShopKo Stores, Inc. in July 1999. Prior to that, Mr. Weyhrich served in various capacities, most recently as Senior Audit Manager, with Deloitte & Touche LLP from 1985 to 1995.

Paul Metcalf—Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer. Mr. Metcalf has served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer since April 2012. Prior to joining us, Mr. Metcalf was with the TJX Companies, Inc., serving as that company’s Senior Vice President, Chief Merchandising Officer—Women’s Apparel from October 2008 through December 2011 and General Merchandise Manager, Men’s from October 2006 through October 2009. From 1987 through 2006, Mr. Metcalf worked in various merchandising positions within The May Department Stores Company.

Marc Katz—Executive Vice President, Merchandising Support and Information Technology. Mr. Katz has served as our Executive Vice President, Merchandising Support and Information Technology since April 2011. From December 2009 through April 2011, Mr. Katz served as our Executive Vice President of Merchandise Planning and Allocation. From the commencement of his employment with us in July 2008 through December 2009, Mr. Katz served as our Executive Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer. Prior to joining us, Mr. Katz served as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer of A.C. Moore Arts & Crafts, Inc., a specialty retailer of arts, crafts and floral merchandise, from September 2006 to June 2008. Prior to his employment with A.C. Moore, Mr. Katz held various positions with Foot Locker, Inc., a specialty retailer of athletic footwear, apparel and related items, including most recently as Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer, from June 1997 to September 2006. Prior to his employment with Foot Locker, Mr. Katz served for eight years in various financial positions at The May Department Stores Company.

Paul C. Tang—Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary. Mr. Tang has served as our Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary since 1993. He was named Vice President in 1995, Executive Vice President in 1999 and Secretary in 2001. From 1989 to 1993, Mr. Tang was a partner in the law firm of Reid & Priest. From 1987 to 1988, he was a partner of the law firm of Milstein & Tang. From 1980 to 1987, Mr. Tang was an attorney at the law firm of Phillips Nizer, where he became a partner in 1985.

Mike Metheny—Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, Procurement and Profit Improvement. Mr. Metheny has served as our Executive Vice President, Supply Chain, Procurement and Profit Improvement since April 2012. From the commencement of his employment with us in November 2009 through April 2012, Mr. Metheny served as our Senior Vice President of Supply Chain. From 2007 to December 2009, Mr. Metheny was at A.C. Moore Arts and Crafts, Inc., where he most recently served as Senior Vice President of Supply Chain. Prior to 2007 and since 1990, Mr. Metheny worked in various management positions within the operations and distribution organizations of Macy’s and The May Department Stores Company.

Joshua Bekenstein—Director. Mr. Bekenstein has served as a member of our Board of Directors since the closing of the Merger Transaction on April 13, 2006 and currently serves as a member of our Compensation Committee. Mr. Bekenstein is currently a Managing Director of Bain Capital, having joined the firm at its inception in 1984. Mr. Bekenstein serves as a board member of Bombardier Recreational Products, Bright Horizons Family Solutions, Dollarama, Canada Goose, Bob’s Discount Stores, Gymboree Corp, Michaels Stores, Toys “R” Us and Waters Corporation. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Bekenstein spent two years as a consultant at Bain & Company. Mr. Bekenstein possesses valuable financial expertise, including extensive experience with capital markets transactions and investments in both public and private companies. Mr. Bekenstein’s service as a member of the boards of directors of several other companies provides him with substantial knowledge of a full range of corporate and board functions.

 

88

---

Table of Contents

Jordan Hitch—Director. Mr. Hitch has served as a member of our Board of Directors since the closing of the Merger Transaction on April 13, 2006 and currently serves as a member of our Compensation Committee. Mr. Hitch is currently a Managing Director of Bain Capital, having joined the firm in 1997. Mr. Hitch serves as a board member of Guitar Center, Gymboree Corp and Bright Horizons Family Solutions. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Mr. Hitch was a consultant at Bain & Company where he worked in the financial services, healthcare and utility industries. Mr. Hitch possesses valuable financial expertise, including extensive experience with capital markets transactions and investments in both public and private companies.

Tricia Patrick—Director. Ms. Patrick has served as a member of our Board of Directors since November 2012 and currently serves as a member of our Audit Committee. Ms. Patrick is a Principal in the Private Equity Group of Bain Capital, having joined the firm in 2004. Prior to joining Bain Capital, Ms. Patrick was an investment professional in the Private Equity Group of Goldman, Sachs & Co. from 2002 to 2004. Ms. Patrick serves as a board member of Bob’s Discount Stores. Ms. Patrick possesses valuable financial expertise, including extensive experience with capital markets transactions and investments in both public and private companies.

Paul J. Sullivan—Director. Mr. Sullivan has served as a member of our Board of Directors since November 2012 and currently serves as the Chairman of the Audit Committee. Mr. Sullivan was a partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP from 1983 until his retirement in July 2009. At PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Mr. Sullivan served as a member of the Board of Partners, Chair of the Finance Committee, and a member of the Management Evaluation and Compensation, Admissions and Strategy Committees. Since retiring, Mr. Sullivan has pursued personal interests. Mr. Sullivan is a certified public accountant. Mr. Sullivan possesses valuable financial expertise, including extensive experience in corporate finance and accounting and extensive experience providing audit and financial reporting services to numerous organizations.

John Mahoney—Director. Mr. Mahoney has served as a member of our Board of Directors since December 2013 and currently serves as a member of our Audit Committee. Mr. Mahoney also serves as a member of the board of directors of Bloomin’ Brands, Inc., Michaels Stores and Chico’s FAS. Mr. Mahoney served as Vice Chairman of Staples, Inc. from January 2006 until retiring in July 2012. While at Staples, Mr. Mahoney served as Chief Financial Officer from September 1996 to January 2012, Executive Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and Chief Financial Officer from October 1997 to January 2006 and Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from September 1996 to October 1997. Before joining Staples, Mr. Mahoney was a partner with the accounting firm of Ernst & Young LLP where he worked for 20 years, including service in the firm’s National Office Accounting and Auditing group. Mr. Mahoney is a certified public accountant. Mr. Mahoney possesses valuable financial expertise, including extensive experience in corporate finance and accounting and extensive experience providing audit and financial reporting services to numerous organizations.

Controlled Company

Upon completion of this offering, Bain Capital will continue to control a majority of the voting power of our outstanding common stock. As a result, we will continue to be a “controlled company” under the New York Stock Exchange corporate governance standards. As a controlled company, exemptions under the standards free us from the obligation to comply with certain corporate governance requirements, including the requirements:

 

•

that a majority of our Board of Directors consists of “independent directors,” as defined under the rules of the New York Stock Exchange;

 

•

that we have, to the extent applicable, a corporate governance and nominating committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities;

 

•

that we have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities; and

 

89

---

Table of Contents

•

for an annual performance evaluation of the nominating and governance committees and compensation committee.

Because we currently avail ourselves of the “controlled company” exception under the New York Stock Exchange rules, we do not have a Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee and our Compensation Committee is not composed entirely of independent directors. We do not currently intend to establish a separate Corporate Governance and Nominating Committee, and nomination and corporate governance functions will be managed by the full Board of Directors until the rules change, we cease to be a “controlled company” or we otherwise determine to do so. The “controlled company” exemption does not modify the independence requirements for our Audit Committee, and we intend to continue to comply with the requirements of Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the rules of the New York Stock Exchange within the applicable time frame described below.

Classification of Board of Directors

Our business, property and affairs are managed by, or under the direction of, our Board of Directors. The number of directors of the Company is presently fixed at seven, and the directors are divided into three classes as nearly equal in size as is practicable, designated Class I, Class II and Class III. In January 2014, Mark Verdi, a Class II director, resigned from our Board of Directors and left Bain Capital to become the President of C&S Wholesale Grocers, Inc. The vacancy on our Board of Directors resulting from Mr. Verdi’s resignation has not yet been filled. The directors in each class are elected for terms of three years so that the term of office of one class of directors expires at each Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The current terms of office of the Class I directors, Joshua Bekenstein and Jordan Hitch, expire on the day of our 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The current term of office of the Class II director, Thomas A. Kingsbury, expires on the day of our 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. The current terms of office of the Class III directors, Paul J. Sullivan, Tricia Patrick and John Mahoney, expire on the day of our 2016 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

Board Committees

Our Board of Directors has two standing committees: an Audit Committee and a Compensation Committee. Each of the committees reports to the Board of Directors as it deems appropriate, and as the Board of Directors may request. The expected composition, duties and responsibilities of these committees are set forth below. In the future, our Board of Directors may establish other committees, as it deems appropriate, to assist it with its responsibilities.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) appointing, compensating; retaining, evaluating, terminating and overseeing our independent registered public accounting firm; (2) discussing with our independent registered public accounting firm their independence from management; (3) reviewing with our independent registered public accounting firm the scope and results of their audit; (4) approving all audit and permissible non-audit services to be performed by our independent registered public accounting firm; (5) overseeing the financial reporting process and discussing with management and our independent registered public accounting firm the interim and annual consolidated financial statements that we file with the SEC; (6) reviewing and monitoring our accounting principles, accounting policies, financial and accounting controls and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements; (7) establishing procedures for the confidential anonymous submission of concerns regarding questionable accounting, internal controls or auditing matters; and (8) reviewing and approving related person transactions.

Our Audit Committee consists of Mr. Sullivan (Chairman), Ms. Patrick and Mr. Mahoney. The SEC rules and the New York Stock Exchange rules require us to have at least three members on the Audit Committee, a majority of whom were required to be independent within 90 days of the date of the completion of our initial

 

90

---

Table of Contents

public offering, and all of whom are required to be independent within one year of the date of the completion of our initial public offering. Our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that each of Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Mahoney meets the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on an Audit Committee under applicable SEC and the New York Stock Exchange rules, and we intend to continue to comply with these independence requirements within the time periods specified. In addition, Mr. Sullivan qualifies as our “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407 of Regulation S-K.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Audit Committee, which is available on our corporate website at www.burlingtonstores.com. The information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Compensation Committee

The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other matters: (1) reviewing key employee compensation goals, policies, plans and programs; (2) reviewing and approving the compensation of our directors, chief executive officer and other executive officers; (3) reviewing and approving employment agreements and other similar arrangements between us and our executive officers; and (4) administering our stock plans and other incentive compensation plans.

Our Compensation Committee consists of Mr. Bekenstein and Mr. Hitch.

Our Board of Directors has adopted a written charter for the Compensation Committee, which is available on our corporate website at www.burlingtonstores.com. The information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus.

Risk Oversight

Our Board of Directors delegated to the Audit Committee oversight of our risk management process. Our other board committees also consider and address risk as they perform their respective committee responsibilities. All committees report to the full Board of Directors as appropriate, including when a matter rises to the level of a material or enterprise level risk.

Our management is responsible for day-to-day risk management. This oversight includes identifying, evaluating, and addressing potential risks that may exist at the enterprise, strategic, financial, operational, compliance and reporting levels.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a written Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (“Code of Business Conduct”) which applies to all of our directors, officers and other employees, including our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer and controller. In addition, we have adopted a written Code of Ethics for the Chief Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers (“Code of Ethics”) which applies to our principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer, controller and other designated members of our management. Copies of each code are available on our corporate website www.burlingtonstores.com, under “Investor Relations—Corporate Governance—Governance Documents.” The information contained on our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus. We will provide any person, without charge, upon request, a copy of our Code of Business Conduct or Code of Ethics. Such requests should be made in writing to the attention of our Corporate Counsel at the following address: Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016. We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of the Code of Business Conduct or the Code of Ethics by posting such information on our corporate website, www.burlingtonstores.com, under “Investor Relations —Corporate Governance—Governance Documents.”

 

91

---

Table of Contents

Director Compensation

Other than Paul Sullivan and Messrs. Margolis and Mahoney, the members of our Board of Directors were not separately compensated for their services as directors during Fiscal 2013. Currently, Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Mahoney are each entitled to receive $50,000 per year as compensation for serving on the Board of Directors. Mr. Sullivan is entitled to an additional $20,000 per year for serving as Chairman of our Audit Committee, and Mr. Mahoney is entitled to an additional $10,000 per year for serving as a member of our Audit Committee. In addition, Mr. Sullivan received options to purchase 22,000 shares under our 2006 Incentive Plan in connection with his election to our Board of Directors in November 2012. Mr. Mahoney received 3,456 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Plan in connection with his election to our Board of Directors in December 2013.

 

92

---

Table of Contents

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Compensation Discussion and Analysis

The following Compensation Discussion and Analysis describes the material elements of compensation for our most highly compensated executive officers as of February 1, 2014 which consists of our (i) President and Chief Executive Officer, (ii) Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, (iii) Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer, (iv) Executive Vice President of Stores and (v) Executive Vice President, Merchandising Support and Information Technology (collectively, our “named executive officers”). The specific amounts paid or payable to our named executive officers are disclosed in the tables and narrative following this Compensation Discussion and Analysis. The following discussion cross-references those specific tabular and narrative disclosures where appropriate.

Note on Presentation

Prior to our initial public offering in October 2013, but giving effect to the 11-for-1 split effected in connection therewith, we granted equity awards in units of common stock, each unit consisting of 99 shares of Class A common stock and one share of Class L common stock. Immediately prior to the initial public offering, each outstanding share of our Class A common stock was automatically cancelled, each outstanding share of our Class L common stock was automatically converted into one share of our Class A common stock, effected for the 11-for-1 split, and then reclassified into common stock. Unless otherwise indicated, all share numbers given below give effect to this reclassification.

Setting Named Executive Officer Compensation

Currently comprised of Messrs. Hitch and Bekenstein, the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of our Board of Directors is tasked with discharging our Board of Directors’ responsibilities related to oversight of the compensation of our named executive officers and ensuring that our executive compensation program meets our corporate objectives.

The Committee (and, in some cases, our entire Board of Directors) makes decisions regarding salaries, annual incentive awards and long-term equity incentives for our named executive officers. The Committee is also responsible for reviewing and approving corporate goals and objectives relevant to the compensation of our named executive officers, as well as evaluating their performance in light of those goals and objectives. Based on this review and evaluation, as well as on input from our chief executive officer regarding the performance of our other named executive officers and his recommendations as to their compensation, the Committee, as authorized by our Board of Directors, determines and approves our named executive officers’ compensation. Our named executive officers do not play a role in their own compensation determinations.

Role of Stockholder Say-on-Pay Votes

The annual meeting of our stockholders to be held in 2014 will be the first annual meeting of stockholders as a publicly-traded company since the completion of our initial public offering. At this Annual Meeting, our stockholders will be provided with an opportunity to cast an advisory (non-binding) vote on our executive compensation program through a Say-on-Pay proposal. In addition, our stockholders will also be provided with an opportunity to cast an advisory (non-binding) vote on the frequency of such Say-on-Pay votes. The Committee will review and consider the results of the vote on this proposal in connection with its regular evaluations of our executive compensation program.

Compensation Consultant, Peer Group Comparison & Benchmarking

From time to time, the Committee has worked internally to informally ascertain best practices in the design of our executive compensation programs but has not utilized any benchmarking in designing or setting executive compensation during Fiscal 2013. The Committee has generally been focused on incentivizing and rewarding

 

93

---

Table of Contents

internal results and has not generally engaged in any peer group or market review in the design of our executive compensation programs. Compensation consultants did not play any role in determining or recommending the amount or form of executive and director compensation in Fiscal 2013.

Objectives of Our Compensation Program

Our overall objective is to have a compensation program that will allow us to attract and retain executive officers of a caliber and level of experience necessary to effectively manage our business and motivate such executive officers to increase our value. We believe that, in order to achieve that objective, our program must:

 

•

provide each named executive officer with compensation opportunities that are competitive with the compensation opportunities available to executives in comparable positions at companies with whom we compete for talent;

 

•

tie a significant portion of each named executive officer’s compensation to our financial performance; and

 

•

promote and reward the achievement of objectives that our Board of Directors believes will lead to long-term growth in stockholder value.

New Members of Our Management Team

We did not add any new executive officers during Fiscal 2013. Paul Metcalf, our Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer, joined us during Fiscal 2012 in line with our overall goal of attracting superior talent. Consequently, the process for determining the compensation of Mr. Metcalf was significantly influenced by our need to attract new and additional talent.

Prior to hiring a new executive officer to fill a vacant or a newly created position, we typically described the responsibilities of the position and the skills and level of experience required for the position to one or more national executive search firms. The search firm(s) informed us about the compensation ranges of executives in positions with similar responsibilities at comparable companies, and provided us with guidance as to how different skills and levels of experience impact those compensation ranges. By using the information obtained from the search firms, as well as information obtained from compensation surveys, the Committee determined target compensation ranges for the positions we were seeking to fill, taking into account the individual candidates’ particular skills and levels of experience. In specific circumstances, when making an offer to a new executive officer, the Committee also considered other factors such as the amount of unvested compensation that the executive officer had with his former employer.

By using information provided by one or more search firms, the Committee sought to ensure that the compensation information considered was both comprehensive and reliable. The Committee would most likely use a similar process in seeking to fill new executive officer positions, as it has enabled us to attract superior individuals for key positions by providing for reasonable and competitive compensation.

Elements of Compensation

Our executive compensation program utilizes three primary integrated elements to accomplish the objectives described above:

 

•

Base salary: Each of our named executive officers receives a base salary in the form of cash as part of total compensation, which provides a fixed and competitive form of annual compensation for the performance of primary responsibilities at a level consistent with each executive’s experience and executive role. Base salaries are designed to provide competitive compensation to attract and retain exceptional executive talent.

 

94

---

Table of Contents

•

Annual incentive awards: Each of our named executive officers is eligible to receive annual performance-based cash incentives, which are designed to reward our executives upon achieving or exceeding specific annual performance goals using performance metrics approved by the Committee and that we believe are appropriate measures of operational and financial performance.

 

•

Long-term equity incentives: Long-term incentive awards are designed to attract and retain a highly qualified executive team, align executive rewards with stockholder interests, provide an incentive for our executives to achieve appropriately challenging long-range performance goals, and allow our executives to share in the value created for our stockholders.

We believe that we can meet the objectives of our executive compensation program by achieving a balance among these three elements that is competitive with our industry peers and creates appropriate incentives for our named executive officers. Actual compensation levels are a function of both corporate and individual performance as described under each compensation element below. In making compensation determinations, the Committee considers, among other things, the competitiveness of compensation both in terms of individual pay elements and the aggregate compensation package.

Mix of Total Compensation

In regard to the allocation of the various pay elements within the total compensation program, no formula or specific weightings or relationships are used. Cash compensation includes base salary and annual incentive awards which, for our named executive officers, are targeted to a percentage of base salary to emphasize performance-based compensation, rather than salaries or other forms, which are fixed compensation. Perquisites and other types of non-cash benefits are used on a limited basis and generally represent only a small portion of total compensation for our named executive officers. Equity compensation includes long-term incentives, which provide a long-term capital appreciation element to our executive compensation program and are not performance-based.

Base Salary

We provide our named executive officers with base salary in the form of fixed cash compensation to compensate them for services rendered during the fiscal year. The base salary of each of our named executive officers is reviewed for adjustment annually by the Committee. Generally, in making a determination of whether to make base salary adjustments, the Committee considers the following factors:

 

•

our success in meeting our strategic operational and financial goals;

 

•

each named executive officer’s individual performance;

 

•

length of service to us of such named executive officer;

 

•

changes in scope of responsibilities of such named executive officer; and

 

•

competitive market compensation paid by other companies for similar positions.

In addition, the Committee considers internal equity within our organization and, when reviewing the base salaries of our named executive officers, their current aggregate compensation.

Mr. Metcalf was hired by us during Fiscal 2012 with an annual base salary of $600,000. Messrs. Katz, Kingsbury, Hand and Weyhrich were hired by us during Fiscal 2009, Fiscal 2009, Fiscal 2008 and Fiscal 2008, respectively. Accordingly, their initial base salaries were determined through the “executive search firm” process described above under the caption entitled “New Members of Our Management Team.” Effective as of November 2007, Mr. Weyhrich received an increase in salary of $100,000 to reflect his promotion to Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Weyhrich was appointed as our Chief Financial Officer in November 2007 after having served as our interim Chief Financial Officer since the commencement of his employment with us in August 2007.

 

95

---

Table of Contents

The base salaries of each of our named executive officers in fiscal years after the fiscal year in which they were hired are subject to annual review by the Committee. Effective January 20, 2013, Mr. Kingsbury’s base salary was increased by approximately $39,000 in recognition of the additional tax imposed on him as a result of the withholding of New York State income tax from his wages. The Committee reviewed the annual base salary rates of Messrs. Metcalf, Katz, Hand, Weyhrich and Kingsbury and, pursuant to its review, increased each of their then current salaries by 2.5%, effective April 28, 2013.

Annual Incentive Awards

Annual incentive awards are an important part of the overall compensation we pay our named executive officers. Unlike base salary, which is fixed, annual incentive awards are paid only if specified performance levels are achieved. We believe that annual incentive awards encourage our named executive officers to focus on specific short-term business and financial goals. Our named executive officers are eligible to receive annual cash incentive awards under our annual incentive plan (“Bonus Plan”).

Under our Bonus Plan, each named executive officer has an annual incentive target expressed as a percentage of his base salary. The annual incentive target for Messrs. Metcalf, Katz, Hand and Weyhrich is 75% of each named executive officer’s base salary and the annual incentive target for Mr. Kingsbury is 125% of his base salary. As described below, each named executive officer’s annual incentive award is based on a combination of our Adjusted EBITDA results (as further adjusted for certain discrete items) and comparable store sales results (collectively, the “Financial Component”) and his personal performance (“Performance Component”). We believe that this methodology more closely aligns the named executive officer’s interests with our stockholders’ interests while also rewarding each of the named executive officers for his individual performance. Our calculation of Adjusted EBITDA for Fiscal 2013 is included in the “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” section.

The Financial Component is based 50% on our Adjusted EBITDA results (as further adjusted for certain discrete items) and 50% on our comparable store sales results. Although our Adjusted EBITDA results and comparable store sales results are measured separately, Adjusted EBITDA must meet or exceed a predetermined threshold Adjusted EBITDA in order for any bonus payment to be made under the Bonus Plan.

In determining each portion of the Financial Component, (i) achievement at a predetermined target approved by the Compensation Committee would result in a potential payout at the target level; (ii) if actual results are less than the established target but greater than the predetermined threshold approved by the Compensation Committee, each named executive officer would be eligible for an incentive bonus equivalent to a fractional share of his target bonus determined by the proportion of the actual results achieved in relation to the target; and (iii) if actual results are greater than the target, each named executive officer would be eligible for his target bonus plus an additional bonus payment equivalent to a percentage of every dollar above the target (not subject to any maximum amount). If Adjusted EBITDA is less than the threshold Adjusted EBITDA, no bonus would be payable.

Once the Committee assesses the Financial Component, specific payments to each named executive officer depend on the Committee’s rating of his personal performance. A rating of “Meets Expectations” (meaning that the named executive officer has generally met his individual performance objectives for the year), “Exceeds Expectations” (meaning that a named executive officer has exceeded his individual performance objectives) or “Outstanding” (meaning that a named executive officer has substantially exceeded his individual performance objectives) will result in the named executive officer being eligible to receive up to 100% of his target bonus. Where a named executive officer is rated below “Meets Expectations,” no bonus would be payable. Notwithstanding the foregoing formulas, the Committee has the discretion to pay more or less than the formula amount to any named executive officer.

Following the conclusion of Fiscal 2013, the Committee assessed the Financial Component and the Performance Component. Our actual Adjusted EBITDA for Fiscal 2013 amounted to $383.7 million, greater than

 

96

---

Table of Contents

the Adjusted EBITDA target of $380.6 million approved by the Committee. After giving effect to the discrete items referenced above, the Adjusted EBITDA portion of the Financial Component was achieved at 139.2% of the target. Our comparable store sales increased 4.7% during Fiscal 2013, more than our comparable store sales target of a 3.4% increase approved by the Committee. As a result, the comparable store sales portion of the Financial Component was achieved at 131.6% of the target. With respect to the Performance Component, the Committee assigned each named executive officer a rating of at least “Meets Expectations.”

After giving effect to the Committee’s assessment, awards under the Bonus Plan were made to each named executive officer on April 11, 2014. The Bonus Plan awards earned by each named executive officer are reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

Long-Term Incentives

We believe that long-term incentives are a component of compensation that helps us to attract and retain our named executive officers. These incentives also align the financial rewards paid to our named executive officers with our long-term performance, thereby encouraging our named executive officers to focus on long-term goals. We offer long-term incentives under our 2006 Incentive Plan, which we assumed on May 1, 2013, and our 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan, which was adopted in connection with our initial public offering.

Under these plans, named executive officers (as well as other key employees and directors) are eligible to receive equity awards, including awards of restricted common stock or stock options to purchase our common stock. More detail about the stock options and restricted stock granted to our named executive officers (including the vesting provisions related to these grants) are set out in the tables that follow this discussion.

Options

Upon commencement of their employment with us, Messrs. Kingsbury, Weyhrich, Metcalf, Hand and Katz received options to purchase 1,100,000, 137,500, 220,000, 110,000 and 110,000 shares of common stock, respectively, under the 2006 Incentive Plan. As provided for under his employment agreement with us, Mr. Weyhrich received options to purchase an additional 82,500 shares of common stock concurrently with his elevation to Chief Financial Officer in November 2007. Mr. Hand received options to purchase an additional 110,000 shares of common stock in April 2009. Mr. Katz received options to purchase an additional 110,000 shares of common stock in July 2009.

In June 2013, the Committee approved the grant of options to purchase shares of our common stock to certain members of management, including our named executive officers (collectively, the “Special One-Time Grants”). Messrs. Kingsbury, Weyhrich, Metcalf, Hand and Katz received Special One-Time Grants of options to purchase 440,000, 110,000, 55,000, 110,000 and 110,000 shares of our common stock, respectively.

The amounts of each named executive officer’s option awards were based on their position with us and the total target compensation packages deemed appropriate for their positions. The Committee concluded that these awards were reasonable and consistent with the nature of the individuals’ responsibilities.

Options granted to our named executive officers prior to April 2009 under the 2006 Incentive Plan are exercisable in three tranches; options granted to our named executive officers from and after April 2009 under the 2006 Incentive Plan are exercisable in two tranches; and Special One-Time Grants granted to our named executive officers in 2013 under the 2006 Incentive Plan are exercisable in one tranche. Grants are made at or above fair market value. Option awards (other than Special One-Time Grants) granted to each named executive officer vest 40% on the second anniversary of the award with the remaining options vesting ratably over the subsequent three years. The Special One-Time Grants vest over a five year period commencing on the date (the “Trigger Date”) which is the day after the vesting of all other options held by grantee which were granted to such grantee prior to May 2013 and remain outstanding and unvested as of the date of the Special One-Time Grant,

 

97

---

Table of Contents

according to the following schedule: 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the Trigger Date. All options (other than Special One-Time Grants) become exercisable upon a change of control. The vesting of Special One-Time Grants will not be accelerated in the event of a change of control, provided, however, that in the event that within two years after a change of control, the grantee’s employment is terminated without cause or the grantee resigns with good reason, then an incremental 20% of the Special One-Time Grants shall be deemed vested as of the date of termination of grantee’s employment, but in no event more than the total number of Special One-Time Grants granted to such grantee. Unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, upon cessation of employment, options that have not vested will terminate immediately (subject to the potential acceleration of Special One-Time Grants in the event of a change of control, as described above, and except with respect to Mr. Kingsbury, whose option agreement and Special One-Time Grant agreement provide a formula for calculating a number of options which will vest in the event that Mr. Kingsbury’s employment is terminated without cause or Mr. Kingsbury resigns with good reason) and unexercised vested options will be exercisable for a period of 60 days. The final exercise date for any option granted is the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

On April 24, 2009, our Board of Directors approved amendments to all outstanding option agreements between us and our employees, including certain of our named executive officers, to exchange eligible options on a one-for-one basis for replacement options and re-price certain options to a lower exercise price. All then-current employees who previously received options were permitted to exchange options with an exercise price of $24.55 per share for an equal number of options with an exercise price of $8.18 per share and a new five year vesting schedule commencing on April 24, 2009. In addition, all then-current employees with options having an exercise price of $9.09 per share were eligible to have the exercise price of such options re-priced to $8.18 per share with no loss of vesting. These amendments were designed to create better incentives for employees to remain with us and contribute to achieving our business objectives.

In April 2011, our Board of Directors, in connection with the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2011 debt refinancing, approved an adjustment of the exercise prices of each then outstanding option (including those held by certain of our named executive officers) from $16.36 per share and $8.18 per share to $10.96 per share and $2.78 per share, respectively, without affecting the existing vesting schedules thereof.

In order to mitigate the impact of the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2013 debt refinancing, our Board of Directors in May 2013 approved a modification to all then outstanding options (including those held by our named executive officers) through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to option holders. The reduction of the exercise prices of each outstanding option was as follows:

 

•

from $2.78 per share to $0.79 – $1.65 per share;

 

•

from $4.55 per share to $0.79 per share;

 

•

from $5.91 per share to $0.79 – $0.94 per share;

 

•

from $10.91 per share to $3.17 – $5.02 per share; and

 

•

from $10.96 per share to $3.17 – $5.07 per share.

The modifications, through a combination of either reduced exercise prices or cash payments, did not affect the existing vesting schedules of the outstanding options.

Restricted Stock

In connection with the commencement of their employment with us, Mr. Kingsbury received an award of 82,500 shares of restricted stock and Mr. Metcalf received an award of 55,000 shares of restricted stock. In the judgment of the Committee, these grants were appropriate for each named executive officer’s position and were instrumental to our successful recruiting of each named executive officer.

 

98

---

Table of Contents

On April 24, 2009, our Board of Directors granted one-time awards of shares of restricted stock to certain of our management employees, including certain of our named executive officers as follows: Mr. Kingsbury—39,721 shares; Mr. Weyhrich—48,884 shares; Mr. Hand—56,221 shares; and Mr. Katz—44,000 shares. The amount of each named executive officer’s restricted stock award was based on his position with us and the total target compensation package deemed appropriate for his position. The Committee concluded that these awards were reasonable and consistent with the nature of the named executive officer’s responsibilities.

Shares of restricted stock granted (i) on April 24, 2009 to Messrs. Kingsbury, Weyhrich, Hand and Katz vested 50% on April 24, 2011 and vested 50% on April 24, 2012, (ii) on December 2, 2008 to Mr. Kingsbury in connection with the commencement of his employment with us vested one-third on each of December 2, 2009, December 2, 2010 and December 2, 2011, and (iii) on May 22, 2012 to Mr. Metcalf in connection with the commencement of his employment with us will vest 50% on May 22, 2014 and 50% on May 22, 2015. Except as otherwise noted:

 

•

shares of restricted stock vest only in the event that the recipient remains continuously employed by us on each vesting date;

 

•

all unvested shares of restricted stock will remain unvested following any change of control, provided, however, that 100% of such shares will vest if, following a change of control, the recipient’s employment is terminated by us without cause or the recipient resigns with good reason;

 

•

all unvested shares of restricted stock will vest if the recipient’s employment is terminated prior to vesting as a result of the recipient’s death or disability;

 

•

all unvested shares of restricted stock will automatically be forfeited (and will not vest) if the recipient’s employment with us terminates for any reason prior to the vesting date; and

 

•

holders of unvested restricted shares have the right to vote such shares but cannot dispose of them until such shares have vested.

Benefits and Perquisites

Benefits

We maintain broad-based benefits that are provided to all full-time employees, including health, dental, life and disability insurance. Certain of these benefits require employees to pay a portion of the premium. Except with respect to life insurance (our named executive officers all receive life insurance in an amount equal to three time their annual base salary) and participation in an executive medical reimbursement plan (pursuant to which our named executive officers receive up to a certain amount per year (grossed up) to offset the cost of covered medical expenses), these benefits are offered to our named executive officers on the same basis as all other employees. We also maintain a savings plan in which our named executive officers who have at least one year of employment with us are eligible to participate, along with a substantial majority of our employees. The savings plan is a traditional 401(k) plan, under which we match 100% of the first 3% of the named executive officer’s compensation that is deferred and 50% of the next 2% of the named executive officer’s compensation that is deferred, up to the Internal Revenue Code limit for each respective year in which the named executive officer participates in the plan.

Perquisites or Other Personal Benefits

Although our named executive officers are entitled to few perquisites or other personal benefits that are not otherwise available to all of our employees, we do provide our named executive officers with perquisites that the Committee believes are reasonable and consistent with the perquisites that would be available to them at companies with whom we compete for experienced senior management. We provide each of our named executive officers with a car allowance or use of a company car. Additionally, certain of our named executive

 

99

---

Table of Contents

officers have received reimbursement of certain relocation and temporary living expenses (which may be subject to clawback in the event of termination on the conditions specified in each such named executive officer’s employment agreement).

These perquisites or other personal benefits generally represent a relatively modest portion of each named executive officer’s total compensation. The cost of these perquisites or other personal benefits to us is set forth below in the Summary Compensation Table below under the column “All Other Compensation,” and detail about each element is set forth in the footnote table following the Summary Compensation Table.

Tax and Accounting Considerations

We structure our compensation program in a manner that is consistent with our compensation philosophy and objectives. However, in the course of making decisions about executive compensation, the Committee takes into account certain tax and accounting considerations. For example, they take into account Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code regarding non-qualified deferred compensation. In making decisions about executive compensation, they also consider how various elements of compensation will affect our financial reporting. For example, they consider the impact of FASB ASC Topic 718—Stock Compensation, which requires us to recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based upon the grant date fair value of those awards.

While it is the general intention of the Committee to design the components of our executive compensation program in a manner that is tax efficient for both us and our named executive officers, there can be no assurance that they will always approve compensation that is advantageous for us from a tax perspective.

Termination Based Compensation

Severance arrangements applicable to our named executive officers are set forth in each of their respective employment agreements. We believe these arrangements play an important role in protecting our highly competitive business by restricting our executive officers from working for a competitor during the specified severance period. Additionally, each named executive officer’s option grant agreement and restricted stock agreement (if applicable) contains terms regarding vesting in connection with the termination of employment and changes in control. A detailed discussion of compensation payable upon termination or a change in control is provided below under the caption entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control.”

Report of the Compensation Committee

We, the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of Burlington Stores, Inc., have reviewed and discussed the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” set forth above with management and, based on such review and discussions, recommended to the Board of Directors that the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” set forth above be included in this prospectus.

Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors:

Jordan Hitch

Joshua Bekenstein

The preceding Compensation Committee Report shall not be deemed to be filed, incorporated by reference into or part of any filing made by us (including any future filings) under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, notwithstanding any general statement contained in any such filing incorporating this report by reference, except to the extent we incorporate such report by specific reference.

 

100

---

Table of Contents

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

Messrs. Bekenstein and Hitch served at all times during Fiscal 2013, and continue to currently serve, on the Committee. Neither of these individuals (i) has ever been an officer or an employee of ours, nor (ii) except as otherwise set forth herein, has any relationship that is required to be disclosed pursuant to the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, none of our executive officers serve (or served at any time during Fiscal 2013) as a member of the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity that has one or more executive officers serving as a member of our Board of Directors or the Committee.

Compensation-Related Risk

In accordance with applicable disclosure requirements, to the extent that risks may arise from the Company’s compensation policies and practices that are reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company, the Company is required to discuss those policies and practices for compensating the employees of the Company as they relate to the Company’s risk management practices and the possibility of incentivizing risk-taking. The Compensation Committee has evaluated the policies and practices of compensating the Company’s employees and, based on such evaluation, has determined that the Company’s policies and practices are not reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Summary Compensation Table

The following table sets forth summary information concerning the compensation of our named executive officers:

 

Name and Principal Position		Fiscal Year				Salary ($)				Bonus ($)				Stock Awards ($)(2)				Option Awards ($)(3)				Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(5)				All Other Compensation ($)(6)				Total ($)
Thomas A. Kingsbury, President and Chief Executive Officer			2013				1,040,165				225,000	(4)			—				4,027,194				1,756,130				333,000				7,381,489
			2012				958,291				—				—				—				—				68,176				1,026,467
			2011				887,167				—				—				—				609,494				55,378				1,552,039
Todd Weyhrich, Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer			2013				521,863				—				—				925,509				533,455				54,607				2,035,434
			2012				509,135				—				—				—								48,444				557,579
			2011				492,548				—				—				—				170,625				45,855				709,028
Paul Metcalf, Executive Vice President and Chief Merchandising Officer			2013				611,876				—				—				1,050,163				615,087				141,663				2,418,789
			2012				450,000				300,000	(1)			305,600				898,011				—				272,403				2,226,014
Fred Hand, Executive Vice President of Stores			2013				548,282				—				—				984,740				560,461				46,304				2,139,787
			2012				535,690				—				—				—				—				47,785				583,475
			2011				521,863				—				—				—				179,263				49,526				750,652
Marc Katz, Executive Vice President, Merchandising Support and Information Technology			2013				509,135				—				—				986,233				520,444				61,728				2,077,540
			2012				495,962				—				—				—				—				49,656				545,618
			2011				470,577				—				—				—				165,506				30,732				666,815

 

(1)	Represents a sign-on bonus pursuant to the terms of the named executive officer’s employment agreement.

 

101

---

Table of Contents

(2)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of awards of restricted shares of our common stock. The amounts shown were calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of certain forfeiture assumptions, and are based on a number of key assumptions described in Note 12 (entitled “Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation”) to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements. The vesting terms and conditions of restricted stock awards to our named executive officers are described below under the table entitled “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

(3)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of awards of options to purchase shares of our common stock and the incremental value of the modifications described below under the caption entitled “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table” and the table entitled “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.” The amounts shown were calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of certain forfeiture assumptions, and are based on a number of key assumptions described in Note 12 (entitled “Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation”) to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements. The amount of compensation, if any, actually realized by a named executive officer from the exercise and sale of vested options will depend on numerous factors, including the continued employment of the named executive officer during the vesting period of the award and the amount by which the share price on the day of exercise and sale exceeds the option exercise price. The vesting terms and conditions of option awards to our named executive officers are described below under the table entitled “Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End.”

(4)	Represents a special one-time bonus award for Mr. Kingsbury for his performance during Fiscal 2013.

(5)	Represents awards earned under the Bonus Plan made to each named executive officer on April 11, 2014.

(6)	The amounts reported in this column for Fiscal 2013 represent the following:

 

Name		Relocation Expenses ($)(a)				Company Matching 401(k) Contributions ($)				Automobile Reimbursement ($)(b)				Company Paid Amounts for Life Insurance ($)				Executive Medical Reimbursement Plan ($)(c)				Other Perquisites or Contractual Arrangements ($)(d)				Total ($)
Thomas A. Kingsbury			—				10,200				35,000				2,538				11,989				273,273				333,000
Todd Weyhrich			—				10,200				25,000				2,484				16,923				—				54,607
Paul Metcalf			66,118				10,200				25,000				2,563				17,808				19,974				141,663
Fred Hand			—				10,200				16,530				2,538				17,036				—				46,304
Marc Katz			—				10,200				25,000				2,424				24,104				—				61,728

 

(a)

Consists of reimbursement for certain temporary housing expenses (grossed up).

(b)

The amount shown with respect to Mr. Hand consists of the following incremental costs to us associated with his use of a company car: (i) the value of the use of the company car purchased by us in Fiscal 2011 ($8,750); (ii) automobile insurance ($1,633); (iii) maintenance expenses ($3,001); and (iv) fuel expenses ($3,146). We incurred a cost of $33,601 to purchase a new car for Mr. Hand in Fiscal 2011. The amounts shown with respect to each other named executive officer consists of such officer’s aggregate annual automobile allowance.

(c)

Represents amounts reimbursed by us to each named executive officer as part of his participation in our executive medical reimbursement plan (grossed up).

(d)

Represents amounts paid by the Company on behalf of the named executive officer for certain state tax liabilities and reimbursement for estimated applicable income taxes to be paid by the named executive officer resulting from the inclusion of such amounts in such named executive officer’s taxable income.

 

102

---

Table of Contents

Grants of Plan-Based Awards

The following table sets forth information regarding our grants of plan-based awards to our named executive officers during Fiscal 2013:

 

Name		Estimated Future Payouts Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan Awards(1)																				All Other Stock Awards: Number of Shares(#)				All Other Option Awards: Number of Securities Underlying Options (#)(3)				Exercise or Base Price of Option Awards ($/ Share)(4)				Grant Date Fair Value of Stock and Option Awards ($)(5)
		Grant Date				Approval Date				Threshold ($)				Target ($)				Maximum ($)(2)
Thomas A. Kingsbury			—				—			$	327,200			$	1,308,800				—				—				—				—				—
			6/17/13				6/14/13				—				—				—				—				440,000				4.55				2,480,000
Todd Weyhrich			—				—			$	98,496			$	393,985				—				—				—				—				—
			6/17/13				6/14/13				—				—				—				—				110,000				4.55				620,100
Paul Metcalf			—				—			$	115,547			$	462,188				—				—				—				—				—
			6/17/13				6/14/13				—				—				—				—				55,000				4.55				310,050
Fred Hand			—				—			$	103,482			$	413,930				—				—				—				—				—
			6/17/13				6/14/13				—				—				—				—				110,000				4.55				620,100
Marc Katz			—				—			$	96,094			$	384,375				—				—				—				—				—
			6/20/13				6/14/13				—				—				—				—				110,000				4.55				620,100

 

(1)

The amounts shown represent the threshold and target payments the named executive officer was eligible to receive under our Bonus Plan for Fiscal 2013 in the event that the named executive officer “Meets Expectations” pursuant to the Performance Component and (i) with respect to the threshold payment, we attain only the predetermined threshold Adjusted EBITDA under the Financial Component, and (ii) with respect to the target payment, we attain both the predetermined target Adjusted EBITDA and the predetermined comparable store sales results target under the Financial Component. Amounts actually paid to each named executive officer are reported in the “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” column of the Summary Compensation Table.

(2)

Under the Bonus Plan, each named executive officer is eligible for his target bonus plus an additional bonus payment equivalent to a percentage of every dollar above the Adjusted EBITDA or comparable store sales targets in the event that actual results exceed the targets. Accordingly, the Bonus Plan provides for unlimited potential awards and, as such, this column contains no maximum values. For additional information regarding the Bonus Plan, please refer to the section above entitled “Annual Incentive Awards.”

(3)

The amounts shown represent Special One-Time Grants of options to purchase our common stock granted to each named executive officer under the 2006 Incentive Plan during Fiscal 2013. The Special One-Time Grants vest over a five year period commencing on the Trigger Date which is the day after the vesting of all other options held by grantee which were granted to such grantee prior to May 2013 and remain outstanding and unvested as of the date of the Special One-Time Grant, according to the following schedule: 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the Trigger Date. For additional information regarding these grants, please refer to the section above entitled “Long-Term Incentives.”

(4)

All grants of options had an exercise price equal to or greater than the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant. Because we were a privately-held company and there was no market for shares of our common stock at the time of grant, fair market value was determined by our Board of Directors based on available information that was material to the value of our common stock.

(5)	The amounts shown in this column reflect the grant date fair value of the stock and option awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.

Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

We have written employment agreements with each of our named executive officers that provide for, among other things, the payment of base salary, reimbursement of certain costs and expenses, and for each named executive officer’s participation in our Bonus Plan and employee benefit plans. On August 16, 2007, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Weyhrich which, as amended, provides for a minimum base salary of $450,000 and may terminate any year on August 21, upon our giving Mr. Weyhrich 90 days’ notice. On January 28, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Hand which, as amended, provides for a minimum base salary of $500,000 and may terminate any year on February 11, upon our giving Mr. Hand 90 days’ notice.

 

103

---

Table of Contents

On June 26, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Katz which, as amended, provides for a minimum base salary of $400,000 and may terminate any year on July 9, upon our giving Mr. Katz 90 days’ notice. On December 2, 2008, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Kingsbury which, as amended, provides for a minimum base salary of $850,000 and does not contain a fixed expiration date. On March 12, 2012, we entered into an employment agreement with Mr. Metcalf which, as amended, provides for a minimum base salary of $600,000 and may terminate any year on April 23, upon our giving Mr. Metcalf 90 days’ notice.

The agreements also restrict each named executive officer’s ability to engage in or perform any activities that are competitive with our business or to solicit our employees away from our service while we employ the executive and for a period of one to two years thereafter. Additionally, we have written agreements with each named executive officer pursuant to which we have granted them shares of restricted stock and options to purchase shares under our 2006 Incentive Plan. For additional information regarding such grants, please refer to the section above entitled “Long-Term Incentives.”

In addition, each employment agreement specifies payments and benefits that would be due to such named executive officer upon the termination of his employment with us. For additional information regarding amounts payable upon termination to each of our named executive officers, see the discussion below under the caption entitled “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control.”

On April 24, 2009, our Board of Directors approved amendments to all outstanding option agreements between us and our employees, including certain of our named executive officers, to exchange eligible options on a one-for-one basis for replacement options and re-price certain options to a lower exercise price. All then-current employees who previously received options were permitted to exchange options with an exercise price of $24.55 per share for an equal number of options with an exercise price of $8.18 per share and a new five year vesting schedule commencing on April 24, 2009. In addition, all then-current employees with options having an exercise price of $9.09 per share were eligible to have the exercise price of such options re-priced to $8.18 per share with no loss of vesting. These amendments were designed to create better incentives for employees to remain with us and contribute to achieving our business objectives.

In April 2011, our Board of Directors, in connection with the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2011 debt refinancing, approved an adjustment of the exercise prices of each then outstanding option (including those held by certain of our named executive officers) from $16.36 per share and $8.18 per share to $10.96 per share and $2.78 per share, respectively, without affecting the existing vesting schedules thereof.

In order to mitigate the impact of the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2013 debt refinancing, our Board of Directors in May 2013 approved a modification to all then outstanding options (including those held by our named executive officers) through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to option holders. The reduction of the exercise prices of each outstanding option was as follows:

 

•

from $2.78 per share to $0.79 – $1.65 per share;

 

•

from $4.55 per share to $0.79 per share;

 

•

from $5.91 per share to $0.79 – $0.94 per share;

 

•

from $10.91 per share to $3.17 – $5.02 per share; and

 

•

from $10.96 per share to $3.17 – $5.07 per share.

The modifications, through a combination of either reduced exercise prices or cash payments, did not affect the existing vesting schedules of the outstanding options.

 

104

---

Table of Contents

Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following table sets forth information with respect to the outstanding stock options and shares of unvested restricted stock held by each named executive officer as of February 1, 2014:

 

						Option Awards																Stock Awards
Name		Grant Date				Number of Shares Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Exercisable				Number of Shares Underlying Unexercised Options (#) Unexercisable (1)				Option Exercise Price ($/Share)				Option Expiration Date				Number of Shares That Have Not Vested (#)(8)				Market Value of Shares of Stock That Have Not Vested ($)(9)
Thomas A. Kingsbury			12/2/2008				110,000	(3)			—				0.79				12/2/2018				—				—
			12/2/2008				55,000	(5)			—				3.17				12/2/2018				—				—
			12/2/2008				—				55,000	(4)			0.79				12/2/2018				—				—
			6/17/2013				—				440,000	(2)			4.55				6/17/2023				—				—
Todd Weyhrich			8/21/2007				—				9,174	(4)			1.65				8/21/2017				—				—
			11/5/2007				—				5,500	(4)			1.65				11/5/2017				—				—
			6/17/2013				—				110,000	(2)			4.55				6/17/2023				—				—
Paul Metcalf			5/22/2012				—				—				—				—				55,000				1,406,900
			5/22/2012				—				186,670	(7)			0.79				5/22/2022				—				—
			5/22/2012				—				33,330	(7)			3.17				5/22/2022				—				—
			6/17/2013				—				55,000	(2)			4.55				6/17/2023				—				—
Fred Hand			2/11/2008				—				7,337	(4)			0.79				2/11/2018				—				—
			4/13/2009				—				14,674	(6)			0.79				4/13/2019				—				—
			4/13/2009				—				7,337	(5)			3.17				4/13/2019				—				—
			6/17/2013				—				110,000	(2)			4.55				6/17/2023				—				—
Marc Katz			7/9/2008				—				7,337	(4)			0.79				7/9/2018				—				—
			7/22/2009				14,663	(6)			14,674	(6)			0.79				7/22/2019				—				—
			7/22/2009				7,337	(5)			7,337	(5)			3.17				7/22/2019				—				—
			6/20/2013				—				110,000	(2)			4.55				6/20/2023				—				—

 

(1)	All options (other than Special One-Time Grants) vest 40% on the second anniversary of the grant date, 20% on the third anniversary of the grant date, 20% on the fourth anniversary of the grant date and 20% on the fifth anniversary of the grant date.

(2)

Special One-Time Grant which vests over a five year period commencing on the Trigger Date, which is the day after the vesting of all other options held by grantee which were granted to such grantee prior to May 2013 and remain outstanding and unvested as of the date of the Special One-Time Grant, according to the following schedule: 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the Trigger Date.

(3)

Pursuant to an amendment to the named executive officer’s option agreement on April 24, 2009, the exercise price of these options was modified to be $8.18 per share. In April 2011, our Board of Directors, in connection with the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2011 debt refinancing, approved an adjustment of the exercise prices of each then outstanding option from $8.18 per share to $2.78 per share without affecting the existing vesting schedules thereof. In May 2013, our Board of Directors, in order to mitigate the impact of the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2013 debt refinancing, approved a modification to the outstanding options, through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to the option holders.

(4)

Pursuant to an amendment to the named executive officer’s option agreement on April 24, 2009, these options were replaced on a one-for-one basis for replacement options with (i) an exercise price of $8.18 per share, and (ii) a new five-year vesting period commencing from and after such date, such that 40% of these options shall vest on April 24, 2011, and then one-third of the remaining 60% shall vest on April 24, 2012, 2013 and 2014, respectively. In April 2011, our Board of Directors, in connection with the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2011 debt refinancing, approved an adjustment of the exercise prices of each then

 

105

---

Table of Contents

outstanding option from $8.18 per share to $2.78 per share without affecting the existing vesting schedules thereof. In May 2013, our Board of Directors, in order to mitigate the impact of the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2013 debt refinancing, approved a modification to the outstanding options, through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to the option holders.

(5)

In April 2011, our Board of Directors, in connection with the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2011 debt refinancing, approved an adjustment of the exercise prices of each then outstanding option from $16.36 per share to $10.96 per share without affecting the existing vesting schedules thereof. In May 2013, our Board of Directors, in order to mitigate the impact of the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2013 debt refinancing, approved a modification to the outstanding options, through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to the option holders.

(6)

In April 2011, our Board of Directors, in connection with the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2011 debt refinancing approved an adjustment of the exercise price of each then outstanding option from $8.18 per share to $2.78 per share without affecting the existing vesting schedules thereof. In May 2013, our Board of Directors, in order to mitigate the impact of the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2013 debt refinancing, approved a modification to the outstanding options, through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to the option holders.

(7)	In May 2013, our Board of Directors, in order to mitigate the impact of the dividend paid pursuant to our February 2013 debt refinancing, approved a modification to the outstanding options, through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to the option holders.

(8)	Provided that Mr. Metcalf remains continuously employed by us on such date, the shares of restricted stock granted to him will vest 50% on May 22, 2014 and 50% on May 22, 2015.

(9)	The amounts set forth in this column represent the fair market value of the unvested shares of restricted stock held by the named executive officer using a price of $25.58 per share, which was the fair market value of each share at the end of Fiscal 2013.

Option Exercises and Stock Vested

The following table sets forth information regarding stock options exercised by our named executive officers, and the vesting of our named executive officers’ restricted stock, during Fiscal 2013.

 

		Option Awards								Stock Awards
Name		Number of Shares Acquired on Exercise(1)				Value Realized on Exercise ($)				Number of Shares Acquired on Vesting (#)				Value Realized on Vesting ($)
Thomas A. Kingsbury			220,000				—	(2)			—				—
			137,500				327,250	(3)
Todd Weyhrich			73,337				—	(2)			—				—
			14,663				22,288	(4)
Paul Metcalf			—				—				—				—
Fred Hand			65,989				—	(2)			—				—
			29,337				69,822	(3)
Marc Katz			58,652				—	(2)			—				—
			14,674				34,924	(3)

 

(1)	Messrs. Kingsbury, Weyhrich, Hand and Katz exercised the options reflected in this column on June 12, 2013, June 28, 2013, July 1, 2013 and July 15, 2013, respectively.

(2)	The dollar value reflects the difference in the fair market value of our shares at the time of exercise ($3.17) and the option’s exercise price ($3.17).

(3)	The dollar value reflects the difference in the fair market value of our shares at the time of exercise ($3.17) and the option’s exercise price ($0.79). This amount was not realized by the named executive officer as he retained ownership of the shares received upon exercise.

(4)	The dollar value reflects the difference in the fair market value of our shares at the time of exercise ($3.17) and the option’s exercise price ($1.65). This amount was not realized by the named executive officer as he retained ownership of the shares received upon exercise.

 

106

---

Table of Contents

Pension Benefits

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit plans sponsored by us.

Nonqualified Deferred Compensation

None of our named executive officers participate in or have account balances in any defined contribution or other plan that provides for the deferral of compensation on a basis that is not tax-qualified.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change-in-Control

The following is a discussion of payments and benefits that would be due to each of our named executive officers upon the termination of his employment with us, including termination in connection with a change of control. The amounts in the table below assume that each termination was effective as of January 31, 2014, the last business day of Fiscal 2013, and are merely illustrative of the impact of a hypothetical termination of each executive’s employment. The amounts to be payable upon an actual termination of employment can only be determined at the time of such termination based on the facts and circumstances then prevailing.

Employment Agreements

We maintain employment agreements with each of our named executive officers that provide certain benefits upon termination of employment.

Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason

Each named executive officer’s employment agreement provides that he will be entitled to receive the following in the event that (i) his employment is terminated by us without “cause” or by him for “good reason” (as those terms are defined below), or (ii) other than Mr. Kingsbury, the term of his employment expires on the expiration date specified in his employment agreement:

 

•

all previously earned and accrued but unpaid base salary and vacation and unpaid business expenses up to the date of such termination or expiration;

 

•

as applicable, any unpaid guaranteed bonuses or unreimbursed permitted relocation expenses;

 

•

a pro-rated portion of the then current year’s annual target performance bonus under the Bonus Plan through the date of termination or expiration, based on actual results (Bonus Payment);

 

•

severance pay (Severance Payment) in the full amount of his base salary at the time of termination or expiration from the date of termination or expiration, as applicable, through the period ending on the first anniversary of the date of termination or expiration (in Mr. Kingsbury’s case, the second anniversary of the date of termination); and

 

•

full continuation (Benefits Continuation) of his (i) hospital, health, disability, medical and life insurance benefits during the one-year period commencing on the date of termination (in Mr. Kingsbury’s case, a two year period commencing on the date of termination) with respect to Messrs. Kingsbury, Weyhrich, Hand and Katz, provided that to the extent any of those benefits cannot be provided by us during the applicable period, we will provide the executive with a sum of money calculated to permit him to obtain the same benefits individually, grossed up for tax purposes so that he remains whole; and (ii) medical insurance benefits during the one-year period commencing on the date of termination with respect to Mr. Metcalf, but only to the extent such medical insurance benefit was previously elected by the executive and in effect immediately prior to the date of termination and can be provided under our medical insurance plan during such period, provided that to the extent such benefits cannot be provided by us during such period, we will provide the executive with a sum of money calculated to permit him to obtain the same benefits individually, grossed up for tax purposes so that he remains whole.

 

107

---

Table of Contents

Except as otherwise stated, such payments will be made in regular installments in accordance with our general payroll practices. All amounts payable as compensation are subject to all customary withholding, payroll and other taxes.

If, during the period when Mr. Metcalf is receiving Severance Payment or Benefits Continuation, he receives compensation from any source for services which are substantially similar to services provided by him under his employment agreement with us or accepts employment with a third party, (i) his Severance Payment will be reduced by the amount of any compensation received by him from such third party or new employer in respect of any services to be provided during the period prior to the first anniversary of termination or expiration, and (ii) Benefits Continuation will immediately cease on the earlier of the date he is first entitled to receive medical insurance benefits from his new employer or the first anniversary of the date of termination or expiration. Mr. Kingsbury’s rights to receive Benefits Continuation will cease at such time as he is eligible to be covered under the hospital, health, disability, medical or life insurance benefits, as apply, of any subsequent employer.

Each named executive officer shall only be entitled to receive the Bonus Payment, Severance Payment and Benefits Continuation in the event that he:

 

•

executes a release of claims in respect of his employment with us; and

 

•

has not breached, as of the date of termination or at any time during the period for which such payments or services are to be made, certain restrictive covenants (Restrictive Covenants) contained in his employment agreement regarding (i) confidentiality, (ii) intellectual property rights, and (iii) non-competition and non-solicitation (each of which extend for a period of one year (or two years, in the case of Mr. Kingsbury) following termination of employment).

Our obligation to make such payments or provide such services will terminate upon the occurrence of any such breach during such period.

For purposes of each named executive officer’s employment agreement,

 

•

“cause” means the named executive officer (i) is convicted of a felony or other crime involving dishonesty towards us or material misuse of our property; (ii) engages in willful misconduct or fraud with respect to us or any of our customers or suppliers or an intentional act of dishonesty or disloyalty in the course of his employment; (iii) refuses to perform his material obligations under his employment agreement which failure is not cured within 15 days after written notice to him; (iv) misappropriates one or more of our material assets or business opportunities; or (v) breaches a Restrictive Covenant which breach, if capable of being cured, is not cured within 10 days of written notice to him; and

 

•

“good reason” means the occurrence of any of the following events without the written consent of the named executive officer: (i) a material diminution of his duties or the assignment to him of duties that are inconsistent in any substantial respect with the position, authority or responsibilities associated with his position; (ii) our requiring him to be based at a location which is 50 or more miles from his principal office location on the date he commences employment with us; or (iii) a material breach by us of our obligations pursuant to his employment agreement (which breach goes uncured after notice and a reasonable opportunity to cure). No such condition is deemed to be “good reason” unless (i) we are notified within 30 days of the initial existence of such condition and are provided with a period of at least 30 days from the date of notice to remedy the condition, and (ii) (a) with respect to each named executive officer other than Mr. Kingsbury, within 10 days after the expiration of such period (but in no event later than 120 days after the initial existence of the condition), the named executive officer actually terminates his employment with us by providing written notice of resignation for our failure to remedy the condition; or (b) with respect to Mr. Kingsbury, at any time during the period commencing 10 days after the expiration of such period and ending 180 days after Mr. Kingsbury’s knowledge of the initial existence of the condition (but in all events within two years after the initial existence of said condition), Mr. Kingsbury actually terminates his employment with us by providing written notice of resignation for our failure to remedy the condition.

 

108

---

Table of Contents

Termination for Any Other Reason

In the event that he is terminated for any other reason, including as a result of his death, disability, voluntary resignation for other than good reason or by resolution of our Board of Directors for cause, each named executive officer’s employment agreement provides that he shall only be entitled to receive all previously earned and accrued but unpaid base salary, vacation and unpaid business expenses up to the date of such termination.

Change-in-Control

None of our named executive officers are entitled to receive any payments upon a change-in-control pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement.

Option and Restricted Stock Agreements

Pursuant to the terms of the option agreements with each of our named executive officers, all options (other than Special One-Time Grants) become exercisable upon a change of control (as defined in the Amended Agreement). The vesting of Special One-Time Grants will not be accelerated in the event of a change of control, provided, however, that in the event that within two years after a change of control, the grantee’s employment is terminated without cause or the grantee resigns with good reason, then an incremental 20% of the Special One-Time Grants shall be deemed vested as of the date of termination of grantee’s employment, but in no event more than the total number of Special One-Time Grants granted to such grantee. Unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator, upon cessation of employment and subject to the terms of the 2006 Incentive Plan,

 

•

options that have not vested will terminate immediately (subject to the potential acceleration of Special One-Time Grants in the event of a change of control, as described above, and except with respect to Mr. Kingsbury, whose option agreement and Special One-Time Grant agreement provide a formula for calculating a number of options which will vest in the event that Mr. Kingsbury’s employment is terminated by us without cause or Mr. Kingsbury resigns with good reason); and

 

•

unexercised vested options will be exercisable for a period of 60 days.

Pursuant to the terms of the restricted stock agreements with our named executive officers and subject to the terms of the 2006 Incentive Plan,

 

•

all unvested shares of restricted stock will remain unvested following any change of control, provided, however, that 100% of such shares will vest if, following a change of control, the recipient’s employment is terminated by us without cause or the recipient resigns with good reason;

 

•

all unvested shares of restricted stock will vest if the recipient’s employment is terminated prior to vesting as a result of the recipient’s death or disability; and

 

•

all unvested shares of restricted stock will automatically be forfeited (and will not vest) if the recipient’s employment with us terminates for any reason (other than if, following a change of control, recipient’s employment is terminated by us without cause or the recipient resigns with good reason) prior to the vesting date.

 

		Termination Without Cause or for Good Reason or Expiration of Employment Agreement																												Restricted Stock Acceleration Upon Change of Control, Death or Disability ($)(7)
Name		Base Salary ($)(1)				Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)(2)				Medical Benefits Continuation ($)(3)				Life Insurance Continuation ($)				Option and Restricted Stock Acceleration ($)(4)				Termination for Any Other Reason ($)(5)				Option Acceleration Upon Change of Control ($)(6)
Thomas A. Kingsbury			2,094,082				1,756,130				20,337				2,538				1,363,450				—				3,214,090				—
Todd Weyhrich			525,313				533,455				12,107				2,484				—				—				813,809				—
Paul Metcalf			616,250				615,087				11,393				—				—				—				5,605,804				1,406,900
Fred Hand			551,906				560,461				10,953				2,538				—				—				1,172,735				—
Marc Katz			512,500				520,444				11,393				2,424				—				—				1,172,735				—

 

109

---

Table of Contents

 

(1)

The amount set forth in this column (i) reflects the severance pay the named executive officers would be entitled to receive based upon salaries in effect as of January 31, 2014, (ii) with respect to Mr. Kingsbury, assumes that the severance pay will be provided for a period of two years in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement; and (iii) with respect to each named executive officer other than Mr. Kingsbury, assumes that the severance pay will be provided for a period of one year in accordance with the terms of his employment agreement.

(2)	The amounts set forth in this column for each of the named executive officers reflect the actual award to be received pursuant to the Bonus Plan with respect to Fiscal 2013 to the extent such officer remains employed by us on the payment date.

(3)

The amounts set forth in this column have been calculated based upon the coverage rates and elections in effect as of as January 31, 2014 for each of the named executive officers, and assumes that we can provide such coverage (i) for a period of two years for Mr. Kingsbury; and (ii) for a period of one year with respect to each named executive officer other than Mr. Kingsbury.

(4)

As described above, upon cessation of employment and subject to the terms of the 2006 Incentive Plan, options and restricted stock that have not vested will terminate immediately (subject to the potential acceleration of Special One-Time Grants in the event of a change of control, as described above, and except with respect to Mr. Kingsbury, whose option and Special One-Time Grant agreements contain a formula for calculating a number of options which will vest in the event that Mr. Kingsbury’s employment is terminated without cause or if Mr. Kingsbury resigns with good reason). The market value of each share of our common stock was $25.58 per share (“Market Price”) as of January 31, 2014. The dollar value in this column with respect to Mr. Kingsbury represents the product obtained by multiplying (a) the number of accelerated options with an exercise price less than the Market Price, by (b) the amount by which the Market Price exceeds such exercise price. As the hypothetical termination date of January 31, 2014 precedes the Trigger Date, options would not accelerate under Mr. Kingsbury’s Special One-Time Grant agreement.

(5)

Under our employment agreement with each named executive officer, in the event that such named executive officer is terminated for any reason other than by us without cause or by him for good reason, including as a result of death, disability, voluntary resignation for other than good reason or by resolution of our Board of Directors for cause, he shall only be entitled to receive all previously earned and accrued but unpaid base salary, vacation and unpaid business expenses up to the date of such termination.

(6)

As described above, all options (other than Special One-Time Grants) become exercisable upon a change of control. The vesting of Special One-Time Grants will not be accelerated in the event of a change of control, provided, however, that in the event that within two years after a change of control, the grantee’s employment is terminated without cause or the grantee resigns with good reason, then an incremental 20% of the Special One-Time Grants shall be deemed vested as of the date of termination of grantee’s employment, but in no event more than the total number of Special One-Time Grants granted to such grantee. Accordingly, the amount set forth in this column represents (assuming (i) withholding tax obligations due in connection with vesting are satisfied by a cash payment to us, and (ii) that a change of control has occurred and the grantee’s employment is terminated without cause or the grantee resigns with good reason) the product obtained by multiplying (a) the number of accelerated options with an exercise price less than the Market Price, by (b) the amount by which the Market Price exceeds such exercise price.

(7)

As described above, all unvested shares of restricted stock will remain unvested following any change of control, provided, however, that 100% of such shares will vest if, following a change of control, the named executive officer’s employment is terminated by us without cause or the named executive officer resigns with good reason. Unvested shares of restricted stock will vest if the named executive officer’s employment is terminated prior to vesting as a result of the named executive officer’s death or disability. Accordingly, the amount set forth in this column represents (assuming withholding tax obligations due in connection with the restricted stock are satisfied by a cash payment to us) the product obtained by multiplying the number of unvested shares of restricted stock by the Market Price in the event (a) of such named executive officer’s death or disability, or (b) the employment of such named executive officer is terminated by us without cause or he resigns with good reason following a change of control.

Director Compensation

Jay Margolis resigned from our Board of Directors in April 2013 and Mr. Mahoney was elected to our Board of Directors in December 2013. Other than Paul Sullivan and Messrs. Margolis and Mahoney, the members of our Board of Directors were not separately compensated for their services as directors during Fiscal 2013. Compensation provided to Mr. Kingsbury in his capacity as an executive officer is provided in the Summary Compensation Table above. All directors, however, are entitled to receive reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with rendering such services.

Mr. Margolis received an annual fee of $30,000 as compensation for his services as a director, payable in equal quarterly installments (and pro-rated for partial quarters). In addition, Mr. Margolis received options to purchase 22,000 shares under the 2006 Incentive Plan in connection with his election to our Board of Directors in December 2009. The Compensation Committee approved an amendment to Mr. Margolis’ option agreement in connection with his resignation from our Board of Directors to provide that options that have not vested at the time of resignation continue to vest in accordance with the vesting schedule set forth therein. 40% of Mr. Margolis’ options vested on December 15, 2011, 20% of his options vested on December 15, 2012, 20% of his options vested on December 15, 2013 and 20% of his options will vest on December 15, 2014.

 

110

---

Table of Contents

Mr. Sullivan’s annual fees as compensation for his services as a director and as compensation for his services as Chairman of the Audit Committee were increased in December 2013 from $30,000 and $15,000, respectively, to $50,000 and $20,000, respectively. Mr. Sullivan’s fees are payable in equal quarterly installments. In addition, Mr. Sullivan received options to purchase 22,000 shares under the 2006 Incentive Plan in connection with his election to our Board of Directors in November 2012. 40% of these options will vest on November 12, 2014 and the remainder of these options will vest 20% on each of November 12, 2015, November 12, 2016 and November 12, 2017.

Mr. Mahoney receives an annual fee of $50,000 as compensation for his services as a director and an annual fee of $10,000 as compensation for his services as a member of the Audit Committee, each of which is payable in equal quarterly installments (and pro-rated for partial quarters). In addition, Mr. Mahoney received 3,456 shares of restricted stock pursuant to the 2006 Incentive Plan in connection with his election to our Board of Directors in December 2013. One-third of these shares will vest on each of December 16, 2014, December 16, 2015 and December 16, 2016.

The table below summarizes the compensation paid to Messrs. Margolis, Mahoney and Sullivan during Fiscal 2013:

 

Name		Fees Earned or Paid in Cash ($)				Stock Awards ($)(1)				Option Awards ($)(2)				Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation ($)				Change in Pension Value and Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Earnings ($)				All Other Compensation ($)				Total ($)
Jay Margolis(3)			5,500	(5)			—				32,052				—				—				—				37,552
Paul Sullivan(4)			48,611				—				71,337				—				—				—				119,948
John Mahoney			7,833	(6)			99,982				—				—				—				—				107,815

 

(1)

Represents the aggregate grant date fair value of awards of restricted shares of our common stock. The amount shown was calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of certain forfeiture assumptions, and are based on a number of key assumptions described in Note 12 (entitled “Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation”) to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements.

(2)

Represents the incremental value of the modifications described above under the caption entitled “Narrative Disclosure to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table.” The amounts shown were calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, excluding the effect of certain forfeiture assumptions, and are based on a number of key assumptions described in Note 12 (entitled “Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation”) to our February 1, 2014 Consolidated Financial Statements. The amount of compensation, if any, actually realized from the exercise and sale of vested options will depend on numerous factors, including the continued service of the director with respect to Mr. Sullivan during the vesting period of the award and the amount by which the share price on the day of exercise and sale exceeds the option exercise price.

(3)	As of February 1, 2014, Mr. Margolis had 13,211 options outstanding. Mr. Margolis resigned from our Board of Directors on April 10, 2013.

(4)	As of February 1, 2014, Mr. Sullivan had 22,000 options outstanding.

(5)	Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Margolis’ annual fee as compensation for his services as a director for the period of Fiscal 2013 for which he was a director.

(6)	Represents the pro rata portion of Mr. Mahoney’s annual fee as compensation for his services as a director and the pro rata portion of his annual fee as compensation for his services as a member of the Audit Committee, in each case, for the period of Fiscal 2013 for which he was a director.

 

111

---

Table of Contents

PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

Unless otherwise indicated, the following table shows information about the beneficial ownership of our common stock, as of April 5, 2014 by:

 

•

each stockholder selling shares in this offering;

 

•

each person known by us to beneficially own 5% or more of our outstanding common stock;

 

•

each of our directors and executive officers; and

 

•

all of our directors and executive officers as a group.

For further information regarding material transactions between us and certain of our stockholders, see “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.”

The percentages listed below for common stock owned before the offering are based on 73,735,395 shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 5, 2014. Percentage ownership of our common stock after the offering assumes the sale of shares of common stock in this offering.

Upon the completion of this offering, Bain Capital will own approximately 57.6% of our common stock, assuming that the underwriters do not exercise their option to buy additional shares, and 55.2% of our common stock, assuming that the underwriters exercise in full their option to buy additional shares. As a result, we expect to continue to be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the corporate governance rules of the New York Stock Exchange.

 

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)		Common stock owned before the offering								Common stock to be sold in this offering				Common stock subject to underwriters’ option				Common stock owned after the offering if underwriters’ option is not exercised								Common stock owned after the offering if underwriters’ option is exercised in full
		Number				Percentage				Number				Number				Number				Percentage				Number				Percentage
Principal Stockholder:
Bain Capital and related funds(2)			53,235,156				72.2				10,611,517				1,800,000				42,623,639				57.6				40,823,639				55.2
Executive Officers and Directors:
Thomas Kingsbury(3)			1,222,221				1.7				60,251				—				1,112,221				1.5				1,112,221				1.5
Todd Weyhrich(4)			268,884				*				19,956				—				244,210				*				244,210				*
Fred Hand(5)			276,221				*				31,321				—				234,873				*				234,873				*
Paul Metcalf(6)			143,000				*				—				—				143,000				*				143,000				*
Marc Katz(7)			241,989				*				25,383				—				205,702				*				205,702				*
Joyce Manning Magrini(8)			153,988				*				14,634				—				134,192				*				134,192				*
Paul Tang(9)			305,558				*				29,961				—				259,725				*				259,725				*
Mike Metheny(10)			60,487				*				3,372				—				55,541				*				55,541				*
Hobart Sichel(11)			54,989				*				—				—				54,989				*				54,989				*
Joshua Bekenstein(12)			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Jordan Hitch(13)			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Tricia Patrick(13)			—				—				—				—				—				—				—				—
Paul J. Sullivan			5,882				*				—				—				5,882				*				5,882				*
John Mahoney			3,456				*				—				—				3,456				*				3,456				*
Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (14 persons)(14)			2,736,675				3.7				184,878				—				2,453,791				3.3				2,453,791				3.3

 

112

---

Table of Contents

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1)		Common stock owned before the offering								Common stock to be sold in this offering				Common stock subject to underwriters’ option				Common stock owned after the offering if underwriters’ option is not exercised								Common stock owned after the offering if underwriters’ option is exercised in full
		Number				Percentage				Number				Number				Number				Percentage				Number				Percentage
Other Selling Stockholders:
Nancy Mair(15)			135,663				*				10,859				—				119,163				*				119,163				*
Fran Jose(16)			144,837				*				8,799				—				132,837				*				132,837				*
Peter Cupps(17)			21,989				*				3,168				—				17,240				*				17,240				*
Dennis Hodgson(18)			32,999				*				3,231				—				28,248				*				28,248				*
Kevin Griffin(19)			65,978				*				9,639				—				51,727				*				51,727				*
Troy Steiner(20)			9,900				*				2,138				—				7,762				*				7,762				*
Heather Boatman(21)			14,299				*				2,264				—				11,211				*				11,211				*
Eliot Rosenfield(22)			65,989				*				9,779				—				51,736				*				51,736				*
Boston Foundation, Inc.(23)(24)			61,265				*				61,265				—				—				—				—				—
Combined Jewish Philanthropies of Greater Boston, Inc.(23)(25)			465,219				*				465,219				—				—				—				—				—
Edgerley Family Foundation(23)(26)			222,696				*				222,696				—				—				—				—				—
Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund(23)(27)			390,182				*				390,182				—				—				—				—				—
Umsizi Fund(23)(28)			14,366				*				14,366				—				—				—				—				—

 

*	Less than 1%

(1)	A “beneficial owner” of a security is determined in accordance with Rule 13d-3 under the Exchange Act and generally means any person who, directly or indirectly, through any contract, arrangement, understanding, relationship, or otherwise, has or shares:

 

•

voting power which includes the power to vote, or to direct the voting of, such security; and/or

 

•

investment power which includes the power to dispose, or to direct the disposition of, such security.

Unless otherwise indicated, each person named in the table above has sole voting and investment power, or shares voting and investment power with his spouse (as applicable), with respect to all shares of stock listed as owned by that person. Shares issuable upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter are considered outstanding and to be beneficially owned by the person holding such options for the purpose of computing such person’s percentage beneficial ownership, but are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage of beneficial ownership of any other person. The address of our executive officers, Mr. Sullivan and Mr. Mahoney is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(2)

The shares included in the table consist of: (i) 27,317,178 shares of common stock held by Bain Capital Integral Investors, LLC (“Integral”), of which Bain Capital Investors, LLC (“BCI”) is the administrative member; (ii) 25,260,552 shares of common stock held by Bain Capital Fund IX, LLC (“Fund IX”), of which BCI is the general partner of Bain Capital Partners IX, L.P., who is the general partner of Bain Capital Fund IX, L.P., who is the sole member of Fund IX, (iii) 644,556 shares of common stock held by BCIP TCV, LLC (“BCIP TCV”), of which BCI is the administrative member and (iv) 12,870 shares of common stock held by BCIP Associates-G (“BCIP-G”), of which BCI is the managing partner. As a result of the relationships described above, BCI may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by each of Integral, Fund IX, BCIP TCV and BCIP-G (collectively, the “Bain Capital Entities”). The governance, investment strategy and decision-making process with respect to investments held by the Bain Capital Entities is directed by BCI’s Global Private Equity Board (“GPEB”), which is comprised of the following individuals: Steven Barnes, Joshua Bekenstein, John Connaughton, Paul Edgerley, Stephen Pagliuca, Michel Plantevin, Dwight Poler, Jonathan Zhu and Stephen Zide. By virtue of the relationships described in this footnote, GPEB may be deemed to exercise voting and dispositive power with respect to the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. Each of the members of GPEB disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares to

 

113

---

Table of Contents

the extent attributed to such member solely by virtue of serving on GPEB. Each of the Bain Capital Entities has an address c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116. The number of shares owned before this offering gives effect to the charitable contributions by certain partners and other employees of the Bain Capital Entities on April 30, 2014 in respect of shares previously held by one or more of the Bain Capital Entities, as described in footnote 23 below.

(3)

Includes 220,000 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 110,000 shares of which 49,749 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 60,251 shares will be sold in this offering.

(4)

Includes 14,674 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 14,674 shares of which 4,718 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 9,956 shares will be sold in this offering.

(5)

Includes 29,348 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 29,348 shares of which 10,027 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 19,321 shares will be sold in this offering.

(6)	Includes 88,000 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter.

(7)

Includes 29,337 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 29,337 shares of which 10,904 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 18,433 shares will be sold in this offering.

(8)

Includes 44,010 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 19,796 shares of which 5,162 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 14,634 shares will be sold in this offering.

(9)

Includes 52,360 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 45,833 shares of which 15,872 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 29,961 shares will be sold in this offering.

(10)

Includes 42,161 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 4,946 shares of which 1,574 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 3,372 shares will be sold in this offering.

(11)	Includes 11,000 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter.

(12)

Does not include shares of common stock held by the Bain Capital Entities. Mr. Bekenstein is a Managing Director of BCI and a member of GPEB and as a result, and by virtue of the relationships described in footnote (2) above, may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Mr. Bekenstein is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(13)

Does not include shares of common stock held by the Bain Capital Entities. Mr. Hitch is a Managing Director of BCI and Ms. Patrick is a Principal of BCI and as a result may be deemed to share beneficial ownership of the shares held by the Bain Capital Entities. The address for Mr. Hitch and Ms. Patrick is c/o Bain Capital Partners, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(14)

Includes our current directors (Ms. Patrick and Messrs. Kingsbury, Bekenstein, Hitch, Sullivan and Mahoney) and our current executive officers (Ms. Magrini and Messrs. Kingsbury, Weyhrich, Hand, Sichel, Metcalf, Katz, Tang and Metheny). Includes shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter, as described in footnotes (3–11) above, as applicable and without duplication. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase

 

114

---

Table of Contents

shares of our common stock of which a portion of the shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and the remainder of the shares will be sold in this offering, as described in footnotes (3–5 and 7–10) above, as applicable and without duplication.

(15)

Includes 110,000 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 16,500 shares of which 5,641 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 10,859 shares will be sold in this offering. The address for Ms. Mair is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(16)

Includes 110,000 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 12,000 shares of which 3,201 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 8,799 shares will be sold in this offering. The address for Mr. Jose is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(17)

Includes 21,989 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 4,749 shares of which 1,581 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 3,168 shares will be sold in this offering. The address for Mr. Cupps is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(18)

Includes 21,999 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 4,751 shares of which 1,520 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 3,231 shares will be sold in this offering. The address for Mr. Hodgson is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(19)

Includes 65,978 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 14,251 shares of which 4,612 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 9,639 shares will be sold in this offering. The address for Mr. Griffin is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(20)	The address for Mr. Steiner is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(21)

Includes 14,299 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 3,088 shares of which 824 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 2,264 shares will be sold in this offering. The address for Ms. Boatman is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(22)

Includes 32,989 shares of common stock that can be acquired upon the exercise of options exercisable on April 5, 2014 or within 60 days thereafter. After this offering, reflects exercise of vested options to purchase 14,253 shares of which 4,474 shares were withheld to satisfy tax withholdings and 9,779 shares will be sold in this offering. The address for Mr. Rosenfield is c/o Burlington Stores, Inc., 1830 Route 130 North, Burlington, New Jersey 08016.

(23)	Represents shares received by such entity as a charitable contribution from certain partners and other employees of the Bain Capital Entities on April 30, 2014.

(24)	The address of the Boston Foundation, Inc. is 75 Arlington Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(25)	The address of the Combined Jewish Philanthropies of Greater Boston, Inc. is 126 High Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110.

(26)	The address of the Edgerley Family Foundation is c/o Bain Capital Investors, LLC, John Hancock Tower, 200 Clarendon Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02116.

(27)	The address of Fidelity Investments Charitable Gift Fund is 200 Seaport Boulevard, Z3B, Boston, Massachusetts 02210.

(28)	The address of the Umsizi Fund is c/o Foundation Source Philanthropic Services, Inc., 501 Silverside Rd., Suite 123, Wilmington, Delaware 19809.

 

115

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Incentive Plans

In connection with the Merger Transaction, Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, Inc. (“Holdings”) adopted the 2006 Incentive Plan, which we assumed on May 1, 2013. In connection with our initial public offering, we adopted the 2013 Incentive Plan. Each plan provides for grants of awards to employees, non-employee directors and consultants. There are 10,125,258 shares and 6,000,000 shares of our common stock currently reserved for issuance under the 2006 Incentive Plan and the 2013 Incentive Plan, respectively.

Stockholders Agreement

On February 14, 2013, in connection with our reorganization, we and the investors (including affiliates of Bain Capital who own a controlling interest in us) and managers, from time to time party thereto, which currently includes, among others, each of our named executive officers, entered into our Stockholders Agreement. On March 13, 2014, we, the managers and the investors amended and restated the Stockholders Agreement and entered into the Amended Agreement. The Amended Agreement provides that all managers other than such managers who are Senior Vice Presidents or above and such other persons designated from time to time by the Company’s board of directors as “senior managers,” may sell shares of our common stock subject to the Stockholders Agreement to the public, in accordance with applicable securities laws and the Company’s insider trading policy, as follows: up to 25% from and after adoption of Amended Agreement (the “Effective Date”), up to 50% from and after six months from the Effective Date, up to 75% from and after nine months from the Effective Date, and without quantity restriction from and after the one year anniversary of the Effective Date. Prior to the effectiveness of the Amended Agreement, managers were prohibited from selling shares of our common stock subject to the Stockholders Agreement other than in proportion to sales by the investors of their Company common stock until the expiration of the Stockholders Agreement, which will occur on the earlier of the fifth anniversary of our initial public offering or the time the investors have sold two-thirds (2/3) of their original holdings of our common stock. Senior managers remain subject to this restriction on sale under the Amended Agreement. In the event that the investors sell a percentage of their shares that is higher than the percentage allowed by the provision described above, all managers will be able to sell up to the percentage then sold by the investors. The Amended Agreement provides that non-senior managers will (i) be released from the Amended Agreement from and after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and (ii) not have piggyback registration rights on future registered offerings of our common stock by the investors. Senior managers retain piggyback registration rights.

Advisory Agreement

In connection with the Merger Transaction, Holdings entered into an advisory agreement with Bain Capital (the “Prior Advisory Agreement”) pursuant to which Bain Capital provided certain management, consulting, financial and other advisory services. On February 14, 2013, we and each of Holdings, BCFWC and Bain Capital entered into an Amended and Restated Advisory Agreement (the “Advisory Agreement”), which amended the Prior Advisory Agreement to add us as a party thereto. The Advisory Agreement had a 10-year initial term, and thereafter was subject to automatic one-year extensions unless we or Bain Capital provided written notice of termination, except that the agreement terminated automatically upon our initial public offering or a change of control. If the Advisory Agreement terminated early, Bain Capital would be entitled to receive all unpaid fees and unreimbursed out-of-pocket fees and expenses, as well as the present value of the periodic fee that would otherwise have been payable through the end of the 10-year term. The Advisory Agreement was terminated on October 2, 2013 in connection with our initial public offering. As a result of the termination, Bain Capital was paid a fee of $10.1 million. Prior to the termination of the Advisory Agreement, Bain Capital was paid a periodic fee of $1.0 million per fiscal quarter plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket fees, and a fee equal to 1% of the transaction value of certain financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control or similar transactions by or involving the Company. Fees paid to Bain Capital pursuant to the Advisory Agreement amounted to $2.9 million during Fiscal 2013 and $4.3 million during each of Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.

 

116

---

Table of Contents

Merchandise Purchases

Jim Magrini, brother-in-law of Joyce Manning Magrini, our Executive Vice President—Human Resources, is an independent sales representative of one of our suppliers of merchandise inventory. This relationship predated the commencement of Ms. Magrini’s employment with us. The dollar amount of our merchandise inventory purchases through Mr. Magrini serving as an independent sales representative for such supplier amounted to approximately $1.7 million since the beginning of Fiscal 2013. Mr. Magrini’s sales commissions generated by virtue of these transactions amounted to approximately $100,000 since the beginning of Fiscal 2013.

Indemnification Agreements

We are party to indemnification agreements with each of our current directors and executive officers. These agreements require us to indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification agreements with our future directors and executive officers.

Transactions with Portfolio Companies

Bain Capital, either directly or through affiliates, has ownership interests in a broad range of companies (“Portfolio Companies”) with whom we may from time to time enter into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of business, primarily for the purchase of goods and services. We believe that none of our transactions or arrangements with Portfolio Companies is significant enough to be considered material to Bain Capital or to our business.

Policies and Procedures With Respect to Related Party Transactions

We have adopted policies and procedures whereby our Audit Committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions. In addition, our Code of Ethics requires that all of our employees and directors inform the Company of any material transaction or relationship that comes to their attention that could reasonably be expected to create a conflict of interest. Further, at least annually, each director and executive officer must complete a detailed questionnaire that asks questions about any business relationship that may give rise to a conflict of interest and all transactions in which we are involved and in which the executive officer, a director or a related person has a direct or indirect material interest.

 

117

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

On February 24, 2011, we entered into the Term Loan Credit Agreement, pursuant to which the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was established, with BCFWC as the borrower, which we subsequently amended on May 16, 2012, February 15, 2013 and May 17, 2013. As of February 1, 2014, we have $828.8 million of senior secured indebtedness outstanding under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility is secured by (a) a perfected first priority lien on substantially all of BCFWC’s and the guarantors’ real property and personal property related to equipment, fixtures, intellectual, property and certain investment property, and (b) a perfected second priority lien on substantially all inventory, accounts and personal property related to inventory and accounts of BCFWC and the guarantors, in each case, subject to various limitations and exceptions.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was to be repaid in consecutive quarterly payments of $2.2 million from August 3, 2013 to January 29, 2017, with the balance of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility due upon maturity on February 23, 2017. In January 2014, the Company elected to make a prepayment of $30.0 million, which offset the mandatory quarterly payments through the maturity date.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility contains customary representations and warranties and affirmative and negative covenants, in each case, subject to limitations, exceptions and materiality thresholds and requires that BCFWC maintain on the last day of each fiscal quarter a consolidated leverage ratio not to exceed a maximum amount and a consolidated interest coverage ratio of at least a certain amount and comply with an annual capital expenditures limitation.

The Senior Secured Term Loan Facility also contains customary events of default including for failure to make payments under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, materially incorrect representations, breaches of covenants (subject to a 30 day grace period after notice in the case of certain covenants), cross-default to other material indebtedness, material unstayed judgments, certain ERISA, bankruptcy and insolvency events, failure of guarantees or security to remain in full force and effect, change of control, certain uninsured losses to any material portion of the collateral, any undismissed felony indictment of BCFWC or any guarantors or the imposition of orders or stays having a material adverse effect.

The interest rates for the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility are based on: (a) for LIBO rate loans for any interest period, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (i) the LIBO rate as determined by the administrative agent for such interest period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate (as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement) and (ii) 1.00% (the “Term Loan Adjusted LIBO Rate”), plus an applicable margin of 3.25%; and (b) for prime rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (i) the variable annual rate of interest then announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at its head office as its “prime rate,” (ii) the federal funds rate in effect on such date plus 0.50% per annum, and (iii) the Term Loan Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable class of term loans for one-month plus 1.00%, plus an applicable margin of 2.25%; provided, that, in each case, the applicable margin shall be further reduced by 25 basis points if BCFWC’s consolidated secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 2.25:1, commencing with the delivery of the annual or quarterly consolidated financial statements, as applicable, for the first fiscal year ending after May 17, 2013. The interest rate on the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility was 4.3% as of February 1, 2014.

ABL Line of Credit

On September 2, 2011, we entered into the second amended and restated credit agreement governing the ABL Line of Credit, with BCFWC as the lead borrower. The aggregate amount of commitments under the ABL Line of Credit is $600,000,000, which BCFWC may increase to up to $900,000,000, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The termination date of the asset-based revolving credit facility under is September 2, 2016. As of February 1, 2014, there were no amounts outstanding under the ABL Line of Credit.

 

118

---

Table of Contents

The ABL Line of Credit is secured by (a) a perfected first priority lien on substantially all inventory, accounts and personal property related to inventory and accounts of BCFWC and the guarantors, and (b) a perfected second priority lien on substantially all of BCFWC and the guarantors’ real property and personal property related to equipment, fixtures, intellectual property and certain investment property, in each case, subject to various limitations and exceptions.

The interest rates under the ABL Line of Credit are based on: (a) for LIBO loans for any interest period, at a rate per annum equal to the LIBO rate as determined by the administrative agent for such interest period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate (as defined in the second amended and restated credit agreement governing the ABL Line of Credit) (the “Adjusted LIBO Rate”), plus an applicable margin of (i) 1.75% if average daily Availability (as defined and described below) is greater than or equal to 40% of the Loan Cap (as defined in the second amended and restated credit agreement governing the ABL Line of Credit), (ii) 2.00% if average daily Availability is less than 40% of the Loan Cap but greater than or equal to 20% the Loan Cap, or (iii) 2.25% if average daily Availability is less than 20% the Loan Cap; and (b) for prime rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (i) the variable annual rate of interest then announced by Bank of America, N.A. at its head office as its “prime rate,” (ii) the federal funds rate in effect on such date plus 0.50% per annum, and (iii) the Adjusted LIBO Rate in effect on September 2, 2011 and on each 30-day period after September 2, 2011, plus 1.00% per annum, plus an applicable margin of (x) 0.75% if average daily Availability is greater than or equal to 40% of the Loan Cap, (y) 1.00% if average daily Availability is less than 40% of the Loan Cap but greater than or equal to 20% the Loan Cap, or (z) 1.25% if average daily Availability is less than 20% the Loan Cap. On November 27, 2011, and on the first day of each fiscal quarter thereafter, the applicable interest rate margin will be adjusted as described above based on Availability for the most recently ended fiscal quarter preceding such adjustment date. “Availability” under the ABL Line of Credit means the lesser of (a) the aggregate commitments of all lenders minus the outstanding credit extensions and (b) the borrowing base minus the outstanding credit extensions.

Pursuant to the ABL Line of Credit, the borrowers must pay the administrative agent, for the account of the lenders, a fee on the average daily balance of unused loan commitments equal to 0.375% per annum.

Pursuant to the ABL Line of Credit, the calculation of the borrowing base allows for increased advance rates during the September 1st through December 15th period of each year.

The ABL Line of Credit contains customary representations and warranties, subject to limitations, exceptions and materiality thresholds, and customary covenants (subject to various exceptions) restricting our ability to, among other things, (a) declare dividends, make distributions or redeem or repurchase capital stock, (b) prepay, redeem or repurchase certain debt, (c) incur liens or grant negative pledges, (d) make loans and investments and enter into acquisitions, (e) incur additional indebtedness, (f) make capital expenditures, (g) engage in mergers and other fundamental changes and asset sales, (h) conduct transactions with affiliates, (i) amend certain material documents, and (j) change our fiscal year. The borrowers and guarantors are also required to comply with various customary affirmative covenants, subject to limitations, exceptions and materiality thresholds. In addition, our failure to meet the minimum availability threshold under the ABL Line of Credit will not result in an event of default pursuant to the terms of the ABL Line of Credit if we comply with a minimum consolidated fixed charge coverage ratio of 1.0:1.0.

Events of default under the ABL Line of Credit include, but are not limited to, (a) our failure to pay principal, interest, fees or other amounts under the ABL Line of Credit when due (taking into account any applicable grace period), (b) any representation or warranty proving to have been materially incorrect when made, (c) covenant defaults subject, with respect to certain covenants, to a grace period, (d) bankruptcy events, (e) a cross default to certain other debt, including a cross default to BCFWC’s Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, provided, however, the lenders are subject to a 60-day standstill period if the underlying default under our Senior Secured Term Loan Facility has occurred as a result of BCFWC’s failure to meet any of the financial maintenance covenants set forth in the Term Loan Credit Agreement, (f) certain undischarged judgments (not paid within an applicable grace period), (g) certain ERISA-related defaults, (h) challenges to and/or the invalidity or impairment of specified security interests and (i) certain change of control events.

 

119

---

Table of Contents

10% Senior Notes due 2019

On February 24, 2011, BCFWC issued $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of our Senior Notes pursuant to an indenture, dated February 24, 2010, among BCFWC, the guarantors signatory thereto and Wilmington Trust FSB, governing the Senior Notes. The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of BCFWC and are guaranteed on a senior basis by BCFWC, Holdings, and each of its U.S. subsidiaries to the extent such guarantor is a guarantor of BCFWC’s obligations under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility.

The Senior Notes will mature on February 15, 2019. Interest on the Senior Notes accrues at a rate of 10% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Prior to February 15, 2015, we may redeem some or all of the Senior Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, plus a “make-whole” premium. On or after February 15, 2015, we may redeem all or a part of the Senior Notes at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and “Additional Interest,” if any, on the Senior Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Period		Redemption Price
2015			105.000	%
2016			102.000	%
2017 and thereafter			100.000	%

In addition, at any time prior to February 15, 2014, we may repay up to 35% of the Senior Notes with the net proceeds of certain equity offerings, at a redemption price of 110% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest.

The indenture governing the Senior Notes contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of BCFWC and the ability of Holdings and certain of its subsidiaries to: incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make other restricted payments; incur liens; redeem debt that is junior in right of payment to the Senior Notes; sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; enter into mergers or consolidations; and enter into transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, in certain circumstances, if BCFWC sells assets or experiences certain changes of control, it must offer to purchase the Senior Notes.

9.00%/9.75% Senior Notes due 2018

On February 20, 2013, Holdings LLC and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. issued $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of Holdco Notes pursuant to an indenture, dated February 20, 2013, among Holdings LLC, Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, governing the Holdco Notes. The Holdco Notes are senior unsecured obligations of Holdings LLC and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. and are not guaranteed by any of the subsidiaries of Holdings LLC and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. We used the net proceeds from the offering of the Holdco Notes to pay a special cash dividend of approximately $336.0 million, in the aggregate, to the Class L and Class A common stockholders of the Company.

The Holdco Notes will mature on February 15, 2018. Interest on the Holdco Notes is payable entirely in cash, unless certain conditions are satisfied, in which case interest may be paid by increasing the principal amount of the Holdco Notes or by issuing new notes. Cash interest on the Holdco Notes accrues at the rate of 9.00 % per annum and PIK interest accrues at the rate of 9.75% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months. Prior to February 15, 2014, we were permitted to redeem some or all of the Holdco Notes at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the notes redeemed plus accrued and unpaid

 

120

---

Table of Contents

interest, if any, plus a “make- whole” premium. On or after February 15, 2014, we may redeem all or a part of the notes at its option, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at the redemption prices (expressed as a percentage of the principal amount) set forth below, plus accrued and unpaid interest and “Additional Interest,” if any, on the Holdco Notes to be redeemed to the applicable redemption date if redeemed during the twelve-month period beginning on February 15 of the years indicated below:

 

Period		Redemption Price
2014			102.000	%
2015			101.000	%
2016 and thereafter			100.000	%

In addition, at any time prior to February 15, 2014 we may redeem up to 100% of the Holdco Notes using the net proceeds of certain equity offerings at a redemption price of 102% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest. On November 7, 2013, we redeemed $221.8 million aggregate principal amount of Holdco Notes with a portion of the proceeds from our initial public offering. On April 4, 2014, we redeemed an additional $58.0 million aggregate principal amount of Holdco Notes.

The indenture governing the Holdco Notes contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of Holdings LLC and certain of its subsidiaries to: incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock; make other restricted payments; incur liens; redeem debt that is junior in right of payment to the notes; sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; enter into mergers or consolidations; and enter into transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, in certain circumstances, if Holdings LLC and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. sell assets or experience certain changes of control, it must offer to purchase the Holdco Notes.

 

121

---

Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

The following summary of certain provisions of our capital stock does not purport to be complete and is subject to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, our amended and restated bylaws and the provisions of applicable law. Copies of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws are filed as exhibits to the registration statement, of which this prospectus is a part.

Authorized Capitalization

General

The total amount of our authorized capital stock consists of 500,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock. As of April 5, 2014, we had 73,735,395 shares of common stock outstanding.

The following summary describes all material provisions of our capital stock. We urge you to read our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws, which are included as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

As of April 5, 2014, there were 82 stockholders of record of our common stock.

Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of our securities. Our common stock is neither convertible nor redeemable. Unless our Board of Directors determines otherwise, we will issue all of our capital stock in uncertificated form.

Preferred Stock

We do not have any shares of preferred stock outstanding. Our Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time on terms it may determine, to divide shares of preferred stock into one or more series and to fix the designations, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”). The issuance of our preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the trading price of our common stock, restricting dividends on our capital stock, diluting the voting power of our common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of our capital stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of our company.

Voting Rights

Each holder of our common stock is entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. Our amended and restated bylaws provide that the presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at a stockholders’ meeting shall constitute a quorum. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law or our certificate of incorporation, and except for the election of directors, which is determined by a plurality vote. There are no cumulative voting rights.

Dividend Rights

Each holder of shares of our capital stock is entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property as may be declared by our Board of Directors from time to time out of our assets or funds legally available for dividends or other distributions. See the section entitled “Dividend Policy.” These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of our preferred stock.

 

122

---

Table of Contents

Other Rights

Each holder of common stock is subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock that we may designate and issue in the future. This offering is not subject to pre-emptive rights.

Liquidation Rights

If our company is involved in a consolidation, merger, recapitalization, reorganization, or similar event, each holder of common stock will participate pro rata in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

Anti-takeover Effects of our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and our amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may delay, defer or discourage another party from acquiring control of us. We expect that these provisions, which are summarized below, will discourage coercive takeover practices or inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of us to first negotiate with the Board of Directors, which we believe may result in an improvement of the terms of any such acquisition in favor of our stockholders. However, they also give the Board of Directors the power to discourage acquisitions that some stockholders may favor.

Action by Written Consent, Special Meeting of Stockholders and Advance Notice Requirements for Stockholder Proposals

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that stockholder action can be taken only at an annual or special meeting of stockholders and cannot be taken by written consent in lieu of a meeting once Bain Capital ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and bylaws also provide that, except as otherwise required by law, special meetings of the stockholders can be called only pursuant to a resolution adopted by a majority of the total number of directors that we would have if there were no vacancies or, until the date that Bain Capital ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares, at the request of holders of 50% or more of our outstanding shares. Except as described above, stockholders are not permitted to call a special meeting or to require the board of directors to call a special meeting.

In addition, our amended and restated bylaws require advance notice procedures for stockholder proposals to be brought before an annual meeting of the stockholders, including the nomination of directors. Stockholders at an annual meeting may only consider the proposals specified in the notice of meeting or brought before the meeting by or at the direction of the Board of Directors, or by a stockholder of record on the record date for the meeting, who is entitled to vote at the meeting and who has delivered a timely written notice in proper form to our secretary, of the stockholder’s intention to bring such business before the meeting.

These provisions could have the effect of delaying until the next stockholder meeting any stockholder actions, even if they are favored by the holders of a majority of our outstanding voting securities.

Classified Board

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that our Board of Directors is divided into three classes of directors, with the classes as nearly equal in number as possible. As a result, approximately one-third of our Board of Directors will be elected each year. The classification of directors has the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to change the composition of our board.

 

123

---

Table of Contents

Removal of Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that directors may be removed with or without cause at any time upon the affirmative vote of holders of at least a majority of the votes to which all the stockholders would be entitled to cast until Bain Capital ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares. After such time, directors may only be removed from office only for cause and only upon the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock.

Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws

The DGCL provides generally that the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding stock entitled to vote on amendments to a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws is required to approve such amendment, unless a corporation’s certificate of incorporation or bylaws, as the case may be, requires a greater percentage. Our amended and restated bylaws may be amended, altered, changed or repealed by a majority vote of our Board of Directors, provided that, in addition to any other vote otherwise required by law, after the date on which Bain Capital ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of our outstanding shares of common stock will be required to amend, alter, change or repeal our amended and restated bylaws. Additionally, after the date on which Bain Capital ceases to beneficially own more than 50% of our outstanding shares, the affirmative vote of at least 75% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote on the adoption, alteration, amendment or repeal of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, voting as a single class, will be required to amend or repeal or to adopt any provision inconsistent with specified provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. This requirement of a supermajority vote to approve amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could enable a minority of our stockholders to exercise veto power over any such amendments.

Delaware Anti-Takeover Statute

Section 203 of the DGCL provides that if a person acquires 15% or more of the voting stock of a Delaware corporation, such person becomes an “interested stockholder” and may not engage in certain “business combinations” with the corporation for a period of three years from the time such person acquired 15% or more of the corporation’s voting stock, unless: (1) the board of directors approves the acquisition of stock or the merger transaction before the time that the person becomes an interested stockholder, (2) the interested stockholder owns at least 85% of the outstanding voting stock of the corporation at the time the merger transaction commences (excluding voting stock owned by directors who are also officers and certain employee stock plans), or (3) the merger transaction is approved by the board of directors and by the affirmative vote at a meeting, not by written consent, of stockholders of 2/3 of the holders of the outstanding voting stock which is not owned by the interested stockholder. A Delaware corporation may elect in its certificate of incorporation or bylaws not to be governed by this particular Delaware law.

Under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, we have opted out of Section 203 of the DGCL, and therefore are not subject to Section 203.

Corporate Opportunity

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we renounce any interest or expectancy in, or in being offered an opportunity to participate in, any business opportunity that may from time to time be presented to Bain Capital or any of its officers, directors, agents, stockholders, members, partners, affiliates and subsidiaries (other than us and our subsidiaries) and that may be a business opportunity for Bain Capital, even if the opportunity is one that we might reasonably have pursued or had the ability or desire to pursue if granted the opportunity to do so. No such person will be liable to us for breach of any fiduciary or other duty, as a director or officer or otherwise, by reason of the fact that such person, acting in good faith, pursues or acquires any such

 

124

---

Table of Contents

business opportunity, directs any such business opportunity to another person or fails to present any such business opportunity, or information regarding any such business opportunity, to us unless, in the case of any such person who is our director or officer, any such business opportunity is expressly offered to such director or officer solely in his or her capacity as our director or officer. Neither Bain Capital, nor any of its representatives has any duty to refrain from engaging directly or indirectly in the same or similar business activities or lines of business as us or any of our subsidiaries.

Limitations on Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation limits the liability of our directors to the fullest extent permitted by the DGCL, and our amended and restated bylaws provides that we will indemnify them to the fullest extent permitted by such law. We have entered into indemnification agreements with our current directors and executive officers and expect to enter into a similar agreement with any new directors or executive officers.

Exclusive Jurisdiction of Certain Actions

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by law that derivative actions brought in the name of the Company, actions against directors, officers and employees for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware. Although we believe this provision benefits the Company by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law in the types of lawsuits to which it applies, the provision may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors and officers.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock is American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC. Its address is 6201 15th Avenue, Brooklyn, New York 11219.

Listing

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the trading symbol “BURL.”

 

125

---

Table of Contents

SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales may occur, could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common stock. No prediction can be made as to the effect, if any, future sales of shares, or the availability of shares for future sales, will have on the market price of our common stock prevailing from time to time. The sale of substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could harm the prevailing market price of our common stock.

Sale of Restricted Shares

As of April 5, 2014, we had 73,735,395 shares of common stock outstanding. Of these shares of common stock, the 12,000,000 shares of common stock being sold in this offering, plus any shares sold upon exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares, in addition to the 15,333,333 shares that were sold in our initial public offering, will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any such shares which may be acquired by an “affiliate” of ours, as that term is defined in Rule 144 promulgated under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”), which shares will be subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions of Rule 144 described below. The remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be “restricted securities,” as that term is defined in Rule 144, and may be resold only after registration under the Securities Act or pursuant to an exemption from such registration, including, among others, the exemptions provided by Rule 144 and Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which rules are summarized below. Subject to certain restrictions on transfer pursuant to the Amended Agreement, these remaining shares of common stock held by our existing stockholders upon completion of this offering will be available for sale in the public market (after the expiration of the lock-up agreements described below, if applicable) only if registered or if they qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144 or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, as described below.

Rule 144

In general, under Rule 144 as currently in effect, persons who are not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale may sell shares of our common stock beneficially held upon the earlier of (1) the expiration of a six-month holding period, if we have been subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act and have filed all required reports for at least 90 days prior to the date of the sale, or (2) a one-year holding period.

At the expiration of the six-month holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock provided current public information about us is available, and a person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of shares of common stock that does not exceed the greater of either of the following:

 

•

1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding, which will equal approximately 737,354 shares immediately after this offering, based on the number of shares of our common stock outstanding as of April 5, 2014; or

 

•

the average weekly trading volume of our common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of a notice on Form 144 with respect to the sale.

At the expiration of the one-year holding period, a person who was not one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would be entitled to sell an unlimited number of shares of our common stock without restriction. A person who was one of our affiliates at any time during the three months preceding a sale would remain subject to the volume restrictions described above.

 

126

---

Table of Contents

Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the availability of current public information about us.

Rule 701

In general and subject to certain restrictions under the Amended Agreement, and expiration of the applicable lock-up restrictions, under Rule 701 promulgated under the Securities Act, any of our employees, directors or officers who purchased shares from us in connection with a qualified compensatory stock or option plan or other written agreement before the effective date of this offering, or who purchased shares from us after that date upon the exercise of options granted before that date, are eligible to resell such shares in reliance upon Rule 144 beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus. If such person is not an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with the holding periods of Rule 144 and subject only to the manner-of-sale restrictions of Rule 144. If such a person is an affiliate, the sale may be made under Rule 144 without compliance with its one-year minimum holding period, but subject to the other Rule 144 restrictions.

Stock Plans

On October 8, 2013, we filed a registration statement on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock issued or reserved for issuance under the 2006 Incentive Plan and the 2013 Incentive Plan and may file one or more additional registration statements on Form S-8. The registration statement became effective on October 9, 2013, and shares registered under such registration statement are available for sale in the open market, unless such shares are subject to vesting restrictions with us, Rule 144 restrictions applicable to our affiliates or the lock-up restrictions described below.

Lock-Up Agreements

We, each of our executive officers and directors, Bain Capital and the selling stockholders have agreed, subject to certain exceptions, not to offer, sell, contract to sell, pledge or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, enter into a transaction that would have the same effect, or enter into any swap, hedge or other arrangement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of our common stock, whether any of these transactions are to be settled by delivery of our common stock or other securities, in cash or otherwise, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge or disposition, or to enter into any transaction, swap, hedge or other arrangement, without, in each case, the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for a period of 75 days after the date of this prospectus (subject to extension in certain circumstances). For additional information, see “Underwriting.” The holders of approximately 76.8% of our outstanding shares of common stock as of April 5, 2014, prior to giving effect to this offering, have executed such lock-up agreements in connection with this offering. Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s Amended Agreement, parties thereto participating in a registered offering thereunder, including this offering, are automatically restricted, subject to certain exceptions, from offering, pledging, selling, contracting to sell or otherwise, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock during a restricted period. For purposes of this offering, we expect such restricted period to last for 75 days from the date of this prospectus.

Registration Rights

Upon completion of this offering, the holders of an aggregate of approximately 44.9 million shares of our common stock, or their transferees, will be entitled to certain rights with respect to the registration of their shares under the Securities Act. Except for shares purchased by affiliates, registration of their shares under the Securities Act would result in these shares becoming freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act immediately upon effectiveness of the registration, subject to the expiration of the lock-up period, with respect to certain of the shares, described under “Underwriting” in this prospectus, and to the extent such shares have been released from any repurchase option that we may hold. See “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions—Stockholders Agreement” for more information.

 

127

---

Table of Contents

CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS FOR NON-U.S. HOLDERS

Overview

The following is a general summary of certain U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to non-U.S. holders, as defined below, of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. This summary deals only with shares of common stock purchased in this offering that are held as capital assets (generally, property held for investment) by a non-U.S. holder.

For purposes of this discussion, a “non-U.S. holder” means a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock that, for U.S. federal income tax purposes, is not any of the following:

 

•

an individual who is a citizen or resident of the United States;

 

•

a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for U.S. federal income tax purposes) created or organized in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

 

•

any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes;

 

•

an estate the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source; or

 

•

a trust if it (1) is subject to the primary supervision of a court within the United States and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust or (2) has a valid election in effect under applicable U.S. Treasury regulations to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

If any entity or arrangement treated as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes holds shares of our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner in such partnership generally will depend upon the status of the partner and the activities of the partner and the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership considering an investment in shares of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors.

This summary is based upon provisions of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), applicable U.S. Treasury regulations, rulings and other administrative pronouncements and judicial decisions, all as of the date hereof. Those authorities are subject to different interpretations and may be changed, perhaps retroactively, so as to result in U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences different from those summarized below. We cannot assure you that a change in law will not alter significantly the tax considerations described in this summary.

This summary does not address all aspects of U.S. federal income and estate taxation, does not address any aspects of the unearned income Medicare contribution tax pursuant to the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 and does not deal with the alternative minimum tax or other federal taxes (such as gift tax) or with foreign, state or local tax considerations that may be relevant to non-U.S. holders in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this summary does not describe the U.S. federal income tax consequences applicable to you if you are subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (including if you are a U.S. expatriate, a financial institution, an insurance company, a tax-exempt organization, a trader, broker or dealer in securities or currencies, a “controlled foreign corporation,” a “passive foreign investment company,” an entity treated as a partnership or other pass-through entity for U.S. federal income tax purposes (or an investor in such a pass-through entity), a person who acquired shares of our common stock as compensation or otherwise in connection with the performance of services, or a person who has acquired shares of our common stock as part of a straddle, hedge, conversion transaction or other integrated investment).

We have not sought and do not expect to seek any rulings from the U.S. Internal Revenue Service (the “IRS”) regarding the matters discussed below. There can be no assurance that the IRS will not take positions concerning the tax consequences of the ownership or disposition of shares of our common stock that differ from those discussed below.

 

128

---

Table of Contents

This summary is for general information only and is not intended to constitute a complete description of all U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences for non-U.S. holders relating to the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock. If you are considering the purchase of shares of our common stock, you should consult your own tax advisors concerning the particular U.S. federal income and estate tax consequences to you of the ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock, as well as the consequences to you arising under other U.S. federal tax laws and the laws of any other applicable taxing jurisdiction in light of your particular circumstances.

This discussion generally assumes that a non-U.S. holder will structure its investment in shares of our common stock so as to avoid the additional withholding tax described below under “—Legislation Affecting Taxation of Common Stock Held by or Through Foreign Entities.”

Dividends

In general, cash distributions on shares of our common stock will constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent paid from our current or accumulated earnings and profits, as determined under U.S. federal income tax principles. To the extent any such distributions exceed both our current and our accumulated earnings and profits, they will first be treated as a return of capital reducing your tax basis in our common stock (determined on a share by share basis), but not below zero, and then will be treated as gain from the sale of stock.

As discussed under “Dividend Policy” above, we do not currently expect to pay dividends. In the event that we do pay dividends, dividends paid to a non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to a U.S. federal withholding tax at a 30% rate, or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. However, dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business within the United States by a non-U.S. holder generally will not be subject to such withholding tax, provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are satisfied (including the provision of a properly completed IRS Form W-8 ECI or other applicable form). Instead, unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise, such dividends will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code. A corporate non-U.S. holder may be subject to an additional “branch profits tax” on its earnings and profits (subject to adjustments) that are effectively connected with its conduct of a U.S. trade or business (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise).

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an applicable treaty rate for dividends will be required (a) to complete IRS Form W-8BEN (or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury that such holder is not a United States person as defined under the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if shares of our common stock are held through certain foreign intermediaries, satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable United States Treasury regulations.

A non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock eligible for a reduced rate of United States federal withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by timely filing an appropriate claim for refund with the IRS.

Gain on Disposition of Shares of Common Stock

Subject to the discussions below of the backup withholding tax and the FATCA legislation, any gain realized by a non-U.S. holder on the sale or other disposition of shares of our common stock generally will not be subject to United States federal income tax unless:

 

•

the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of the non-U.S. holder in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income tax treaty, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment);

 

•

the non-U.S. holder is an individual who is present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition, and certain other conditions are met; or

 

129

---

Table of Contents

•

we are or have been a U.S. real property holding corporation (a “USRPHC”) for U.S. federal income tax purposes at any time during the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of the disposition or the period that the non-U.S. holder held shares of our common stock (the “applicable period”).

In the case of a non-U.S. holder described in the first bullet point above, any gain generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as if the non-U.S. holder were a U.S. person as defined under the Code (unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise), and a non-U.S. holder that is a foreign corporation may also be subject to the branch profits tax at a rate of 30% on its effectively connected earnings and profits (subject to adjustments), unless an applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Except as otherwise provided by an applicable income tax treaty, an individual non-U.S. holder described in the second bullet point above will be subject to a 30% tax on any gain derived from the sale, which may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses, even though the individual is not considered a resident of the United States under the Code.

We believe we are not and do not anticipate becoming a USRPHC. However, because the determination of whether we are a USRPHC depends on the fair market value of our U.S. real property relative to the fair market value of other business assets, there can be no assurance that we are not currently or will not become a USRPHC in the future. Even if we are or become a USRPHC, so long as our common stock is regularly traded on an established securities market, a non-U.S. holder will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain not otherwise taxable only if such non-U.S. holder actually or constructively owned more than five percent of our outstanding common stock at some time during the applicable period. You should consult your own tax advisor about the consequences that could result if we are, or become, a USRPHC.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding

The amount of dividends paid to each non-U.S. holder, and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends will be reported annually to the IRS and to each such holder, regardless of whether withholding was reduced or eliminated by an applicable tax treaty. Copies of the information returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be made available to the tax authorities in the country in which the non-U.S. holder resides or is established under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or agreement.

A non-U.S. holder generally will be subject to backup withholding with respect to dividends paid to such holder unless such holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a non-U.S. person (and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that such holder is a U.S. person as defined under the Code), or such holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances, backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale or other disposition by a non-U.S. holder of shares of our common stock within the United States or conducted through certain U.S.-related financial intermediaries unless such non-U.S. holder certifies under penalty of perjury that it is not a U.S. person (as defined under the Code), and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know that the non-U.S. holder is a United States person, or such non-U.S. holder otherwise establishes an exemption.

Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be allowed as a refund or a credit against a non-U.S. holder’s U.S. federal income tax liability provided the required information is timely furnished to the IRS.

Legislation Affecting Taxation of Common Stock Held by or Through Foreign Entities

Legislation enacted in 2010, known as the “FATCA” legislation, generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and on the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a “foreign financial institution” (as specifically defined for this purpose), unless such institution enters into an agreement with the U.S. government to collect and provide to the U.S. tax authorities

 

130

---

Table of Contents

substantial information regarding U.S. account holders of such institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are foreign entities with U.S. owners). Absent any applicable exception, this legislation also generally will impose a withholding tax of 30% on dividend income from our common stock and the gross proceeds of a sale or other disposition of our common stock paid to a foreign entity that is not a foreign financial institution unless such entity provides the applicable withholding agent either with (i) a certification identifying the substantial U.S. owners of the entity, which generally includes any U.S. person who directly or indirectly owns more than 10% of the entity (or more than zero percent in the case of some entities) or (ii) a certification that the entity does not have any substantial U.S. owners. The foregoing withholding tax will apply in certain circumstances regardless of whether such foreign financial institution or foreign entity is a beneficial owner or is acting as an intermediary. Under certain circumstances, a non-U.S. holder of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of such withholding taxes, and a non-U.S. holder might be required to file a U.S. federal income tax return to claim such refunds or credits. Under final Treasury regulations, this legislation only applies to payments of dividends made after June 30, 2014 and payments of gross proceeds made after December 31, 2016. Non-U.S. holders should consult their own tax advisors regarding the implications of this legislation on their investment in our common stock.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

Shares of our common stock that are owned (or deemed to be owned) at the time of death by a non-U.S. holder who is an individual will be includable in such non-U.S. holder’s taxable estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes, unless an applicable estate tax treaty provides otherwise.

THE SUMMARY OF CERTAIN U.S. FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS ABOVE IS INCLUDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION PURPOSES ONLY. POTENTIAL PURCHASERS OF OUR COMMON STOCK ARE URGED TO CONSULT THEIR OWN TAX ADVISORS TO DETERMINE THE U.S. FEDERAL, STATE AND LOCAL AND NON-U.S. INCOME, ESTATE AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON STOCK.

 

131

---

Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

The selling stockholders are offering the shares of common stock described in this prospectus through a number of underwriters. J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, Goldman, Sachs & Co. and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as joint book-running managers of the offering and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated are acting as representatives of the underwriters. We and the selling stockholders have entered into an underwriting agreement with the underwriters. Subject to the terms and conditions of the underwriting agreement, the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to the underwriters, and each underwriter has severally agreed to purchase, at the public offering price less the underwriting discounts and commissions set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, the number of shares of common stock listed next to its name in the following table:

 

Underwriters		Number of shares
J.P. Morgan Securities LLC			2,691,600
Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC			2,691,600
Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith                       Incorporated			2,080,800
Goldman, Sachs & Co.			1,320,000
Wells Fargo Securities, LLC			1,320,000
BMO Capital Markets Corp.			360,000
Cowen and Company, LLC			360,000
Guggenheim Securities, LLC			360,000
SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, Inc.			360,000
Telsey Advisory Group LLC			360,000
Samuel A. Ramirez & Company, Inc.			96,000
Total			12,000,000

The underwriters are committed to purchase all the common shares offered by the selling stockholders if they purchase any shares. The underwriting agreement also provides that, if an underwriter defaults, the purchase commitments of non-defaulting underwriters may also be increased or the offering may be terminated.

The underwriters propose to offer the common shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and to certain dealers at that price less a concession not in excess of $0.57936 per share. After the public offering of the shares, the offering price and other selling terms may be changed by the underwriters. Sales of shares made outside of the United States may be made by affiliates of the underwriters. The offering of the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and acceptance and subject to the underwriters’ right to reject any order in whole or in part.

The underwriters have an option to buy up to 1,800,000 additional shares of common stock from certain selling stockholders. The underwriters have 30 days from the date of this prospectus to exercise this option to purchase additional shares. If any shares are purchased with this option, the underwriters will purchase shares in approximately the same proportion as shown in the table above. If any additional shares of common stock are purchased, the underwriters will offer the additional shares on the same terms as those on which the shares are being offered.

 

132

---

Table of Contents

The underwriting fee is equal to the public offering price per share of common stock less the amount paid by the underwriters to us per share of common stock. The underwriting fee is $0.9656 per share. The following table shows the per share and total underwriting discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the selling stockholders assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares.

 

		Without option exercise				With full option exercise
Per share		$	0.9656			$	0.9656
Total		$	11,587,200			$	13,325,280

We estimate that the total expenses of this offering payable by us, including registration, filing and listing fees, printing fees and legal and accounting expenses, but excluding the underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately $1.9 million. We have agreed with the underwriters to pay all expenses and application fees (including the legal fees of counsel for the underwriters) incurred and invoiced in connection with any filing with, and clearance of the offering by, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, Inc. in an aggregate amount not to exceed $25,000. The underwriters have agreed to reimburse us for certain expenses in connection with the offering.

A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the web sites maintained by one or more underwriters, or selling group members, if any, participating in the offering. The underwriters may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters and selling group members for sale to their online brokerage account holders. Internet distributions will be allocated by the representatives to underwriters and selling group members that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations.

We have agreed that we will not (i) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise dispose of, directly or indirectly, or file with the SEC a registration statement under the Securities Act relating to, any shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any shares of our common stock, or publicly disclose the intention to make any offer, sale, pledge, disposition or filing (other than filings on Form S-8 relating to our employee benefit plans), or (ii) enter into any swap or other arrangement that transfers all or a portion of the economic consequences associated with the ownership of any shares of common stock or any such other securities (regardless of whether any of these transactions are to be settled by the delivery of shares of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise), in each case without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, for a period of 75 days after the date of this prospectus, subject to certain exceptions. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 75-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to our company; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 75-day restricted period we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 75-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

Each of our executive officers and directors, Bain Capital and certain other selling security holders have entered into lock-up agreements with the underwriters prior to the commencement of this offering pursuant to which each of these persons or entities, with limited exceptions, for a period of 75 days after the date of this prospectus, may not, without the prior written consent of J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Morgan Stanley & Co. LLC and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, (1) offer, pledge, announce the intention to sell, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase, or otherwise transfer or dispose of, directly or indirectly, any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock (including, without limitation, common stock or such other securities which may be deemed to be beneficially

 

133

---

Table of Contents

owned by such directors, executive officers, managers and members in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC and securities which may be issued upon exercise of a stock option or warrant) or (2) enter into any swap or other agreement that transfers, in whole or in part, any of the economic consequences of ownership of the common stock or such other securities, whether any such transaction described in clause (1) or (2) above is to be settled by delivery of common stock or such other securities, in cash or otherwise, or (3) make any demand for or exercise any right with respect to the registration of any shares of our common stock or any security convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for our common stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if (1) during the last 17 days of the 75-day restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event relating to our company; or (2) prior to the expiration of the 75-day restricted period we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the 75-day period, the restrictions described above shall continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release or the announcement of the material news or material event.

We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the several underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act.

Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “BURL.”

In connection with this offering, the underwriters may engage in stabilizing transactions, which involves making bids for, purchasing and selling shares of common stock in the open market for the purpose of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock while this offering is in progress. These stabilizing transactions may include making short sales of the common stock, which involves the sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares of common stock than they are required to purchase in this offering, and purchasing shares of common stock on the open market to cover positions created by short sales. Short sales may be “covered” shorts, which are short positions in an amount not greater than the underwriters’ option to purchase additional shares from certain selling stockholders, or may be “naked” shorts, which are short positions in excess of that amount. The underwriters may close out any covered short position either by exercising their option to purchase additional shares from certain selling stockholders, in whole or in part, or by purchasing shares in the open market. In making this determination, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market compared to the price at which the underwriters may purchase shares through the option to purchase additional shares from certain selling stockholders. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common stock in the open market that could adversely affect investors who purchase in this offering. To the extent that the underwriters create a naked short position, they will purchase shares in the open market to cover the position.

The underwriters have advised us that, pursuant to Regulation M of the Securities Act, they may also engage in other activities that stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the price of the common stock, including the imposition of penalty bids. This means that if the representatives of the underwriters purchase common stock in the open market in stabilizing transactions or to cover short sales, the representatives can require the underwriters that sold those shares as part of this offering to repay the underwriting discount received by them.

These activities may have the effect of raising or maintaining the market price of the common stock or preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock, and, as a result, the price of the common stock may be higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open market. If the underwriters commence these activities, they may discontinue them at any time. The underwriters may carry out these transactions on the the New York Stock Exchange, in the over-the-counter market or otherwise.

Other than in the United States, no action has been taken by us or the underwriters that would permit a public offering of the securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action for that purpose is required. The securities offered by this prospectus may not be offered or sold, directly or indirectly, nor may this prospectus or any other offering material or advertisements in connection with the offer and sale of any such securities be distributed or published in any jurisdiction, except under circumstances that will result in

 

134

---

Table of Contents

compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of that jurisdiction. Persons into whose possession this prospectus comes are advised to inform themselves about and to observe any restrictions relating to the offering and the distribution of this prospectus. This prospectus does not constitute an offer to sell or a solicitation of an offer to buy any securities offered by this prospectus in any jurisdiction in which such an offer or a solicitation is unlawful.

European Economic Area

In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area which has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a “Relevant Member State”), from and including the date on which the European Union Prospectus Directive (the “EU Prospectus Directive”) was implemented in that Relevant Member State (the “Relevant Implementation Date”) an offer of securities described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the EU Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of securities described in this prospectus may be made to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

 

•

to any legal entity which is a qualified investor as defined under the EU Prospectus Directive including:

 

(a)

(in the case of Relevant Member States that have not implemented the 2010 PD Amending Directive), legal entities which are authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities, or any legal entity which has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; and

 

(b)

(in the case of Relevant Member States that have implemented the 2010 PD Amending Directive), persons or entities that are described in points (1) to (4) of Section I of Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, and those who are treated on request as professional clients in accordance with Annex II to Directive 2004/39/EC, or recognized as eligible counterparties in accordance with Article 24 of Directive 2004/39/EC unless they have requested that they be treated as non-professional clients; or

 

•

to fewer than 100 or, if the Relevant Member State has implemented the relevant provision of the 2010 PD Amending Directive, 150 natural or legal persons (other than qualified investors as defined in the EU Prospectus Directive); or

 

•

in any other circumstances falling within Article 3(2) of the EU Prospectus Directive, provided that no such offer of securities described in this prospectus shall result in a requirement for the publication by us of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the EU Prospectus Directive.

Each person in a Relevant Member State who initially acquires any shares or to whom any offer is made will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that (A) it is a “qualified investor” within the meaning of the law in that Relevant Member State implementing Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, and (B) in the case of any shares acquired by it as a financial intermediary, as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, the shares acquired by it in the offering have not been acquired on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in any Relevant Member State other than “qualified investors” as defined in the Prospectus Directive, or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the representatives has been given to the offer or resale. In the case of any shares being offered to a financial intermediary as that term is used in Article 3(2) of the Prospectus Directive, each such financial intermediary will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that the shares acquired by it in the offer have not been

 

135

---

Table of Contents

acquired on a non-discretionary basis on behalf of, nor have they been acquired with a view to their offer or resale to, persons in circumstances which may give rise to an offer of any shares to the public other than their offer or resale in a Relevant Member State to qualified investors as so defined or in circumstances in which the prior consent of the underwriters has been obtained to each such proposed offer or resale.

We, the underwriters and their affiliates will rely upon the truth and accuracy of the foregoing representations, acknowledgements and agreements.

This prospectus has been prepared on the basis that any offer of shares in any Relevant Member State will be made pursuant to an exemption under the Prospectus Directive from the requirement to publish a prospectus for offers of shares. Accordingly any person making or intending to make an offer in that Relevant Member State of shares which are the subject of the offering contemplated in this prospectus may only do so in circumstances in which no obligation arises for us or any of the underwriters to publish a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive in relation to such offer. Neither we nor the underwriters have authorized, nor do they authorize, the making of any offer of shares in circumstances in which an obligation arises for us or the underwriters to publish a prospectus for such offer.

For the purposes of this provision, the expression an “offer of securities to the public” in relation to any securities in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the securities to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the securities, as the same may be varied in that Member State by any measure implementing the EU Prospectus Directive in that Member State. The expression “EU Prospectus Directive” means Directive 2003/71/EC (and any amendments thereto, including the 2010 PD Amending Directive, to the extent implemented in the Relevant Member State) and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State, and the expression “2010 PD Amending Directive” means Directive 2010/73/EU.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

In addition, in the United Kingdom, this document is being distributed only to, and is directed only at, and any offer subsequently made may only be directed at persons who are “qualified investors” (as defined in the Prospectus Directive) (i) who have professional experience in matters relating to investments falling within Article 19 (5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, as amended (the “Order”) and/or (ii) who are high net worth companies (or persons to whom it may otherwise be lawfully communicated) falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as “relevant persons”). This document must not be acted on or relied on in the United Kingdom by persons who are not relevant persons. In the United Kingdom, any investment or investment activity to which this document relates is only available to, and will be engaged in with, relevant persons.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Hong Kong

The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other circumstances which do not result in the document being a “prospectus” within the meaning of the Companies Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement, invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue (in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to persons outside Hong Kong or only to “professional investors” within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap. 571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.

 

136

---

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in Singapore

This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus and any other document or material in connection with the offer or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the “SFA”), (ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other applicable provision of the SFA.

Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole business of which is to hold investments and the entire share capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor, shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that corporation or the beneficiaries’ rights and interest in that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA; (2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or (3) by operation of law.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Japan

The securities have not been and will not be registered under the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan (the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law) and each underwriter has agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws, regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.

Notice to Prospective Investors in Switzerland

The shares may not be publicly offered in Switzerland and will not be listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange (“SIX”) or on any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. This document has been prepared without regard to the disclosure standards for issuance prospectuses under art. 652a or art. 1156 of the Swiss Code of Obligations or the disclosure standards for listing prospectuses under art. 27 ff. of the SIX Listing Rules or the listing rules of any other stock exchange or regulated trading facility in Switzerland. Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the shares or the offering may be publicly distributed or otherwise made publicly available in Switzerland.

Neither this document nor any other offering or marketing material relating to the offering, us, the shares have been or will be filed with or approved by any Swiss regulatory authority. In particular, this document will not be filed with, and the offer of shares will not be supervised by, the Swiss Financial Market Supervisory Authority FINMA (“FINMA”), and the offer of shares has not been and will not be authorized under the Swiss Federal Act on Collective Investment Schemes (“CISA”). The investor protection afforded to acquirers of interests in collective investment schemes under the CISA does not extend to acquirers of shares.

 

137

---

Table of Contents

Notice to Prospective Investors in the Dubai International Financial Centre

This prospectus relates to an Exempt Offer in accordance with the Offered Securities Rules of the Dubai Financial Services Authority (“DFSA”). This prospectus supplement is intended for distribution only to persons of a type specified in the Offered Securities Rules of the DFSA. It must not be delivered to, or relied on by, any other person. The DFSA has no responsibility for reviewing or verifying any documents in connection with Exempt Offers. The DFSA has not approved this prospectus supplement nor taken steps to verify the information set forth herein and has no responsibility for the prospectus supplement. The shares to which this prospectus relates may be illiquid and/or subject to restrictions on their resale. Prospective purchasers of the shares offered should conduct their own due diligence on the shares. If you do not understand the contents of this prospectus supplement you should consult an authorized financial advisor.

Other Relationships

The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full service financial institutions engaged in various activities, which may include securities trading, commercial and investment banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage activities.

Certain of the underwriters and their affiliates have provided in the past to us and our affiliates and may provide from time to time in the future certain commercial banking, financial advisory, investment banking and other services for us and such affiliates in the ordinary course of their business, for which they have received and may continue to receive customary fees and commissions. In addition, from time to time, certain of the underwriters and their affiliates may effect transactions for their own account or the account of customers, and hold on behalf of themselves or their customers, long or short positions in our debt or equity securities or loans, and may do so in the future. Specifically, affiliates of certain of the underwriters are currently lenders and/or agents under the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility and the ABL Line of Credit. Additionally, certain underwriters or their affiliates are counterparties under certain of our interest rate swap agreements.

In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity securities (or related derivative securities) and financial instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for the accounts of their customers, and such investment and securities activities may involve securities and/or instruments of the issuer. The underwriters and their respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations and/or publish or express independent research views in respect of such securities or instruments and may, at any time, hold, or recommend to clients that they acquire long and/or short positions in such securities and instruments.

Solebury Capital LLC (“Solebury”), a FINRA member, is acting as our financial advisor in connection with the offering. We expect to pay Solebury, upon the successful completion of this offering, a fee of up to approximately $350,000 for its services. We have also agreed to reimburse Solebury for certain expenses incurred in connection with the engagement of up to $5,000. Solebury is not acting as an underwriter and will not sell or offer to sell any securities and will not identify, solicit or engage directly with potential investors. In addition, Solebury will not underwrite or purchase any of the offered securities or otherwise participate in any such undertaking.

 

138

---

Table of Contents

LEGAL MATTERS

Kirkland & Ellis LLP, New York, New York will pass upon the validity of the common stock offered hereby on our behalf. The underwriters are represented by Cahill Gordon & Reindel LLP, New York, New York. An investment partnership composed of partners of Kirkland & Ellis LLP has an indirect equity interest in Burlington Stores, Inc.

EXPERTS

The consolidated financial statements of Burlington Stores, Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, and for each of the three fiscal years in the period ended February 1, 2014 included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedules included elsewhere in this registration statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report appearing elsewhere in this prospectus. Such consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedules have been so included in reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on Form S-1, including exhibits and schedules, under the Securities Act with respect to the shares of our common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement or the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. For further information with respect to us and the common stock offered hereby, reference is made to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed therewith. Statements contained in this prospectus regarding the contents of any contract or any other document that is filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete, and each such statement is qualified in all respects by reference to the full text of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement.

We are subject to the information and periodic and current reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, and, in accordance therewith, file periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such periodic and current reports, proxy statements and other information are available to the public on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov and free of charge through our website at www.burlingtonstores.com. To receive copies of public records not posted to the SEC’s website at prescribed rates, you may complete an online form at www.sec.gov, send a fax to (202) 772-9337 or submit a written request to the SEC, Office of FOIA/PA Operations, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. Please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information. Please note that our website address is provided as an inactive textual reference only. The information contained on, or accessible through, our website is not part of this prospectus and is therefore not incorporated by reference.

 

139

---

Table of Contents

INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

		Page
Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			F-2
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013			F-3
Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012			F-4
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012			F-5
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012			F-6
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the fiscal years ended February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012			F-7

 

F-1

---

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Burlington Stores, Inc.

Burlington, New Jersey

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Burlington Stores, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ deficit, and cash flows for the years ended February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012. Our audits also included the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2). These financial statements and financial statement schedules are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements and financial statement schedules based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Burlington Stores, Inc. and subsidiaries as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years ended February 1, 2014, February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedules, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Parsippany, New Jersey

March 31, 2014

 

F-2

---

Table of Contents

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(All amounts in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and Cash Equivalents		$	132,984			$	43,336
Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents			32,100				34,800
Accounts Receivable (Net of Allowances for Doubtful Accounts of $109 at February 1, 2014, and $81 at February 2, 2013)			35,678				41,734
Merchandise Inventories			720,052				680,190
Deferred Tax Assets			13,475				6,133
Prepaid and Other Current Assets			77,708				66,243
Prepaid Income Taxes			4,523				7,218
Total Current Assets			1,016,520				879,654
Property and Equipment—Net of Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization			902,657				878,305
Tradenames			238,000				238,000
Favorable Leases—Net of Accumulated Amortization			292,553				322,081
Goodwill			47,064				47,064
Other Assets			124,298				112,978
Total Assets		$	2,621,092			$	2,478,082
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT
Current Liabilities:
Accounts Payable		$	542,987			$	500,406
Other Current Liabilities			301,803				238,865
Current Maturities of Long Term Debt			59,026				784
Total Current Liabilities			903,816				740,055
Long Term Debt			1,369,159				1,335,532
Other Liabilities			255,877				229,425
Deferred Tax Liabilities			242,708				253,339
Commitments and Contingencies (Notes 9, 12, 13, 16, 18 and 21)
Common Stock, Class L (Notes 10 and 11)			—				1,029,189
Stockholders’ Deficit:
Preferred Stock, $0.0001 Par Value: Authorized: 50,000,000 shares; no shares issued and outstanding			—				—
Common Stock, $0.0001 Par Value; Authorized: 500,000,000 shares and 568,416,244 shares at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively;     Issued: 74,218,275 shares and 517,979,682 shares at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively;     Outstanding: 73,686,524 shares and 513,167,094 shares at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively			7				47
Additional Paid-in Capital			1,346,259				—
Accumulated Deficit			(1,492,409	)			(1,109,501	)
Treasury Stock, at cost: 531,751 shares and 4,812,588 shares at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively			(4,325	)			(4	)
Total Stockholders’ Deficit			(150,468	)			(1,109,458	)
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit		$	2,621,092			$	2,478,082

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-3

---

Table of Contents

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(All amounts in thousands, except per share data)

 

		Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013 (53 Weeks)				January 28, 2012
REVENUES:
Net Sales		$	4,427,503			$	4,131,379			$	3,854,134
Other Revenue			34,484				34,125				33,397
Total Revenue			4,461,987				4,165,504				3,887,531
COSTS AND EXPENSES:
Cost of Sales			2,695,957				2,530,124				2,363,464
Selling and Administrative Expenses			1,391,788				1,312,682				1,215,774
Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other			23,026				4,175				(473	)
Stock Option Modification Expense			10,418				—				—
Restructuring and Separation Costs (Note 15)			2,171				2,999				7,438
Depreciation and Amortization			168,195				166,786				153,070
Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets (Note 7)			3,180				11,539				1,735
Other Income, Net			(8,939	)			(8,115	)			(9,942	)
Loss on Extinguishment of Debt			16,094				2,222				37,764
Interest Expense (inclusive of (Gain) Loss on Interest Rate Cap Agreements)			127,739				113,927				129,121
Total Costs and Expenses			4,429,629				4,136,339				3,897,951
Income (Loss) Before Income Tax Expense (Benefit)			32,358				29,165				(10,420	)
Income Tax Expense (Benefit)			16,208				3,864				(4,148	)
Net Income (Loss)		$	16,150			$	25,301			$	(6,272	)
Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)		$	16,150			$	25,301			$	(6,272	)
Class L Preference Amount		$	(111,282	)		$	(146,923	)		$	(123,270	)
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders		$	(95,132	)		$	(121,622	)		$	(129,542	)
Allocation of Net Income (Loss) to Common Stockholders—Basic:
Class L Stockholders		$	111,282			$	146,923			$	123,270
Common Stockholders		$	(95,132	)		$	(121,622	)		$	(129,542	)
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Basic:
Class L Stockholders		$	31.93			$	28.76			$	24.58
Common Stockholders		$	(0.26	)		$	(0.24	)		$	(0.26	)
Allocation of Net Income (Loss) to Common Stockholders—Diluted:
Class L Stockholders		$	111,282			$	146,923			$	123,270
Common Stockholders		$	(144,392	)		$	(134,086	)		$	(140,824	)
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Diluted:
Class L Stockholders		$	31.93			$	28.76			$	24.58
Common Stockholders		$	(0.39	)		$	(0.27	)		$	(0.28	)
Weighted Average Number of Shares—Basic
Class L Stockholders			3,485				5,109				5,016
Common Stockholders			369,567				505,802				496,606
Weighted Average Number of Shares—Diluted
Class L Stockholders			3,485				5,109				5,016
Common Stockholders			370,040				505,802				496,606

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-4

---

Table of Contents

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(All amounts in thousands)

 

		Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013 (53 Weeks)				January 28, 2012
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net Income (Loss)		$	16,150			$	25,301			$	(6,272	)
Adjustments to Reconcile Net Income (Loss) to Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities:
Depreciation and Amortization			168,195				166,786				153,070
Amortization and Write-Off of Debt Issuance Costs			9,574				5,805				11,904
Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets			3,180				11,539				1,735
Accretion of Senior Notes and Senior Discount Notes			2,998				1,899				59
Interest Rate Cap Contracts-Adjustment to Market			68				45				3,165
Provision for Losses on Accounts Receivable			304				115				1,211
Deferred Income Tax (Benefit)			(17,973	)			(6,536	)			(701	)
Loss on Disposition of Fixed Assets and Leasehold Improvements			1,157				2,233				2,261
Non-Cash Loss on Extinguishment of Debt—Write-off of Deferred Financing Fees			11,506				2,222				16,435
Non-Cash Stock Compensation Expense			10,203				2,747				5,797
Non-Cash Rent Expense			(11,059	)			(9,873	)			(5,363	)
Deferred Rent Incentives			41,571				33,400				32,427
Excess Tax (Expense) Benefit from Stock Based Compensation			—				(497	)			32
Insurance Recoveries			3,573				4,000				—
Changes in Assets and Liabilities:
Accounts Receivable			1,573				(11,814	)			(1,650	)
Merchandise Inventories			(39,862	)			2,070				(38,033	)
Prepaid and Other Current Assets			(8,961	)			(11,891	)			(8,845	)
Accounts Payable			42,581				224,121				85,824
Other Current Liabilities			51,096				14,795				6,959
Other Long Term Assets and Long Term Liabilities			3,477				(3,958	)			(10,032	)
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities			289,351				452,509				249,983
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Cash Paid for Property and Equipment			(168,267	)			(166,721	)			(153,373	)
Change in Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents			2,700				—				(4,536	)
Proceeds From Sale of Property and Equipment and Assets Held for Sale			773				1,435				757
Lease Acquisition Costs			—				(530	)			(557	)
Other			—				—				(1,064	)
Net Cash Used in Investing Activities			(164,794	)			(165,816	)			(158,773	)
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from Long Term Debt—ABL Line of Credit			806,800				459,800				1,073,700
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt—ABL Line of Credit			(806,800	)			(649,800	)			(1,052,300	)
Proceeds from Long Term Debt—Term Loan			—				116,913				991,623
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt—Term Loan			(36,533	)			(205,749	)			(42,500	)
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt—Senior Notes			—				—				(99,309	)
Proceeds from Long Term Debt—Holdco Notes			343,000				—				—
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt—Holdco Notes			(221,777	)			—				—
Proceeds from Long Term Debt—Notes Payable			—				—				450,000
Principal Payments on Long Term Debt—Senior Discount Notes			—				—				(302,056	)
Repayment of Capital Lease Obligations			(920	)			(768	)			(829	)
Principal Repayment of Previous Term Loan			—				—				(777,550	)
Payment of Dividends			(336,000	)			(1,711	)			(297,917	)
Purchase of Treasury Shares			—				(7	)			(6	)
Proceeds from Stock Option Exercises and Related Tax Benefits			2,527				2,760				2,024
Debt Issuance Costs			(22,126	)			(459	)			(30,640	)
Proceeds from Initial Public Offering			260,667				—				—
Offering Costs			(23,747	)			—				—
Net Cash Used in Financing Activities			(34,909	)			(279,021	)			(85,760	)
Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents			89,648				7,672				5,450
Cash and Cash Equivalents at Beginning of Period			43,336				35,664				30,214
Cash and Cash Equivalents at End of Period		$	132,984			$	43,336			$	35,664
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:
Interest Paid		$	111,533			$	108,180			$	102,304
Income Tax Payments, Net of Refunds		$	2,769			$	4,191			$	5,697
Accretion of Class L Preferred Return		$	104,859			$	141,571			$	121,048
Non-Cash Investing Activities:
Accrued Purchases of Property and Equipment		$	21,604			$	14,102			$	12,969
Acquisition of Capital Lease		$	887			$	—			$	—

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-5

---

Table of Contents

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

(All dollar amounts in thousands)

 

		Common Stock								Additional Paid-in Capital				Accumulated Deficit				Treasury Stock								Total
		Shares				Amount												Shares				Amount
Balance at January 29, 2011			504,827,235			$	46			$	—			$	(603,284	)			(4,785,759	)		$	(4	)		$	(603,242	)
Net Loss			—				—				—				(6,272	)			—				—				(6,272	)
Accretion of Class L Preferred Return			—				—				(4,672	)			(116,376	)			—				—				(121,048	)
Stock Options Exercised and Related Tax Benefit			5,994,351				—				62				—				—				—				62
Forfeited Restricted Shares			(656,964	)			—				—				—				—				—				—
Stock Option Compensation			—				—				4,610				—				—				—				4,610
Repurchase of Restricted Stock			—				—				—				—				(15,840	)			—				—
Dividend			—				—				—				(270,000	)			—				—				(270,000	)
Balance at January 28, 2012			510,164,622				46			$	—				(995,932	)			(4,801,599	)			(4	)			(995,890	)
Net Income			—				—				—				25,301				—				—				25,301
Accretion of Class L Preferred Return			—				—				(2,364	)			(139,207	)			—				—				(141,571	)
Stock Options Exercised and Related Tax Benefit			7,320,060				1				104				—				—				—				105
Issuance of Restricted Shares			495,000				—				—				—				—				—				—
Stock Option Compensation			—				—				2,260				—				—				—				2,260
Repurchase of Restricted Stock			—				—				—				—				(10,989	)			—				—
Other			—				—				—				337				—				—				337
Balance at February 2, 2013			517,979,682				47				—				(1,109,501	)			(4,812,588	)			(4	)			(1,109,458	)
Net Income			—				—				—				16,150				—				—				16,150
Accretion of Class L Preferred Return			—				—				(8,201	)			(96,658	)			—				—				(104,859	)
Stock Options Exercised and Related Tax Benefit			11,668,810				1				—				—				—				—				1
Stock Option Compensation			—				—				10,203				—				—				—				10,203
Dividend			—				—				—				(302,400	)			—				—				(302,400	)
Issuance of Restricted Shares			26,396				—				—				—				—				—				—
Cancellation of Class A Shares			(529,620,894	)			(48	)			—				—				4,812,588				4				(44	)
Conversion of Class L Stock to Common Stock			58,830,948				6				1,107,338				—				(531,751	)			(4,325	)			1,103,019
Initial Public Offering			15,333,333				1				236,919				—				—				—				236,920
Balance at February 1, 2014			74,218,275			$	7			$	1,346,259			$	(1,492,409	)			(531,751	)		$	(4,325	)		$	(150,468	)

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-6

---

Table of Contents

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Business

As of February 1, 2014, Burlington Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries (the Company), a Delaware Corporation, through its indirect subsidiary Burlington Coat Factory Warehouse Corporation (BCFWC), operated 521 retail stores, inclusive of an internet store, in 44 states and Puerto Rico, selling apparel, footwear and accessories for men, women and children. A majority of those stores offer a home furnishing and linens department and a juvenile furniture department. As of February 1, 2014, the Company operated stores under the names “Burlington Coat Factory” (503 stores), “Cohoes Fashions” (two stores), “Super Baby Depot” (two stores), “MJM Designer Shoes” (13 stores) and “Burlington Shoes” (one store). Cohoes Fashions offers products similar to that of Burlington Coat Factory. MJM Designer Shoes and Burlington Shoes offer moderately priced designer and fashion shoes. The Super Baby Depot stores offers baby clothing, accessories, furniture and other merchandise in the middle to higher price range. During Fiscal 2013, the Company opened 23 new stores under the name “Burlington Coat Factory” and closed two Burlington Coat Factory stores.

Basis of Consolidation and Presentation

The accompanying Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). The Consolidated Financial Statements include the accounts of Burlington Stores, Inc. and its subsidiaries. All inter-company accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Fiscal Years

The Company defines its fiscal year as the 52 or 53 week period ending on the Saturday closest to January 31. The Company’s fiscal years ended February 1, 2014 (Fiscal 2013), February 2, 2013 (Fiscal 2012) and January 28, 2012 (Fiscal 2011) consisted of 52 weeks, 53 weeks and 52 weeks, respectively.

Use of Estimates

The Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in conformity with GAAP. Certain amounts included in the Consolidated Financial Statements are estimated based on historical experience, currently available information and management’s judgment as to the expected outcome of future conditions and circumstances. While every effort is made to ensure the integrity of such estimates, actual results could differ from these estimates, and such differences could have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements.

Initial Public Offering

On October 7, 2013, the Company completed its initial public offering (the Offering) whereby 15,333,333 shares of common stock were sold to the public at $17.00 per share. Net proceeds from the offering, after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions and offering expenses (including a transaction fee under its Advisory Agreement with an affiliate of Bain Capital equal to 1% of the gross proceeds of the offering of $2.6 million), were $236.9 million.

Prior to the Offering, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class A common stock was automatically cancelled and then each outstanding share of the Company’s Class L common stock was automatically converted into one share of the Company’s Class A common stock. The Company then effected an 11-for-1 split of the Company’s Class A common stock and then reclassified the Company’s Class A common stock into Common

 

F-7

---

Table of Contents

Stock. Collectively, these transactions are referred to as the Reclassification. Unless otherwise indicated, all share data presented within the Consolidated Financial Statements gives effect to the stock split.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents represent cash and short-term, highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of purchase. Book cash overdrafts are included in the line item “Accounts Payable” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable consist of credit card receivables, lease incentive receivables and other receivables. Accounts receivable are recorded at net realizable value, which approximates fair value. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful accounts for amounts deemed uncollectible.

Inventories

Merchandise inventories are valued at the lower of cost, on an average cost basis, or market, as determined by the retail inventory method. The Company records its cost of merchandise (net of purchase discounts and certain vendor allowances), certain merchandise acquisition costs (primarily commissions and import fees), inbound freight, outbound freight from distribution centers, and freight on internally transferred merchandise in the line item “Cost of Sales” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Costs associated with the Company’s distribution, buying, and store receiving functions are included in the line items “Selling and Administrative Expenses” and “Depreciation and Amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Distribution and purchasing costs included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” amounted to $137.1 million, $114.3 million and $84.6 million for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively. Depreciation and amortization related to the distribution and purchasing functions for the same periods amounted to $14.1 million, $12.8 million and $8.9 million, respectively.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are recorded at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from 20 and 40 years for buildings, depending upon the expected useful life of the facility, and three to ten years for store fixtures and equipment. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lease term including any reasonably assured renewal options or the expected economic life of the improvement, whichever is less. Repairs and maintenance expenditures are expensed as incurred. Renewals and betterments, which significantly extend the useful lives of existing property and equipment, are capitalized. Assets recorded under capital leases are recorded at the present value of minimum lease payments and are amortized over the lease term. Amortization of assets recorded as capital leases is included in the line item “Depreciation and Amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The carrying value of all long-lived assets is reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, in accordance with ASC Topic No. 360 “Property, Plant, and Equipment” (Topic No. 360).

The Company accounts for impaired property and equipment in accordance with Topic No. 360. This topic requires that long-lived assets (i) be reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable and (ii) should be reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair value less cost to sell. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results in its evaluation of potential impairment and then compares the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of the

 

F-8

---

Table of Contents

impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value. The estimation of fair value is either based on prices for similar assets or measured by discounting expected future cash flows by the Company’s risk adjusted rate of interest. The recoverability assessment related to store-level assets requires judgments and estimates of future revenues, gross margin rates and store expenses. The Company believes its estimates are appropriate in light of current market conditions. However, future impairment charges could be required if the Company does not achieve its current revenue or cash flow projections. The Company recorded impairment charges related to property and equipment of $2.7 million, $5.2 million and $1.2 million during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively. These charges are recorded in the line item “Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Refer to Note 7, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion of the Company’s measurement of impairment of long-lived assets.

Capitalized Computer Software Costs

The Company accounts for capitalized software in accordance with ASC Topic No. 350 “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other” (Topic No. 350) which requires the capitalization of certain costs incurred in connection with developing or obtaining software for internal use. The Company capitalized $21.1 million and $19.8 million relating to these costs during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, respectively.

Purchased and internally developed software is amortized on a straight-line basis over the product’s estimated economic life, which is generally three to five years. The net carrying value of software is included in the line item “Property and Equipment—Net of Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets and software amortization is included in the line item “Depreciation and Amortization” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for intangible assets in accordance with Topic No. 350. The Company’s intangible assets primarily represent tradenames and favorable lease positions. The tradename asset “Burlington Coat Factory” is expected to generate cash flows indefinitely and, therefore, is accounted for as an indefinite-lived asset not subject to amortization. The values of favorable and unfavorable lease positions are amortized on a straight-line basis over the expected lease terms. Amortization of net favorable lease positions is included in the line item “Depreciation and Amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company evaluates its intangible assets for possible impairment as follows:

Indefinite-lived intangible assets: The Company tests identifiable intangible assets with an indefinite life for impairment on an annual basis, or when a triggering event occurs, relying on a number of factors that include operating results, business plans and projected future cash flows. The impairment test consists of a comparison of the fair value of the indefinite-lived intangible asset with its carrying amount. The Company determines fair value through the relief of royalty method which is a widely accepted valuation technique in March 2013. In May 2013, the Company’s annual assessment date, the Company performed a qualitative analysis and determined that it is more likely than not that the fair values of each of the Company’s identifiable intangible assets are greater than their respective carrying values. There were no impairment losses recorded during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011 related to indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Finite-lived intangible assets: Identifiable intangible assets that are subject to amortization are evaluated for impairment in accordance with Topic No. 360 using a process similar to that used to evaluate other long-lived assets as described in Note 7, “Impairment Charges.” An impairment loss is recognized for the amount by which the carrying value exceeds the fair value of the asset. For the favorable lease positions, if the carrying amount exceeds the estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value. The fair value is estimated by discounting expected future cash flows using the Company’s risk adjusted rate of interest. The Company did not

 

F-9

---

Table of Contents

record an impairment related to identifiable finite-lived intangible assets during Fiscal 2013. During Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the Company recorded $6.3 million and $0.1 million, respectively, of impairment charges related to identifiable finite-lived intangible asset charges, which are recorded in the line item “Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the acquisition cost over the estimated fair value of tangible assets and other identifiable intangible assets acquired less liabilities assumed. Topic No. 350 requires a comparison, at least annually, of the carrying value of the assets and liabilities associated with a reporting unit, including goodwill, with the fair value of the reporting unit. The Company determines fair value through multiple widely accepted valuation techniques in March 2013. These techniques use a variety of assumptions including projected market conditions, discount rates and future cash flows. If the carrying value of the assets and liabilities exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, the Company would calculate the implied fair value of its reporting unit goodwill as compared with the carrying value of its reporting unit goodwill to determine the appropriate impairment charge. In May 2013, the Company’s annual assessment date, the Company performed a qualitative analysis and determined that it is more likely than not that the fair values of each of the Company’s reporting unit is greater than their respective carrying values. There were no impairment losses recorded during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 or Fiscal 2011. Refer to Note 6, “Goodwill,” for further discussion of the recoverability of the Company’s goodwill.

Other Assets

Other assets consist primarily of deferred financing fees, landlord owned store assets that the Company has paid for as part of its lease, purchased lease rights and notes receivable. Deferred financing fees are amortized over the life of the related debt facility using the interest method of amortization. Amortization of deferred financing fees is recorded in the line item “Interest Expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Landlord owned assets represent leasehold improvements at certain stores that the Company has paid for, but where the landlord has retained title to such assets. These assets are amortized over the lease term inclusive of reasonably assured renewal options and the amortization is included in the line item “Depreciation and Amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Purchased lease rights are amortized over the lease term inclusive of reasonably assured renewal options and the amortization is recorded in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Both landlord owned assets and purchased lease rights are assessed for impairment in accordance with Topic No. 360. During Fiscal 2013 and 2011, the Company recorded impairment charges of $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively, related to landlord owned assets and purchased lease rights. These charges are recorded in the line item “Impairment Charges—Long-Lived Assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). There were no impairment charges in Fiscal 2012 related to landlord owned assets and purchased lease rights. Refer to Note 7, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion of the Company’s measurement of impairment of long-lived assets.

Other Current Liabilities

Other current liabilities primarily consist of sales tax payable, customer liabilities, accrued payroll costs, self-insurance reserves, accrued operating expenses, payroll taxes payable, current portion of straight line rent liability and other miscellaneous items. Customer liabilities totaled $29.2 million and $30.0 million as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively.

The Company has risk participation agreements with insurance carriers with respect to workers’ compensation, general liability insurance and health insurance. Pursuant to these arrangements, the Company is

 

F-10

---

Table of Contents

responsible for paying individual claims up to designated dollar limits. The amounts related to these claims are estimated and can vary based on changes in assumptions or claims experience included in the associated insurance programs. An increase in workers’ compensation claims, health insurance claims or general liability claims may result in a corresponding increase in costs related to these claims. Self insurance reserves as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 were:

 

		(in thousands)
		Years Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013
Short-Term Self Insurance Reserve(a)		$	23,553			$	21,165
Long-Term Self Insurance Reserve(b)			33,600				31,232
Total		$	57,153			$	52,397

 

(a)	Represents the portions of the self insurance reserve expected to be paid in the next twelve months which is recorded in the line item “Other Current Liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

(b)	The remaining self insurance reserve balance is recorded in the line item “Other Liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Other Liabilities

Other liabilities primarily consist of deferred lease incentives, the long term portion of self-insurance reserves, the excess of straight-line rent expense over actual rental payments and tax liabilities associated with the uncertain tax positions recognized by the Company in accordance with ASC Topic No. 740 “Income Taxes” (Topic No. 740).

Deferred lease incentives are funds received or receivable from landlords used primarily to offset the costs incurred for remodeling of stores. These deferred lease incentives are amortized over the expected lease term including rent holiday periods and option periods where the exercise of the option can be reasonably assured. Amortization of deferred lease incentives is included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). At February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, deferred lease incentives were $157.5 million and $138.1 million, respectively.

Revenue Recognition

The Company records revenue at the time of sale and delivery of merchandise, net of allowances for estimated future returns. The Company presents sales, net of sales taxes, in its Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The Company accounts for layaway sales and leased department revenue in compliance with ASC Topic No. 605 “Revenue Recognition” (Topic No. 605). Layaway sales are recognized upon delivery of merchandise to the customer. The amount of cash received upon initiation of the layaway is recorded as a deposit liability in the line item “Other Current Liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Store value cards (gift cards and store credits issued for merchandise returns) are recorded as a liability at the time of issuance, and the related sale is recorded upon redemption.

The Company determines an estimated store value card breakage rate by continuously evaluating historical redemption data. Breakage income is recognized monthly in proportion to the historical redemption patterns for those store value cards for which the likelihood of redemption is remote.

 

F-11

---

Table of Contents

Other Revenue

Other revenue consists of rental income received from leased departments, subleased rental income, layaway, alteration, dormancy and other service charges, inclusive of shipping and handling revenues (Service Fees) as shown in the table below:

 

		(in thousands)
		Years Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Service Fees		$	13,711			$	13,284			$	13,096
Rental Income from Leased Departments			10,924				10,639				9,566
Subleased Rental Income and Other			9,849				10,202				10,735
Total		$	34,484			$	34,125			$	33,397

Rental income from leased departments results from arrangements at some of the Company’s stores where the Company has granted unaffiliated third parties the right to use designated store space solely for the purpose of selling such third parties’ goods, including such items as fragrances and jewelry. Rental income is based on an agreed upon percentage of the lease departments’ total revenues. The Company does not own or have any rights to any tradenames, licenses or other intellectual property in connection with the brands sold by such unaffiliated third parties.

Advertising Costs

The Company’s advertising costs consist primarily of television and newspaper costs and are included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, net advertising cost was $83.3 million, $83.5 million and $77.6 million, respectively.

The Company nets certain cooperative advertising reimbursements received from vendors that meet the criteria of Topic No. 605 against specific, incremental, identifiable costs incurred in connection with selling the vendors’ products. Any excess reimbursement is characterized as a reduction of inventory and is recognized as a reduction to cost of sales as inventories are sold.

Barter Transactions

The Company accounts for barter transactions under ASC Topic No. 845 “Nonmonetary Transactions.” Barter transactions with commercial substance are recorded at the estimated fair value of the products exchanged, unless the products received have a more readily determinable estimated fair value. Revenue associated with barter transactions is recorded at the time of the exchange of the related assets. During Fiscal 2011 the Company exchanged $13.9 million of inventory for certain advertising credits. To account for the exchange, the Company recorded “Sales” and “Cost of Sales” of $13.9 million in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The $10.6 million of unused advertising credits remaining as of February 1, 2014 are expected to be used over the six consecutive fiscal years following Fiscal 2013.

The following table summarizes the prepaid advertising expense which is included in the line items “Prepaid and Other Current Assets” and “Other Assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013:

 

		(in thousands)
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013
Prepaid and Other Current Assets		$	2,842			$	2,553
Other Assets			7,718				10,551
Total Prepaid Advertising Expense		$	10,560			$	13,104

 

F-12

---

Table of Contents

The following table details barter credit usage for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011:

 

		(in thousands)
		Fiscal Years Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Barter Credit Usage		$	2,544			$	3,776			$	4,712

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes in accordance with Topic No. 740. Deferred income taxes reflect the impact of temporary differences between amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and such amounts as measured by tax laws. A valuation allowance against the Company’s deferred tax assets is recorded when it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. In determining the need for a valuation allowance, management is required to make assumptions and to apply judgment, including forecasting future earnings, taxable income, and the mix of earnings in the jurisdictions in which the Company operates. Management periodically assesses the need for a valuation allowance based on the Company’s current and anticipated results of operations. The need for and the amount of a valuation allowance can change in the near term if operating results and projections change significantly.

Topic No. 740 requires the recognition in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements of the impact of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, if that position is “more likely than not” of being sustained upon examination by the relevant taxing authority, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income taxes.

Other Income, Net

Other income, net, consists of investment income gains and losses, breakage income, net gains and losses from disposition of fixed assets, and other miscellaneous income items. During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the Company recognized $4.0 million, $2.5 million and $4.1 million, respectively, of breakage income.

Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The Company presents Comprehensive Income (Loss) on its Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) in accordance with ASC Topic No. 220 “Comprehensive Income.” During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 there were no differences between comprehensive income (loss) and net income (loss).

Lease Accounting

The Company leases store locations, distribution centers and office space used in its operations. The Company accounts for these types of leases in accordance with ASC Topic No. 840, “Leases” (Topic No. 840), and subsequent amendments, which require that leases be evaluated and classified as operating or capital leases for financial reporting purposes. Assets held under capital leases are included in the line item “Property and Equipment—Net of Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. For leases classified as operating, the Company calculates rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the lease term including renewal options, if reasonably assured, or the economic life of the leased premises, taking into

 

F-13

---

Table of Contents

consideration rent escalation clauses, rent holidays and other lease concessions. The Company commences recording rent expense during the store fixturing and merchandising phase of the leased property.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company accounts for stock-based compensation in accordance with ASC Topic No. 718, “Stock Compensation” (Topic No. 718), which requires companies to record stock compensation expense for all non-vested and new awards beginning as of the grant date. As of February 1, 2014, there were 16,125,258 shares reserved under the Company’s Management Incentive Plans as defined in Note 12, “Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation.” As of February 1, 2014, there were 4,619,323 shares of common stock reserved for options outstanding under the Company’s Management Incentive Plans and 73,686,524 shares of common stock issued and outstanding (including 81,396 shares of unvested restricted stock). During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the Company recognized non-cash stock compensation expense in the amount of $10.2 million, $2.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively. Refer to Note 12 for further details.

Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Net income (loss) per share is calculated using the treasury stock method. Refer to Note 11, “Net Income (Loss) Per Share,” for further details.

Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash, cash equivalents and investments. The Company manages the credit risk associated with cash equivalents and investments by investing with high-quality institutions and, by policy, limiting investments only to those which meet prescribed investment guidelines. The Company maintains cash accounts that, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses from maintaining cash accounts in excess of such limits. Management believes that it is not exposed to any significant risks on its cash and cash equivalent accounts.

Refinancing Costs

The Company incurs fees to creditors and/or third parties in connection with amendments to its debt facilities and refinancing transactions. The capitalization or expense of fees paid to a creditor or third party is dependent upon the determination if there is a modification or extinguishment of debt in accordance with ASC Topic No. 470-50, “Debt Modifications and Extinguishments” (Topic No. 470). Fees paid to the creditor when there is an extinguishment of debt are included in the determination of any debt extinguishment gain or loss. Fees paid to the creditor when there is no debt extinguishment are capitalized and amortized using the effective interest method over the life of the debt. Fees paid to a third party are expensed if there is no debt extinguishment and capitalized if there is a debt extinguishment.

Segment Information

The Company reports segment information in accordance with ASC Topic No. 280 “Segment Reporting” (Topic No. 280). The Company has one reportable segment.

Reclassification

During the fourth quarter of Fiscal 2013, the Company corrected the classification of its insurance recoveries in the Consolidating Statements of Cash Flows for Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012. There was no impact on the Company’s net cash provided by operating activities or net cash used in investing or financing activities for either Fiscal 2013 or Fiscal 2012.

 

F-14

---

Table of Contents

2. Recent Accounting Pronouncements

On February 28, 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-04, “Joint and Several Obligations” (ASU 2013-04). In accordance with ASU 2013-04, an entity is required to measure obligations resulting from joint and several liability arrangements for which the total amount of the obligation within the scope of the guidance is fixed at the reporting date. Required disclosures include a description of the joint and several arrangements and the total outstanding amount of the obligation for all joint parties. ASU 2013-04 is effective for all annual and interim periods in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company does not expect ASU 2013-04 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

In July 2013, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2013-11, “Presentation of an Unrecognized Tax Benefit When a Net Operating Loss Carryforward, a Similar Tax Loss, or a Tax Credit Carryforward Exists” (ASU 2013-11). ASU 2013-11 states that an unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a reduction to a deferred tax asset for a net operating loss carryforward or a tax credit carryforward, if available at the reporting date under the applicable tax law to settle any additional income taxes that would result from the disallowance of a tax position. If the tax law of the applicable jurisdiction does not require the entity to use, and the entity does not intend to use, the deferred tax asset for such purpose, the unrecognized tax benefit should be presented in the financial statements as a liability. The amendments in ASU 2013-11 are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2013. The Company does not expect ASU 2013-11 to have a material impact on the Company’s financial position or results of operations.

3. Restricted Cash and Cash Equivalents

At February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, restricted cash and cash equivalents consisted of $32.1 million and $34.8 million, respectively of collateral for certain insurance contracts. The Company has the ability to convert the restricted cash to a letter of credit at anytime, which would reduce available borrowings on the Company’s ABL Line of Credit by a like amount.

4. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment consist of:

 

				(in thousands)
		Useful Lives		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013
Land		N/A		$	162,331			$	162,849
Buildings		20 to 40 Years			365,101				361,028
Store Fixtures and Equipment		3 to 10 Years			568,342				503,736
Software		3 to 5 Years			163,547				149,322
Leasehold Improvements		Shorter of lease term or useful life			432,644				405,199
Construction in Progress		N/A			35,996				19,041
					1,727,961				1,601,175
Less: Accumulated Depreciation					(825,304	)			(722,870	)
Total Property and Equipment, Net of Accumulated Depreciation and Amortization				$	902,657			$	878,305

 

F-15

---

Table of Contents

As of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, assets, net of accumulated amortization of $12.7 million and $10.9 million, respectively, held under capital leases amounted to approximately $24.4 million and $25.2 million, respectively, and are included in the line item “Buildings” in the foregoing table. Amortization expense related to capital leases is included in the line item “Depreciation and Amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The total amount of depreciation expense during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 was $128.8 million, $127.5 million and $117.3 million, respectively.

During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the Company recorded impairment charges related to Property and Equipment of $2.7 million, $5.2 million and $1.2 million, respectively. Refer to Note 7, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion.

Internally developed software is amortized on a straight line basis over three to five years and is recorded in the line item “Depreciation and Amortization” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Depreciation and amortization of internally developed software amounted to $18.8 million, $20.3 million and $17.8 million, respectively, during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011.

5. Intangible Assets

The Company accounts for indefinite-lived intangible assets and finite-lived intangible assets in accordance with Topic No. 350 and Topic No. 360, respectively. In accordance with Topic No. 350, indefinite-lived intangible assets not subject to amortization shall be tested for impairment on an annual basis, and between annual tests in certain circumstances. The Company performs this assessment in the beginning of each May of the fiscal year. During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, there were no circumstances that required the Company to perform additional Topic No. 350 testing.

In accordance with Topic No. 360, the Company tests long-lived assets and certain identifiable intangibles, including favorable leases, to be used by an entity for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The Company considers historical performance and future estimated results in its evaluation of potential impairment and then compares the carrying amount of the asset to the estimated future cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset. If the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the estimated expected undiscounted future cash flows, the Company measures the amount of the impairment by comparing the carrying amount of the asset to its fair value. The estimation of fair value is either based on prices for similar assets or measured by discounting expected future cash flows using the Company’s risk adjusted interest rate. Refer to Note 7, “Impairment Charges,” for further discussion regarding the Company’s impairment testing under Topic No. 360.

Intangible assets at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 consist primarily of tradenames and favorable lease positions as follows:

 

		(in thousands)
		February 1, 2014												February 2, 2013
		Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Amount				Gross Carrying Amount				Accumulated Amortization				Net Amount
Tradenames		$	238,000			$	—			$	238,000			$	238,000			$	—			$	238,000
Favorable Leases		$	487,350			$	(194,797	)		$	292,553			$	502,155			$	(180,074	)		$	322,081

Tradenames

The Company’s Fiscal 2013 assessment of the fair value of the Company’s tradenames concluded that the fair value exceeded its carrying value, indicating that the asset was not impaired.

 

F-16

---

Table of Contents

The recoverability assessment with respect to the tradenames used in the Company’s operations requires the Company to estimate the fair value of the tradenames as of the assessment date. Such determination is made using the “relief from royalty” valuation method. Inputs to the valuation model include:

 

•

Future revenue and profitability projections associated with the tradenames;

 

•

Estimated market royalty rates that could be derived from the licensing of the Company’s tradenames to third parties in order to establish the cash flows accruing to the benefit of the Company as a result of its ownership of the tradenames; and

 

•

A rate used to discount the estimated royalty cash flow projections to their present value (or estimated fair value) based on the risk and nature of the Company’s cash flows.

Favorable Leases

The decrease in the gross carrying amount of the Company’s favorable leases from February 2, 2013 to February 1, 2014 reflects a reduction of $14.8 million during Fiscal 2013 from the write off of certain favorable leases becoming fully amortized during the period.

Accumulated amortization of favorable leases as of February 1, 2014 reflects Fiscal 2013 amortization expense of $29.5 million, partially offset by a decrease of $14.8 million related to the write off of fully amortized leases, as discussed above.

The weighted average amortization period remaining for the Company’s favorable leases is 15.3 years. Amortization expense of favorable leases for each of the next five fiscal years is estimated to be as follows:

 

Fiscal years:		(in thousands)
2014		$	26,156
2015			24,228
2016			23,148
2017			23,317
2018			21,059
Total		$	117,908

6. Goodwill

The Company assesses the recoverability of goodwill using a combination of valuation approaches to determine the Company’s business enterprise value including: (i) discounted cash flow techniques and (ii) a market approach using a guideline public company methodology. Inputs to the valuation model include:

 

•

Estimated future cash flows;

 

•

Growth assumptions for future revenues, which include net store openings as well as future gross margin rates, expense rates and other estimates;

 

•

Rate used to discount the Company’s estimated future cash flow projections to their present value (or estimated fair value); and

 

•

Market values and financial information of similar publicly traded companies to determine market valuation multiples.

Based upon the Company’s impairment analysis of recorded goodwill during Fiscal 2013, the Company determined that there was no goodwill impairment. The Company believes its estimates were appropriate based upon the current market conditions. However, future impairment charges could be required if the Company does

 

F-17

---

Table of Contents

not achieve its current cash flow, revenue and profitability projections or the weighted average cost of capital increases or market valuation multiples associated with peer group companies decline.

7. Impairment Charges

Impairment charges recorded during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 amounted to $3.2 million, $11.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively, and are primarily related to declines in revenues and operating results of the respective stores. Impairment charges during these periods related to the following:

 

		(in thousands)
		Fiscal Year Ended
Asset Categories		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Favorable Leases		$	—			$	6,275			$	165
Leasehold Improvements			1,575				1,885				652
Building/Building Improvements			81				1,814				—
Furniture and Fixtures			970				950				457
Land			4				558				—
Other Assets			465				—				410
Other Property and Equipment			85				57				51
Total		$	3,180			$	11,539			$	1,735

The Company’s annual impairment analysis resulted in the impairment of store level assets related to seven stores in Fiscal 2013, 12 stores in Fiscal 2012 and seven stores in Fiscal 2011. During Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, the Company also recorded impairment charges for capital expenditures for previously impaired stores.

As noted above, long-lived assets are measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis for purposes of calculating impairment using the fair value hierarchy of ASC Topic No. 820 “Fair Value Measurements” (Topic No. 820). Of the seven stores that were impaired during Fiscal 2013, three stores were fully impaired and therefore had zero fair value as of February 1, 2014 and would be categorized as Level 3 in the fair value hierarchy described in Note 17, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” Of the remaining four stores that were partially impaired during Fiscal 2013, the table below sets forth by level within the fair value hierarchy their fair value subsequent to impairment charges as of February 1, 2014:

 

		(in thousands)
		Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets (Level 1)				Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2)				Significant Un-Observable Inputs (Level 3)				Total				Total Impairment Losses
Leasehold Improvements		$	—			$	—			$	1,803			$	1,803			$	1,575
Building/Building Improvements			—				1,517				—				1,517				81
Furniture and Fixtures			—				15				1,361				1,376				970
Land			—				713				—				713				4
Other Assets			—				—				1,471				1,471				465
Other Property and Equipment			—				5				178				183				85
Total		$	—			$	2,250			$	4,813			$	7,063			$	3,180

 

F-18

---

Table of Contents

8. Derivatives and Hedging Activities

The Company accounts for derivatives and hedging activities in accordance with ASC Topic No. 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (Topic No. 815). The Company is exposed to certain risks relating to its ongoing business operations, including market risks relating to fluctuations in interest rates. The Company’s senior secured credit facilities contain floating rate obligations and are subject to interest rate fluctuations. The Company uses interest rate cap agreements, which are designated as economic hedges, to manage interest rate risk associated with the Company’s variable-rate borrowings and to minimize the negative impact of interest rate fluctuations on its earnings and cash flows, thus reducing the Company’s exposure to variability in expected future cash flows attributable to the changes in LIBOR rates.

Topic No. 815 requires recognition of all derivative instruments as either assets or liabilities at fair value in the statement of financial position. The Company did not designate its interest rate cap agreements as cash flow hedges of certain future interest payments on variable-rate debt. Instead, the interest rate cap agreements are adjusted to market on a quarterly basis. As a result, gains or losses associated with the interest rate cap agreements are recorded in the line item “Interest Expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) and in the line item “Interest Rate Cap Contracts—Adjustment to Market” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows.

As of February 1, 2014, the Company was party to two outstanding interest rate cap agreements to manage the interest rate risk associated with future interest payments on variable-rate debt. Each interest rate cap agreement has a notional principal amount of $450.0 million, a cap rate of 7.0% and terminates on May 31, 2015.

 

(in thousands)

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

Asset Derivatives

February 1, 2014

February 2, 2013

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under Topic No. 815

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Interest Rate Cap Agreements

Other Assets

$

1

Other Assets

$

69

(in thousands)

Liability Derivatives

February 1, 2014

February 2, 2013

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under Topic No. 815

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Balance Sheet Location

Fair Value

Interest Rate Cap Agreements

Other Liabilities

$

—

Other Liabilities

$

—

 

(in thousands)

(Gain) or Loss on Derivative Instruments

Location of (Gain) or Loss Recognized in Income on Derivatives

Amount of (Gain) or Loss Recognized in Income on Derivatives

Year Ended

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments Under Topic No. 815

February 1, 2014

February 2, 2013

January 28, 2012

Interest Rate Cap Agreements

Interest Expense

$

68

$

45

$

3,165

 

F-19

---

Table of Contents

9. Long-Term Debt

Long-Term Debt consists of:

 

		(in thousands)
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013
$1,000,000 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, LIBOR (with a floor of 1.0%) plus 3.3%, matures on February 23, 2017.		$	828,839			$	863,084
$450,000 Senior Notes, 10%, due at maturity on February 15, 2019, semi-annual interest payments on August 15 and February 15, from February 15, 2014 to February 15, 2019.			450,000				450,000
$350,000 Senior Notes, 9% / 9.75%, due at maturity on February 15, 2018, semi-annual interest payments on February 15 and August 15, from February 15, 2014 to February 15, 2018			126,147				—
Capital Lease Obligations			23,199				23,232
Total debt			1,428,185				1,336,316
Less: current maturities			(59,026	)			(784	)
Long-term debt, net of current maturities		$	1,369,159			$	1,335,532

$1 Billion Senior Secured Term Loan Facility

On February 24, 2011, the Company entered into a $1.0 billion senior secured term loan facility (the Term Loan Facility). The Term Loan Facility was issued pursuant to a new credit agreement (Term Loan Credit Agreement), dated February 24, 2011, among BCFWC, the guarantors signatory thereto, and JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent (in such capacity, the Term Loan Administrative Agent) and as collateral agent, the lenders party thereto, J.P. Morgan Securities LLC and Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, as joint bookrunners and J.P. Morgan Securities LLC, Goldman Sachs Lending Partners LLC, Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and Wells Fargo Securities, LLC, as joint arrangers, governing the terms of the Term Loan Facility.

On May 16, 2012, the Company entered into Amendment No. 1 (First Amendment) to the Term Loan Credit Agreement, which, among other things, reduced the applicable margin on the interest rates applicable to the Company’s Term Loan Facility by 50 basis points. To accomplish this interest rate reduction, the First Amendment provided for a replacement of the previously outstanding $950.5 million principal amount of term B loans (Term B Loans) with a like aggregate principal amount of term B-1 loans (Term B-1 loans). The Company offered existing term loan lenders the option to convert their Term B Loans into Term B-1 Loans on a non-cash basis. The $119.3 million of Term B Loans held by existing lenders electing not to convert their Term B Loans into Term B-1 Loans were prepaid in full on the effective date of the First Amendment from the proceeds of new Term B-1 Loans. The Term B-1 Loans have the same maturity date that was applicable to the Term B Loans. The Term Loan Credit Agreement provisions relating to the representations and warranties, covenants and events of default applicable to the Company and the guarantors were not modified by the First Amendment. As a result of the First Amendment, mandatory quarterly payments of $2.4 million were payable as of the last day of each quarter beginning with the quarter ended July 28, 2012. Based on the Company’s available cash flow during Fiscal 2011, the Company made a payment of $7.0 million in April 2012. The Company elected to make prepayments of $9.5 million in May 2012 and $70.0 million in January 2013, all of which offset the mandatory quarterly payments through the maturity date.

In accordance with Topic No. 470, the Company recognized a non-cash loss on the partial extinguishment of debt of $2.2 million, which is recorded in the line item “Loss on Extinguishment of Debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 2, 2013. In connection with the First Amendment, the Company incurred fees of $3.9 million, of which $0.3 million was

 

F-20

---

Table of Contents

capitalized and included in the line item “Other Assets” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet, primarily related to legal and placement fees, associated with the portion of the debt that was not extinguished. The remaining fees are recorded in the line item “Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 1, 2014.

On February 15, 2013, BCFWC entered into Amendment No. 2 (Second Amendment) to the Term Loan Credit Agreement. The Second Amendment created a restricted payments basket of $25.0 million and permits Burlington Coat Factory Investments Holdings, Inc. (the parent of BCFWC and indirect subsidiary of Burlington Stores, Inc.) and all of its subsidiaries (Holdings) to use the “available amount” to make restricted payments (which basket includes retained excess cash flow, in an amount not to exceed 50% of BCFWC’s consolidated net income (as defined in the indenture governing the 10% Senior Notes due 2019) since the second quarter of Fiscal 2011), in each case so long as certain conditions are satisfied. In connection with the Second Amendment, the Company incurred a $1.6 million amendment fee that was capitalized and included in the line item “Other Assets” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. Additionally, the Company incurred $8.9 million of additional fees, inclusive of an $8.6 million fee payable to Bain Capital, for various consulting and advisory services. These fees are included in the line item “Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other” on the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 1, 2014.

On May 17, 2013, BCFWC entered into Amendment No. 3 (Third Amendment) to the Term Loan Credit Agreement, in order to, among other things, reduce the interest rates applicable to the Term Loan Facility by 100 basis points (provided that such interest rates shall be further reduced by 25 basis points if BCFWC’s consolidated secured leverage ratio is less than or equal to 2.25:1) and to reduce the LIBOR floor by 25 basis points. The Third Amendment was accomplished by replacing the outstanding $871.0 million principal amount of the Term B-1 Loans with a like aggregate principal amount of term B-2 loans (the Term B-2 Loans).

The Term B-2 Loans have the same maturity date that was applicable to the Term B-1 Loans. The Term Loan Credit Agreement provisions relating to the representations and warranties, covenants and events of default applicable to the Company and the guarantors were not modified by the Third Amendment.

In connection with the Third Amendment, the Company paid an $8.7 million prepayment premium. In accordance with Topic 470, $8.6 million of this prepayment premium was capitalized and included in the line item “Other Assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. In addition, third party fees of $2.6 million are recorded in the line item “Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 1, 2014. In accordance with Topic 470, the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $0.6 million, which is recorded in the line item “Loss on Extinguishment of Debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 1, 2014.

As a result of the Third Amendment, mandatory quarterly payments of $2.2 million were payable as of the last day of each quarter. In January 2014, the Company elected to make a prepayment of $30.0 million, which offset the mandatory quarterly payments through the maturity date. In accordance with Topic No. 470, the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of debt of $0.8 million, which is recorded in the line item “Loss on Extinguishment of Debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 1, 2014.

The Term Loan Facility contains financial, affirmative and negative covenants and requires that BCFWC, exclusive of subsidiaries (referred to herein as BCFW), among other things, maintain on the last day of each fiscal quarter a consolidated leverage ratio not to exceed a maximum amount and maintain a consolidated interest coverage ratio of at least a certain amount. The consolidated leverage ratio compares total debt to Covenant EBITDA, as each term is defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement, for the trailing twelve months, and such

 

F-21

---

Table of Contents

ratios may not exceed 5.50 to 1 through November 1, 2014; 5.00 to 1 through October 31, 2015; and 4.75 to 1 at January 30, 2016 and thereafter. The consolidated interest coverage ratio compares consolidated interest expense to Covenant EBITDA, as each term is defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement, for the trailing twelve months, and such ratios must exceed 2.00 to 1 through October 31, 2015; and 2.10 to 1 at January 30, 2016 and thereafter. The consolidated leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio as of February 1, 2014 were 3.5 and 4.2, respectively.

Covenant EBITDA is a non-GAAP financial measure of the Company’s liquidity. Covenant EBITDA starts with BCFWC’s consolidated net income (loss) for the period and adds back (i) depreciation, amortization, impairments and other non-cash charges that were deducted in arriving at consolidated net income (loss), (ii) the provision (benefit) for taxes, (iii) interest expense, (iv) advisory fees, and (v) unusual, non-recurring or extraordinary expenses, losses or charges as reasonably approved by the administrative agent for such period. Covenant EBITDA is used to calculate the consolidated leverage ratio and the interest coverage ratio. Covenant EBITDA provides management, including the Company’s chief operating decision maker, with helpful information with respect to its operations such as its ability to meet its future debt service, fund its capital expenditures and working capital requirements, and comply with various covenants in each indenture governing its outstanding notes and the credit agreements governing its senior secured credit facilities which are material to its financial condition and financial statements.

The interest rates for the Term Loan Facility are based on: (i) for LIBO rate loans for any interest period, at a rate per annum equal to the greater of (x) the LIBO rate, as determined by the Term Loan Facility Administrative Agent, for such interest period multiplied by the Statutory Reserve Rate (as defined in the Term Loan Credit Agreement) and (y) 1.00% (the Term Loan Adjusted LIBO Rate), plus an applicable margin; and (ii) for prime rate loans, a rate per annum equal to the highest of (a) the variable annual rate of interest then announced by JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A. at its head office as its “prime rate,” (b) the federal funds rate in effect on such date plus 0.50% per annum, and (c) the Term Loan Adjusted LIBO Rate for the applicable class of term loans for one-month plus 1.00%, plus, in each case, an applicable margin. At February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, the Company’s borrowing rates related to the Term Loan Facility were 4.3% and 5.5%, respectively.

In addition, the Term Loan Facility provides for an uncommitted incremental term loan facility of up to $150.0 million that is available subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions. The Term Loan Facility has a six year maturity, except that term loans made in connection with the incremental term loan facility or extended in connection with the extension mechanics of the Senior Secured Term Loan Facility have the maturity dates set forth in the amendments applicable to such term loans.

$450 Million Senior Notes

On February 24, 2011, BCFW issued $450.0 million aggregate principal amount of 10% Senior Notes due 2019 at an issue price of 100% (the Senior Notes). The Senior Notes were issued pursuant to an indenture, dated February 24, 2011, among BCFWC, the guarantors signatory thereto, and Wilmington Trust FSB.

The Senior Notes are senior unsecured obligations of BCFW and are guaranteed on a senior basis by Burlington Coat Factory Investment Holdings, Inc. (BCFIH) and each of BCFW’s U.S. subsidiaries to the extent such guarantor is a guarantor of BCFW’s obligations under the Term Loan Facility. Interest is payable on the Senior Notes on each February 15 and August 15.

$350 Million Senior Notes

On February 20, 2013, Burlington Holdings, LLC (Holdings LLC) and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. (collectively the Issuers), completed the offering of $350.0 million aggregate principal amount of Senior Notes due 2018 (Holdco Notes) at an issue price of 98.00%. The Holdco Notes are senior unsecured obligations of the

 

F-22

---

Table of Contents

Issuers, which are not obligors or guarantors under the Term Loan Facility or the indenture governing the Senior Notes.

The Holdco Notes mature on February 15, 2018. Interest on the Holdco Notes is payable entirely in cash, unless certain conditions are satisfied, in which case the Issuers will be entitled to pay, to the extent described in the indenture governing the Holdco Notes, interest by increasing the principal amount or by issuing new notes (such increase being referred to herein as PIK interest). Cash interest accrues at the rate of 9.00% per annum and PIK interest will accrue at the rate of 9.75% per annum and is payable semi-annually in arrears on February 15 and August 15 of each year. Interest is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

The indenture governing the Holdco Notes contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of Holdings LLC and certain of its subsidiaries to (i) incur, assume or guarantee additional indebtedness; (ii) pay dividends or redeem or repurchase capital stock; (iii) make other restricted payments; (iv) incur liens; (v) redeem debt that is junior in right of payment to the notes; (vi) sell or otherwise dispose of assets, including capital stock of subsidiaries; (vii) enter into mergers or consolidations; and (viii) enter into transactions with affiliates. These covenants are subject to a number of important exceptions and qualifications. In addition, in certain circumstances, if Holdings LLC and Burlington Holdings Finance, Inc. sell assets or experience certain changes of control, it must offer to purchase the Holdco Notes.

The Company used the net proceeds from the offering of the Holdco Notes to pay a special cash dividend of $336.0 million, in the aggregate, to the Class L and Class A common stockholders of the Company.

On November 7, 2013, the Company redeemed $221.8 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes. In accordance with ASC Topic No. 405-20, “Extinguishments of Liabilities,” the Company recognized a loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt of $14.7 million, which included $4.4 million in redemption premiums and $3.8 million and $6.5 million for the write-off of the unamortized original issue discount and deferred financing costs, respectively. The $14.7 million loss is recorded in the line item “Loss on Extinguishment of Debt” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the year ended February 1, 2014.

On March 5, 2014, the Issuers sent an irrevocable notice to the holders of the Holdco Notes to redeem a portion of the Holdco Notes. Refer to Note 21 to the Company’s Consolidated Financial Statements, “Subsequent Events,” for further details of the redemption of the Holdco Notes.

ABL Line of Credit

On September 2, 2011, the Company completed an amendment and restatement of the credit agreement governing the Company’s $600.0 million ABL Line of Credit, which, among other things, extended the maturity date to September 2, 2016. The aggregate amount of commitments under the amended and restated credit agreement is $600.0 million and, subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, the Company may increase the aggregate amount of commitments up to $900.0 million. Interest rates under the amended and restated credit agreement are based on LIBO rates as determined by the administrative agent plus an applicable margin of 1.75% to 2.25% based on daily availability, or various prime rate loan options plus an applicable margin of 0.75% to 1.25% based on daily availability. The fee on the average daily balance of unused loan commitments is 0.375%. Prior to the modification, commitment fees of 0.75% to 1.0% were charged on the unused portion of the facility and were included in the line item “Interest Expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). The ABL Line of Credit is collateralized by a first lien on the Company’s inventory and receivables and a second lien on the Company’s real estate and property and equipment.

 

F-23

---

Table of Contents

The Company believes that the amended and restated credit agreement provides the liquidity and flexibility to meet its operating and capital requirements over the remaining term of the ABL Line of Credit. Further, the calculation of the borrowing base under the amended and restated credit agreement has been amended to allow for increased availability, particularly during the September 1st through December 15th period of each year. At February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, the Company had $456.2 million and $422.7 million available under the ABL Line of Credit, respectively. The maximum borrowings under the ABL Line of Credit during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 were $148.6 million and $213.7 million, respectively. Average borrowings under the ABL Line of Credit amounted to $35.4 million at an average interest rate of 2.1% during Fiscal 2013 and $34.5 million at an average interest rate of 2.1% during Fiscal 2012. There were no amounts outstanding under the ABL Line of Credit as of February 1, 2014 or February 2, 2013.

As of February 1, 2014, BCFIH was in compliance with all of its financial covenants. The agreements regarding the ABL Line of Credit and the Term Loan Facility, as well as the indenture governing the Senior Notes, contain covenants that, among other things (i) limit BCFIH’s ability, and the ability of their restricted subsidiaries, to pay dividends on, redeem or repurchase common stock; (ii) make investments; (iii) incur additional indebtedness or issue preferred stock; (iv) create liens; (v) permit dividends or other restricted payments by BCFIH’s subsidiaries; (vi) sell all or substantially all of BCFIH’s assets or consolidate or merge with or into other companies; and (vii) engage in transactions with affiliates.

Scheduled maturities of the Company’s long-term debt and capital lease obligations, as they exist as of February 1, 2014, in each of the next four fiscal years and thereafter are as follows:

 

		(in thousands)
		Long- Term Debt				Capital Lease Obligations				Total
Fiscal years:
2014		$	58,000			$	1,026			$	59,026
2015			—				1,070				1,070
2016			—				1,262				1,262
2017			834,507				1,624				836,131
2018			70,223				1,646				71,869
Thereafter			450,000				16,571				466,571
Total			1,412,730				23,199				1,435,929
Less: Unamortized Discount			(7,744	)			—				(7,744	)
Total			1,404,986				23,199				1,428,185
Less: Current Portion			(58,000	)			(1,026	)			(59,026	)
Long Term Debt		$	1,346,986			$	22,173			$	1,369,159

The capital lease obligations noted above are exclusive of interest charges of $1.8 million, $1.8 million, $1.7 million, $1.8 million, $1.5 million and $5.7 million for the fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, January 30, 2016, January 28, 2017, February 3, 2018, February 2, 2019 and thereafter, respectively.

The Company has $30.1 million and $24.9 million in deferred financing fees related to its long term debt instruments recorded in the line item “Other Assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively. Amortization of deferred financing fees amounted to $9.6 million, $5.8 million and $8.3 million during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively, and is included in the line item “Interest Expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). During Fiscal 2013 the Company incurred new deferred financing fees of $1.6 million and $8.6 million as a result of the Second Amendment and the Third Amendment, respectively, and $11.9 million as a result of the issuance of the Holdco Notes. During Fiscal 2013, the Company wrote off

 

F-24

---

Table of Contents

$0.3 million, $0.5 million, and $6.5 million of deferred financing costs and accumulated amortization related to the Third Amendment, prepayment of Term Loan Facility and redemption of the Holdco Notes, respectively.

Amortization expense related to the deferred financing fees as of February 1, 2014 for each of the next five fiscal years and thereafter is estimated to be as follows:

 

Fiscal years		(in thousands)
2014		$	8,642
2015			8,641
2016			7,714
2017			2,121
2018			1,303
Thereafter			107
Total(1)		$	28,528

 

(1)	The table above is exclusive of the $1.6 million of deferred financing costs to be written off as a result of the April 4, 2014 Holdco note redemption. Refer to Note 21, “Subsequent Events,” for further discussion.

Deferred financing fees have a weighted average amortization period of approximately 3.5 years.

10. Capital Stock

Capital Structure after the Reclassification

Common Stock

In conjunction with the Reclassification on October 2, 2013, all of the outstanding Class L common converted into Class A common stock, was adjusted for the 11-for-1 split, and then was reclassified into 58,299,197 shares of Common Stock.

As of February 1, 2014, the total amount of the Company’s authorized capital stock consisted of 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 50,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock.

The Company’s common stock is not entitled to preemptive or other similar subscription rights to purchase any of the Company’s securities. The Company’s common stock is neither convertible nor redeemable. Unless the Company’s Board of Directors determines otherwise, the Company will issue all of the Company’s capital stock in uncertificated form.

Voting Rights

Each holder of the Company’s common stock is entitled to one vote per share on each matter submitted to a vote of stockholders. The Company’s amended and restated bylaws provide that the presence, in person or by proxy, of holders of shares representing a majority of the outstanding shares of capital stock entitled to vote at a stockholders’ meeting shall constitute a quorum. When a quorum is present, the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes cast is required to take action, unless otherwise specified by law or the Company’s certificate of incorporation, and except for the election of directors, which is determined by a plurality vote. There are no cumulative voting rights.

 

F-25

---

Table of Contents

Dividend Rights

Each holder of shares of the Company’s capital stock will be entitled to receive such dividends and other distributions in cash, stock or property as may be declared by the Company’s Board of Directors from time to time out of the Company’s assets or funds legally available for dividends or other distributions. These rights are subject to the preferential rights of any other class or series of the Company’s preferred stock.

The Company does, and intends to continue to, retain all available funds and any future earnings to fund the development and growth of the Company’s business, and therefore the Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Additionally, the Company’s ability to pay dividends on the Company’s common stock will be limited by restrictions on the ability of the subsidiaries of the Company and us to pay dividends or make distributions under the terms of current and any future agreements governing the Company’s indebtedness. Any future determination to pay dividends will be at the discretion of the Company’s Board of Directors, subject to compliance with covenants in the Company’s current and future agreements governing the Company’s indebtedness, and will depend upon the Company’s results of operations, financial condition, capital requirements and other factors that the Company’s Board of Directors deems relevant.

Other Rights

Each holder of common stock is subject to, and may be adversely affected by, the rights of the holders of any series of preferred stock that the Company may designate and issue in the future.

Liquidation Rights

If the Company is involved in a consolidation, merger, recapitalization, reorganization, or similar event, each holder of common stock will participate pro rata in all assets remaining after payment of liabilities, subject to prior distribution rights of preferred stock, if any, then outstanding.

Preferred Stock

The Company does not have any shares of preferred stock outstanding. The Company’s Board of Directors has the authority to issue shares of preferred stock from time to time on terms it may determine, to divide shares of preferred stock into one or more series and to fix the designations, preferences, privileges, and restrictions of preferred stock, including dividend rights, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of redemption, liquidation preference, sinking fund terms, and the number of shares constituting any series or the designation of any series to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the DGCL). The issuance of the Company’s preferred stock could have the effect of decreasing the trading price of the Company’s common stock, restricting dividends on the Company’s capital stock, diluting the voting power of the Company’s common stock, impairing the liquidation rights of the Company’s capital stock, or delaying or preventing a change in control of the Company.

Capital Structure prior to the Reclassification

General

On February 2, 2013, the Company had 5,769,356 shares, 5,232,118 shares and 5,183,506 shares of Class L common stock, par value $0.001 per share authorized, issued and outstanding, respectively.

Immediately prior to the Reclassification on October 2, 2013, there were 66 stockholders of record of both the Company’s Class A common stock and Class L common stock, and the Company had outstanding 524,692,773 shares of Class A common stock and 5,299,927 shares of Class L common stock.

 

F-26

---

Table of Contents

Common Stock

The Company’s charter authorized the Company to issue 588,685,600 shares of common stock consisting of:

 

(a)

582,771,244 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share; and

 

(b)

5,914,356 shares of Class L common stock, par value $0.001 per share.

Class L common stock was legally designated as common stock, but was entitled to a priority return preference equal to the sum of (i) $81 per share base amount plus (ii) an amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return equal to 14.5% per annum (compounded quarterly).

After payment of all preferential rights attributable to the Class L common stock, each share of the Class A common stock and Class L common stock would participate ratably in all distributions by the Company to the holders of its common stock. All holders of Class L and Class A common stock were entitled to one vote per share on all matters to be voted on by the Company’s stockholders.

Class L common stock was mandatorily convertible to Class A common stock in the event of an Initial Public Offering (IPO) or Realization Event, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company. Each outstanding share of Class L common stock was convertible into (i) a number of shares of Class A common stock equal to one plus a number of additional shares of Class A common stock determined by dividing the accreted preference (which was equal to the Class L base amount of $81 per share plus an amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return of 14.5% per annum on the Class L common stock base amount) by the applicable per share price (as defined in the Company’s charter) in the event that the total equity value was greater than the Class L Conversion Amount (as defined in the Company’s charter) and (ii) one share of Class A common stock in the event that the total equity value was less than or equal to the Class L Conversion Amount. The Class L shares, as a hybrid instrument, were classified as temporary equity within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets pursuant to ASC 480, “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.”

Upon liquidation of the Company, the Class A and Class L stockholders were to be paid in the following order of priority:

 

1.

The holders of Class L common stock, as a single and separate class, were entitled to receive all liquidation distributions until each share had been paid an amount equal to Class L base amount of $81 per share.

 

2.

After all holders of Class L common stock had received their distributions, any additional distributions were to be made to each holder of both Class A and Class L common stock as a single class pro-rata based on the number of outstanding shares of Class A and Class L common stock, provided that, for purposes of the distributions in this paragraph 2, each share of Class L common stock were to be deemed to be converted into a number of Class A shares equal to the Class L Conversion Constant, as determined by the Board of Directors of the Company.

Treasury Stock

The Company accounts for treasury stock under the cost method.

Dividend

During the first quarter of Fiscal 2011, the Company declared a cash dividend of $300.0 million in the aggregate ($5.40 per unit, which consisted of one share of Class L common stock together with 99 shares of Class A common stock), payable in accordance with the Company’s charter to the then-current holders of the Company’s Common Stock. Of the $300.0 million, $0.4 million was forfeited and reverted back to the Company as a result of certain members of management forfeiting their shares before they became fully vested.

 

F-27

---

Table of Contents

During the first quarter of Fiscal 2013, the Company declared a cash dividend of $336.0 million in the aggregate ($5.89 per unit, which consisted of one share of Class L common stock together with 99 shares of Class A common stock), payable in accordance with the Company’s charter to the then-current holders of the Company’s Common Stock.

11. Net Income (Loss) Per Share

Immediately prior to the Reclassification on October 2, 2013, net income (loss) per share was calculated using the two-class method, which is an earnings allocation formula that determines net income (loss) per share for the holders of the Company’s Class A common stock and the holders of Class L common stock. Holders of Class L shares contained participation rights with respect to certain distributions, as defined.

The numerator in calculating Class L basic and diluted income per share was the Class L preference amount, as defined above, for all outstanding L Shares, accrued at 14.5% per annum during the year presented plus, if positive, a pro rata share of an amount equal to consolidated net income less the Class L preference amount.

The numerator in calculating common stock basic loss per share was consolidated net income (loss) less the Class L preference amount. In determining the net loss attributable to common stockholders for computing diluted loss per share, the Company decreased the income and/or increased the loss to reflect the annual preference amount for dilutive Class L common stock equivalents. This amount did not impact Class L diluted income per share because diluted earnings per share would be increased when taking the dilutive common stock equivalents into account, and thus be antidilutive.

Immediately after the Reclassification on October 2, 2013, dilutive net income (loss) per share is calculated using the treasury stock method.

The computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share is as follows:

 

		(in thousands, except per share data)
		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Net Income (Loss)		$	16,150			$	25,301			$	(6,272	)
Class L Preference Amount			(111,282	)			(146,923	)			(123,270	)
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders		$	(95,132	)		$	(121,622	)		$	(129,542	)
Allocation of Net Income (Loss) to Common Stockholders—Basic:
Class L Stockholders		$	111,282			$	146,923			$	123,270
Common Stockholders			(95,132	)			(121,622	)			(129,542	)
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Basic:
Class L Stockholders		$	31.93			$	28.76			$	24.58
Common Stockholders		$	(0.26	)		$	(0.24	)		$	(0.26	)
Allocation of Net Income (Loss) to Common Stockholders—Diluted:
Net Loss Attributable to Common Stockholders		$	(95,132	)		$	(121,622	)		$	(129,542	)
Class L Preference Amount of Common Stock Equivalents			(49,260	)			(12,464	)			(11,282	)
Allocation of Net Loss to Common Stockholders		$	(144,392	)		$	(134,086	)		$	(140,824	)

 

F-28

---

Table of Contents

		(in thousands, except per share data)
		Fiscal Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Diluted:
Class L Stockholders		$	31.93			$	28.76			$	24.58
Common Stockholders		$	(0.39	)		$	(0.27	)		$	(0.28	)
Weighted Average Number of Shares—Basic:
Class L Stockholders			3,485				5,109				5,016
Common Stockholders			369,567				505,802				496,606
Weighted Average Number of Shares—Diluted:
Class L Stockholders			3,485				5,109				5,016
Common Stockholders			370,040				505,802				496,606

The Company determined the Class L Preference Amount of Common Stock Equivalents based upon the Class L diluted common stock equivalents multiplied by (i) $81 per share base amount plus (ii) the annual impact of the amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return equal to 14.5% per annum (compounded quarterly).

As of February 1, 2014, there were unvested options outstanding to purchase common stock of 3,527,800 shares, all of which may be dilutive in the future.

As of February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012, there were unvested options outstanding to purchase Class L Common Stock of 255,457 shares and 290,464 shares, respectively, and there were unvested options outstanding to purchase Class A Common Stock of 25,290,243 shares and 28,755,936 shares, respectively.

As of February 1, 2014, there were non-vested restricted stock units of common stock of 81,396 shares. All of which may be dilutive in the future.

As of February 2, 2013 and January 28, 2012, there were non-vested restricted stock units of Class L Common Stock of 5,000 shares and 28,122 shares, respectively, and there were non-vested restricted stock units of Class A Common Stock of 495,000 shares and 2,784,078 shares, respectively.

Changes in Class L Common Stock

The changes in Class L Common Stock were as follows (in thousands, except share data):

 

		February 1, 2014								February 2, 2013								January 28, 2012
		Shares				Amount				Shares				Amount				Shares				Amount
Class L Common Stock, beginning of year			5,183,506			$	1,029,189				5,104,677			$	884,945				5,050,924			$	790,755
Issuance of Class L Common Stock			117,588				2,531				73,940				2,155				60,549				1,961
Issuance/Forfeiture of Restricted Shares and Compensation			—				61				5,000				488				(6,636	)			1,187
Repurchase of Class L Common Stock			—				—				(111	)			(7	)			(160	)			(6	)
Dividend			—				(33,600	)			—				37				—				(30,000	)
Accretion of Class L Preferred Return			—				104,859				—				141,571				—				121,048
Other			(1,167	)			(21	)			—				—				—				—
Conversion of Class L Stock to Common Stock			(5,299,927	)			(1,103,019	)			—				—				—				—
Class L Common Stock, end of year			—			$	—				5,183,506			$	1,029,189				5,104,677			$	884,945

 

F-29

---

Table of Contents

Accretion of Class L Preferred Return was determined based upon the outstanding shares owned by the Company’s majority stockholder multiplied by (i) $81 per share base amount plus (ii) an amount sufficient to generate an internal rate of return equal to 14.5% per annum (compounded quarterly).

The Company accounted for the fair value measurement of its Class L common stock in accordance with Topic No. 820, as described in Note 17, “Fair Value of Financial Instruments.” The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation. The fair value of the Company’s Class L common stock was classified as Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy as it was a model-derived valuation whose inputs are observable. As of February 2, 2013, the fair value of the Company’s outstanding Class L Common Stock was $316.8 million.

12. Stock Option and Award Plans and Stock-Based Compensation

On May 1, 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors approved the Company’s assumption and adoption of the 2006 Management Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan) that was previously sponsored by Burlington Coat Factory Holdings, LLC. The Company’s 2013 Omnibus Incentive Plan (the 2013 Plan and, together with the 2006 Plan, the Plans) was adopted effective prior to and in connection with the Offering. The 2006 Plan and the 2013 Plan each provide for the granting of stock options, restricted stock and other forms of awards to key employees and directors of the Company or its affiliates. Prior to the Offering, grants made pursuant to the 2006 Plan were comprised of units of the Company’s common stock. Each “unit” consisted of 99 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock and one share of the Company’s Class L common stock. Awards previously granted under the 2006 Plan have been retroactively adjusted to reflect the Reclassification.

As of February 1, 2014, there were 10,125,258 shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2006 Plan and 6,000,000 shares of common stock authorized for issuance under the 2013 Plan.

Stock Options

The Company accounts for awards issued under the Plans in accordance with ASC Topic No. 718, “Stock Compensation.” Options granted during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 were all service-based awards and were granted under the 2006 Plan at exercise prices of (i) $4.55 per unit and $10.91 per unit from May 1, 2011 through May 17, 2012; (ii) $5.91 per unit and $10.91 per unit from May 17, 2012 through May 17, 2013; (iii) $4.55 per unit from May 17, 2013 through the date of the Offering; and (iv) $26.96 per share from the date of the Offering through February 1, 2014.

In February 2011, in connection with the debt refinancing, the Company’s Board of Directors approved and communicated that the exercise price of the options outstanding would be reduced. After an analysis was completed, the exercise prices of each outstanding option were reduced, from $8.18 per unit and $16.36 per unit, respectively, to $2.78 per unit and $10.96 per unit, respectively, without affecting the existing vesting schedules thereof. The amount of the reduction was ratified in April 2011. Upon application of modification accounting, which contemplates fair value of awards both before and after the debt refinancing and related dividends, the stock compensation cost did not change as a result of this modification.

During Fiscal 2013, the Company made a special one-time grant under the 2006 Plan to certain members of its management team which resulted in the grant of options to purchase an aggregate of 1,595,000 shares of common stock. These one-time grants vest 20% on each of the first five anniversaries of the Trigger Date. The Trigger Date is defined as the date after the vesting of all other options held by the grantee which were granted to the grantee prior to May 2013 and remain outstanding and unvested as of the date of the one-time grant. All other service-based awards granted during Fiscal 2011, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2013 through the date of the Offering vest 40% on the second anniversary of the award with the remaining amount vesting ratably over the subsequent three years. All service-based awards granted subsequent to the Offering vest 25% on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date. The final exercise date for any option granted is the tenth anniversary of the grant date.

 

F-30

---

Table of Contents

In order to mitigate the impact of the $336.0 million dividend paid in connection with the issuance of the Holdco Notes in February 2013, the Company’s Board of Directors in May 2013 approved a modification to all then outstanding options through a combination of exercise price reductions and cash payments to option holders. The reduction of the exercise prices of each outstanding option was as follows:

 

•

from $2.78 per unit to $0.79—$1.65 per unit;

 

•

from $4.55 per unit to $0.79 per unit;

 

•

from $5.91 per unit to $0.79—$0.94 per unit;

 

•

from $10.91 per unit to $3.17—$5.02 per unit; and

 

•

from $10.96 per unit to $3.17—$5.07 per unit.

The modifications, through a combination of either reduced exercise prices or cash payments, did not affect the existing vesting schedules. The modification, which contemplated the fair value of awards both immediately before and after the modification, resulted in a total of $10.4 million of incremental compensation expense during Fiscal 2013 recorded in the line item “Stock Option Modification Expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss), of which $4.3 million is payable in cash. As of February 1, 2014, the Company expects to recognize $6.0 million of incremental compensation expense to be recorded over the remaining vesting periods. The $6.0 million of incremental compensation expense is comprised of $4.8 million, which is non-cash, and $1.2 million, which will be paid in cash.

With the exception of the special one-time grants made during Fiscal 2013, all options awarded pursuant to the 2006 Plan become exercisable upon a change of control as defined in the Stockholders Agreement. Unless determined otherwise by the plan administrator and except as otherwise set forth in the option holders’ stock agreement, upon cessation of employment, (1) options under the 2006 Plan that have not vested will terminate immediately and (2) unexercised vested options under the 2006 Plan will be exercisable for a period of 60 days.

Non-cash stock compensation expense during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011 amounted to $10.2 million, $2.7 million and $5.8 million, respectively. The table below summarizes the types of stock compensation:

 

		(in thousands)
		Year Ended
Type of Non-Cash Stock Compensation		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Stock Option Modification(a)		$	6,089			$	—			$	—
Stock Option Grants(b)			3,971				2,260				4,610
Restricted Stock Issuances(b)			143				487				1,187
Total (c)		$	10,203			$	2,747			$	5,797

 

(a)	Represents non-cash compensation related to the modification of outstanding stock options granted under the 2006 Plan during the Fiscal 2013 which is included in the line item “Stock Option Modification Expense” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

(b)	Included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

(c)	The tax benefit related to the Company’s non-cash stock compensation was $5.1 million, $1.0 million, and $2.3 during Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, respectively.

As of February 1, 2014, the Company had 4,619,323 options outstanding to purchase shares of common stock, all of which are service-based awards issued under the 2006 Plan, and there was approximately $13.6

 

F-31

---

Table of Contents

million of unearned non-cash stock-based option compensation, exclusive of the $6.0 million of incremental compensation associated with the modification, that the Company expects to recognize as expense over a weighted average period of 4.9 years. The service-based awards are expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. As of February 1, 2014, 23.6 percent of outstanding options to purchase shares of common stock under the 2006 Plan had vested. As of February 1, 2014, no awards were outstanding under the 2013 Plan.

Stock option transactions for the eight month period ended October 2, 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

		Number of Units				Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Unit
Options Outstanding February 2, 2013			424,231			$	6.96
Options Issued			175,500				4.55
Options Exercised(a)			(117,588	)			1.96
Options Forfeited			(56,402	)			6.82
Cancellation of Class A Units			(425,741	)			2.95
Options Outstanding October 2, 2013			—			$	—

 

(a)	Options exercised during the eight months ended October 2, 2013 had a total intrinsic value of $9.2 million.

As a result of the Reclassification on October 2, 2013, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class A common stock was automatically cancelled, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class L common stock was automatically converted into one share of the Company’s Class A common stock, effected for the 11-for-1 split, and then reclassified into common stock. The outstanding Class A options at the time of the Reclassification were reclassified into 4,683,151 common stock options. Stock option transactions during the four months ended February 1, 2014 are summarized below:

 

		Number of Shares				Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
Options Outstanding October 2, 2013			4,683,151			$	2.95
Options Issued			52,761				26.96
Options Exercised(b)			(27,598	)			1.55
Options Forfeited			(88,991	)			2.01
Options Outstanding February 1, 2014			4,619,323			$	3.25

 

(b)	Options exercised during the four months ended February 1, 2014 had a total intrinsic value of $0.8 million.

 

F-32

---

Table of Contents

Non-vested stock option share transactions during the eight months ended October 2, 2013 are summarized below:

 

		Number of Units				Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Unit
Non-Vested Options Outstanding, February 2, 2013			255,457			$	3.06
Non-Vested Options Granted			175,500				5.64
Non-Vested Options Vested			(61,051	)			3.05
Non-Vested Options Forfeited			(22,263	)			3.41
Cancellation of Class A Units			(347,643	)			3.73
Non-Vested Options Outstanding, October 2, 2013			—			$	—

As a result of the Reclassification on October 2, 2013, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class A common stock was automatically cancelled, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class L common stock was automatically converted into one share of the Company’s Class A common stock, effected for the 11-for-1 split, and then reclassified into common stock. The outstanding non-vested Class A options at the time of the Reclassification were reclassified into 3,824,073 common stock options. Stock option transactions during the four months ended February 1, 2014 are summarized below:

 

		Number of Shares				Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Share
Non-Vested Options Outstanding, October 2, 2013			3,824,073			$	3.73
Non-Vested Options Granted			52,761				10.96
Non-Vested Options Vested			(276,432	)			0.62
Non-Vested Options Forfeited			(72,602	)			2.48
Non-Vested Options Outstanding, February 1, 2014			3,527,800			$	4.13

The following table summarizes information about the options to purchase shares that were outstanding under the 2006 Plan as well as options that were exercisable under the 2006 Plan as of February 1, 2014:

 

		Options Outstanding								Options Exercisable
Exercise Prices		Number Outstanding At February 1, 2014				Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)				Number Exercisable at February 1, 2014				Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)
$0.79 - $0.94			1,761,067				6.5				637,343				5.4
$1.65			14,674				3.6				—				—
$3.17			524,524				6.1				259,510				4.7
$4.55 - $5.91			2,266,297				8.9				194,670				5.8
$26.96			52,761				10.0				—				—
			4,619,323								1,091,523

The aggregate intrinsic value of options outstanding as of February 1, 2014 was $103.2 million.

 

F-33

---

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information about the stock options vested and expected to vest during the contractual term:

 

Exercise Prices		Options				Weighted Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)				Weighted Average Exercise Price
Vested and Expected to Vest as of February 1, 2014			4,445,723				7.7			$	3.23

The aggregate intrinsic value of options vested and expected to vest as of February 1, 2014 was $99.4 million.

The fair value of each stock option granted was estimated on the date of grant using the Monte Carlo Simulation option pricing model through the date of the Offering and the Black Scholes option pricing model from the date of the Offering through February 1, 2014. The fair value of each stock option granted was estimated using the following assumptions:

 

		Fiscal 2013		Fiscal 2012		Fiscal 2011
Risk-Free Interest Rate		1.7 – 2.09%		1.0 – 1.3%		1.3 – 3.4%
Expected Volatility		36.8 – 38.0%		35.00%		31.10%
Expected Life (years)		6.25 – 7.4		6.6		6.4 – 9.3
Contractual Life (years)		10.0		10.0		10.0
Expected Dividend Yield		0.0%		0.0%		0.0%
Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value of Options Issued at an exercise price of:
$2.78		N/A		N/A		$3.11
$4.55		5.64		$2.56		$2.46
$5.91		N/A		$4.31		N/A
$10.91		N/A		$2.78		$1.67
$10.96		N/A		N/A		$1.85
$26.96		10.96		N/A		N/A

The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted has varied from period to period due to changes in the Company’s business enterprise value and stock price. For additional information related to enterprise value, refer to Note 6, “Goodwill.”

Restricted Stock Awards

Under the 2006 Plan, the Company also has the ability to grant shares of restricted stock. During Fiscal 2013, the Company granted 26,396 shares of restricted stock. During Fiscal 2012, the Company granted 5,000 shares of restricted stock, consisting of 99 shares of Class A Common Stock and one share of Class L Common Stock. During Fiscal 2011, the Company did not grant any shares of restricted stock. For Fiscal 2013, the fair value of each share of restricted stock granted under the 2006 Plan was estimated using the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of grant. For Fiscal 2012, the fair value of each unit of restricted stock granted under the 2006 Plan is estimated on the date of grant using inputs that include the Company’s business enterprise value, the book value of outstanding debt and the number of shares of common stock outstanding. All shares of restricted stock granted to date under the 2006 Plan are service-based awards. Shares of restricted stock are expensed on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of three to four years. Following a change of control, as defined by the 2006 Plan, all unvested shares of restricted stock shall accelerate and vest as of the date of such change of control.

 

F-34

---

Table of Contents

As of February 1, 2014, there was approximately $0.8 million of unearned non-cash stock-based compensation that the Company expects to recognize as an expense over the next 3.3 years. At February 1, 2014, 1,006,060 of the outstanding shares of restricted stock had vested.

Award Grant, Vesting and Forfeiture transactions during the eight month period ended October 2, 2013 are summarized as follows:

 

		Number of Awards				Weighted Average Grant Date Fair Value Per Awards
Non-Vested Awards Outstanding, February 2, 2013			5,000			$	5.56
Awards Granted			—				—
Awards Vested			—				—
Cancellation of Class A Units			(5,000	)			5.56
Non-Vested Awards Outstanding, October 2, 2013			—			$	—

As a result of the Reclassification on October 2, 2013, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class A common stock was automatically cancelled, each outstanding share of the Company’s Class L common stock was automatically converted into one share of the Company’s Class A common stock, effected for the 11-for-1 split, and then reclassified into common stock. Award Grant, Vesting and Forfeiture transactions during the four months ended February 1, 2014 are summarized below:

 

		Number of Shares				Weighted Average Exercise Price Per Share
Non-Vested Awards Outstanding, October 2, 2013			55,000			$	5.56
Awards Granted			26,396				27.22
Awards Vested			—				—
Non-Vested Awards Outstanding, February 1, 2014			81,396			$	12.58

13. Lease Commitments

The Company leases stores, distribution facilities and office space under operating and capital leases that will expire principally during the next thirty years. The leases typically include renewal options and escalation clauses and provide for contingent rentals based on a percentage of gross sales.

The following is a schedule of future minimum lease payments having an initial or remaining term in excess of one year:

 

		(in thousands)
Fiscal Year		Operating Leases(a)				Capital Leases
2014		$	249,620			$	2,704
2015			253,334				3,016
2016			238,591				3,011
2017			218,149				3,389
2018			190,477				3,139
Thereafter			648,251				22,249
Total Minimum Lease Payments			1,798,422				37,508
Amount Representing Interest			—				(14,309	)
Total Future Minimum Lease Payments		$	1,798,422			$	23,199

 

F-35

---

Table of Contents

(a)	Total future minimum lease payments include $73.6 million related to options to extend lease terms that are reasonably assured of being exercised and also includes $159.3 million of minimum lease payments for 13 stores and one warehouse that the Company has committed to open during Fiscal 2014.

The above schedule of future minimum lease payments has not been reduced by future minimum sublease rental income of $36.9 million relating to operating leases under non-cancelable subleases and other contingent rental agreements.

The following is a schedule of net rent expense for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011:

 

		(in thousands)
		Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Rent Expense:
Minimum Rental Payments		$	239,049			$	219,982			$	197,327
Contingent Rental Payments			3,614				3,056				2,689
Straight-Line Rent Expense			8,182				12,115				9,211
Lease Incentives Amortization			(21,557	)			(18,590	)			(15,869	)
Amortization of Purchased Lease Rights			958				1,033				901
Total Rent Expense(a)			230,246				217,596				194,259
Less All Rental Income(b)			(19,613	)			(19,721	)			(19,113	)
Total Net Rent Expense		$	210,633			$	197,875			$	175,146

 

(a)	Included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

(b)	Included in the line item “Other Revenue” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

14. Employee Retirement Plans

The Company maintains separate defined contribution 401(k) retirement savings and profit-sharing plans covering employees in the United States and Puerto Rico who meet specified age and service requirements. The discretionary profit sharing component (which the Company has not utilized for eight years and has no current plans to utilize) is entirely funded by the Company, and the Company also makes additional matching contributions to the 401(k) component of the plans. Participating employees can voluntarily elect to contribute a percentage of their earnings to the 401(k) component of the plans (up to certain prescribed limits) through a cash or deferred (salary deferral) feature qualifying under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code (401(k) Plan). Under the Company’s 401(k) Plan, the Company is able to utilize monies recovered through forfeitures to fund some or all of the annual 401(k) Plan match expense. A forfeiture is the portion of the Company’s profit sharing contribution that is lost by a 401(k) Plan participant who terminates employment prior to becoming fully vested in such contribution.

During Fiscal 2013, the Company recorded $5.1 million of 401(k) Plan match expense. The Company used less than $0.1 million of 401(k) Plan forfeitures during Fiscal 2013 to fund a portion of the 401(k) Plan match for the 2013 401(k) Plan Year, which ended on December 31, 2013.

During Fiscal 2012, the Company recorded $4.3 million of 401(k) Plan match expense. The Company used $0.3 million of 401(k) Plan forfeitures during Fiscal 2012 to fund a portion of the 401(k) Plan match for the 2012 401(k) Plan Year, which ended on December 31, 2012.

 

F-36

---

Table of Contents

During Fiscal 2011, the Company recorded $3.6 million of 401(k) Plan match expense. The Company used $0.2 million of 401(k) Plan forfeitures during Fiscal 2011 to fund a portion of the 401(k) Plan match for the 2011 401(k) Plan year, which ended on December 31, 2011.

15. Restructuring and Separation Costs

The Company accounts for restructuring and separation costs in accordance with ASC Topic No. 420, “Exit or Disposal Cost Obligations” (Topic No. 420). In accordance with Topic No. 420, the Company recorded a liability for one-time benefit costs related to the Company’s reorganization of certain positions within its stores and corporate locations during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012.

During Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012, in an effort to improve workflow efficiencies and realign certain responsibilities, the Company effected a reorganization of certain positions within its stores and corporate locations. These changes to the Company’s workforce during Fiscal 2013 and Fiscal 2012 resulted in severance and restructuring charges of $2.2 million and $3.0 million, respectively, which are recorded in the line item “Restructuring and Separation Costs” in the Company’s Consolidated Statement of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

The table below summarizes the charges and payments related to the Company’s restructuring and separation costs, which are included in the line items “Other Current Liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet:

 

		(in thousands)
		February 2, 2013				Charges				Cash Payments				February 1, 2014
Severance-Restructuring		$	—			$	924			$	(924	)		$	—
Severance-Separation Cost			597				1,247				(1,611	)			233
Total		$	597			$	2,171			$	(2,535	)		$	233
		(in thousands)
		January 28, 2012				Charges				Cash Payments				February 2, 2013
Severance-Restructuring		$	—			$	1,225			$	(1,225	)		$	—
Severance-Separation Cost			979				1,774				(2,156	)			597
Total		$	979			$	2,999			$	(3,381	)		$	597

16. Income Taxes

Income (Loss) before income taxes are as follows for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011:

 

		(in thousands)
		Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Domestic		$	40,246			$	33,625			$	(7,618	)
Foreign			(7,888	)			(4,460	)			(2,802	)
Total Income (Loss) before income taxes		$	32,358			$	29,165			$	(10,420	)

 

F-37

---

Table of Contents

Income tax expense (benefit) is as follows for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011:

 

		(in thousands)
		Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Current:
Federal		$	29,794			$	13,813			$	(11,847	)
State			4,036				(3,704	)			5,901
Foreign			351				291				2,499
Subtotal			34,181				10,400				(3,447	)
Deferred:
Federal			(17,045	)			(3,386	)			903
State			(928	)			(3,519	)			(1,235	)
Foreign			—				369				(369	)
Subtotal			(17,973	)			(6,536	)			(701	)
Total income tax expense (benefit)		$	16,208			$	3,864			$	(4,148	)

The tax rate reconciliations are as follows for Fiscal 2013, Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011:

 

		Year Ended
		February 1, 2014				February 2, 2013				January 28, 2012
Tax at statutory rate (%)			35.0	%			35.0	%			(35.0	)%
State income taxes, net of federal			8.4				5.8				(9.5	)
Change in valuation allowance			4.9				1.8				14.8
Permanent items			0.6				(1.4	)			13.3
Tax credits			(7.7	)			(11.7	)			(30.5	)
Tax reserves			2.1				(14.1	)			(11.6	)
Deferred tax asset—stock compensation			8.3				—				—
Impact of change in state tax laws and rates			2.8				(2.1	)			9.0
Foreign taxes			(3.8	)			(1.2	)			9.7
Other			(0.5	)			1.2				—
Effective tax rate (%)			50.1	%			13.3	%			(39.8	)%

The tax effects of temporary differences are included in deferred tax accounts as follows:

 

		(in thousands)
		February 1, 2014								February 2, 2013
		Tax Assets				Tax Liabilities				Tax Assets				Tax Liabilities
Current deferred tax assets and liabilities:
Allowance for doubtful accounts		$	43			$	—			$	32			$	—
Compensated absences			646				—				743				—
Inventory costs and reserves capitalized for tax purposes			5,392				—				6,977				—
Insurance reserves			8,085				—				6,985				—
Prepaid items and other items deductible for tax purposes			—				20,571				—				17,355

 

F-38

---

Table of Contents

		(in thousands)
		February 1, 2014								February 2, 2013
		Tax Assets				Tax Liabilities				Tax Assets				Tax Liabilities
Sales return reserves		$	2,831			$	—			$	2,890			$	—
Reserves			515				—				331				—
Accrued interest			—				—				19				—
Prepaid items taxable for tax purposes			1,522				—				1,546				—
Deferred revenue			1,428				—				1,062				—
Employee benefit accrual			13,210				—				4,641				—
Deferred gain			—				—				—				1,203
Other			484				—				268				—
Valuation allowance			(110	)			—				(803	)			—
Total current deferred tax assets and liabilities		$	34,046			$	20,571			$	24,691			$	18,558
Non-Current deferred tax assets and liabilities:
Property and equipment basis adjustments		$	—			$	128,657			$	—			$	130,793
Deferred rent			31,809				—				28,266				—
Intangibles—long-lived			—				113,089				—				124,129
Intangibles—indefinite-lived			—				93,618				—				93,368
Insurance reserves			13,217				—				12,253				—
Employee benefit compensation			4,838				—				4,373				—
State net operating losses (net of federal benefit)			9,095				—				9,206				—
Prepaid items taxable for tax purposes			3,508				—				5,341				—
Landlord allowances			32,747				—				29,673				—
Accrued interest			3,538				—				2,991				—
Other			—				883				553				—
State credits			2,173				—				2,366				—
Federal and Puerto Rico tax credits			1,612				—				7,008				—
Valuation allowance			(8,998	)			—				(7,079	)			—
Total non-current deferred tax assets and liabilities		$	93,539			$	336,247			$	94,951			$	348,290
Net deferred tax liability						$	229,233							$	247,206

The Company assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to utilize the existing deferred tax assets. Based on this evaluation, the Company believes no valuation allowances for federal income taxes are necessary.

As of February 1, 2014, the Company had available state and Puerto Rico net operating losses that can be carried forward to future years. The Company has $7.8 million of deferred tax assets recorded for state net operating losses, of which $5.7 million will expire between 2013 and 2025. Therefore, as of February 1, 2014, valuation allowances of $5.7 million were recorded against these losses. In addition, as of February 1, 2014, the Company has $1.3 million of deferred tax assets recorded for Puerto Rico net operating loss carryforwards that will begin to expire in 2020. Therefore, as of February 1, 2014, the Company has recorded a full valuation allowance of $1.3 million against these losses.

As of February 1, 2014, the Company had tax credit carryforwards that include $2.1 million of state credits that will begin to expire in 2021 and $1.6 million of Puerto Rico alternative minimum tax (AMT) credits that have an indefinite life. As of February 1, 2014, the Company has determined that it is more likely than not that the benefit from the Puerto Rico AMT credits will not be realized. Therefore, as of February 1, 2014, valuation allowances of $1.6 million were recorded against these credits.

 

F-39

---

Table of Contents

If or when recognized, the tax benefits relating to any reversal of the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets will be recorded to the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits (exclusive of interest and penalties) is as follows:

 

		(in thousands)
		Gross Unrecognized Tax Benefits, Exclusive of Interest and Penalties
Balance at January 29, 2011		$	23,271
Additions for tax positions of the current year			—
Additions for tax positions of prior years			6,383
Reduction for tax positions of prior years			(7,505	)
Settlements			—
Lapse of statute of limitations			—
Balance at January 28, 2012		$	22,149
Additions for tax positions of the current year			—
Additions for tax positions of prior years			—
Reduction for tax positions of prior years			(5,225	)
Settlements			—
Lapse of statute of limitations			—
Balance at February 2, 2013		$	16,924
Additions for tax positions of the current year			—
Additions for tax positions of prior years			—
Reduction for tax positions of prior years			(1,524	)
Settlements			—
Lapse of statute of limitations			(128	)
Balance at February 1, 2014		$	15,272

As of February 1, 2014, the Company reported total unrecognized benefits of $15.3 million, of which $6.0 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. As a result of previous positions taken, the Company recorded a increase of $1.3 million of interest and penalties during Fiscal 2013 in the line item “Income Tax Expense (Benefit)” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Cumulative interest and penalties of $11.7 million are recorded in the line item “Other Liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income taxes. Within the next twelve months, the Company does not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits.

As of February 2, 2013, the Company had total unrecognized benefits of $16.9 million, of which $6.1 million would affect the Company’s effective tax rate if recognized. As a result of previous positions taken, the Company recorded a reduction of $2.1 million of interest and penalties during Fiscal 2012 in the line item “Income Tax Expense (Benefit)” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Cumulative interest and penalties of $10.4 million are recorded in the line item “Other Liabilities” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet. The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as part of income taxes. Within the next twelve months, the Company does not expect any significant changes in its unrecognized tax benefits.

 

F-40

---

Table of Contents

The Company files tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction, Puerto Rico and various state jurisdictions. The Company is open to examination by the IRS under the applicable statutes of limitations for fiscal years 2010 through 2013. The Company or its subsidiaries’ state income tax returns are open to audit for the fiscal years 2009 through 2013, which includes the Transition Period, under the applicable statutes of limitations. There are ongoing federal and state audits in several jurisdictions and the Company has accrued for possible exposures as required under Topic No. 740.

17. Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The Company accounts for fair value measurements in accordance with Topic No. 820 which defines fair value, establishes a framework for measurement and expands disclosure about fair value measurements. Topic No. 820 defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date (exit price), and classifies the inputs used to measure fair value into the following hierarchy:

 

Level 1:		Quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.
Level 2:		Quoted market prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; and model-derived valuations whose inputs are observable or whose significant value drivers are observable.
Level 3:		Pricing inputs that are unobservable for the assets and liabilities and include situations where there is little, if any, market activity for the assets and liabilities.

The inputs into the determination of fair value require significant management judgment or estimation.

Financial Assets

The Company’s financial assets as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 include cash equivalents, interest rate cap agreements and a note receivable. The Company’s financial liabilities are discussed below. The carrying value of cash equivalents approximates fair value due to its short-term nature. The fair value of the interest rate cap agreements are determined using quotes that are based on models whose inputs are observable LIBOR forward interest rate curves. To comply with the provisions of Topic No. 820, the Company incorporates credit valuation adjustments to appropriately reflect both the Company’s non-performance risk and the respective counterparty’s non-performance risk in the fair value measurements. In adjusting the fair value of the Company’s interest rate cap agreements for the effect of non-performance risk, the Company has considered the impact of netting and any applicable credit enhancements, such as collateral postings, thresholds, mutual puts, and guarantees. As a result, the Company has determined that the inputs used to value this investment fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.

Although the Company has determined that the majority of the inputs used to value its interest rate cap agreements fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy, the credit valuation adjustments associated with the Company’s interest rate cap agreements utilize Level 3 inputs, such as estimates of current credit spreads to evaluate the likelihood of default. As of February 1, 2014, the Company recorded credit valuation adjustments of less than $0.1 million to the overall valuation of the Company’s interest rate cap agreements. The credit valuation adjustment is not considered significant to the valuation of each of the individual interest rate cap agreements and as a result, the Company has determined that its interest rate cap agreement valuations in their entirety are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of the note receivable is based on a discounted cash flow analysis whose inputs are unobservable, and therefore it falls within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.

 

F-41

---

Table of Contents

The fair values of the Company’s financial assets and the hierarchy of the level of inputs are summarized below:

 

		(in thousands)
		Fair Value Measurements at February 1, 2014				Fair Value Measurements at February 2, 2013
Assets:
Level 1
Cash equivalents (including restricted cash)		$	32,324			$	34,972
Level 2
Interest rate cap agreements(a)		$	1			$	69
Level 3
Note Receivable(b)		$	—			$	385

 

(a)	Included in “Other Assets” within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets. Refer to Note 8, “Derivatives and Hedging Activities,” for further discussion regarding the Company’s interest rate cap agreements.

(b)	The change in the fair value of our Level 3 note receivable is related to the Company receiving full payment during Fiscal 2013. As of February 2, 2013, this note receivable was included in “Prepaid and Other Current Assets” on the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Financial Liabilities

The fair values of the Company’s financial liabilities are summarized below:

 

		(in thousands)
		February 1, 2014								February 2, 2013
		Carrying Amount(a)				Fair Value(a)				Carrying Amount(a)				Fair Value(a)
$1,000,000 Senior Secured Term Loan Facility, LIBOR (with a floor of 1.0%) plus 3.3%, matures on February 23, 2017		$	828,839			$	836,091			$	863,084			$	874,232
$450,000 Senior Notes, 10% due at maturity on February 15, 2019, semi-annual interest payments on August 15 and February 15, from February 15, 2014 to February 15, 2019			450,000				501,458				450,000				489,938
$350,000 Senior Notes, 9% / 9.75%, due at maturity on February 15, 2018, semi-annual interest payments on February 15 and August 15, from February 15, 2014 to February 15, 2018			126,147				128,512				—				—
Total debt		$	1,404,986			$	1,466,061			$	1,313,084			$	1,364,170

 

(a)	Capital lease obligations are excluded from the table above.

The fair values presented herein are based on pertinent information available to management as of the respective year end dates. The estimated fair values of the Company’s debt are classified as Level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Although management is not aware of any factors that could significantly affect the estimated fair value amounts, such amounts have not been comprehensively revalued for purposes of these financial statements since that date, and current estimates of fair value may differ from amounts presented herein.

Due to the short term nature of the Company’s accounts receivable and accounts payable, their recorded values approximate fair value.

 

F-42

---

Table of Contents

18. Commitments and Contingencies

Legal

The Company establishes reserves relating to legal claims, in connection with litigation to which the Company is party from time to time in the ordinary course of business. The aggregate amount of such reserves was $1.3 million and $0.9 million as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively.

Like many retailers, the Company has been named in class or collective actions on behalf of various groups alleging violations of federal and state wage and hour and other labor statutes, and alleged violation of state consumer and/or privacy protection statutes. In the normal course of business, we are also party to various other lawsuits and regulatory proceedings including, among others, commercial, product, product safety, employee, customer, intellectual property and other claims. Actions against us are in various procedural stages. Many of these proceedings raise factual and legal issues and are subject to uncertainties.

While the Company does not believe that the amount of loss in excess of those recorded would be material to the Company’s consolidated financial position, any such loss could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s consolidated results of operations in the period(s) during which the underlying matters are resolved.

Letters of Credit

The Company had irrevocable letters of credit in the amounts of $43.9 million and $35.3 million as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively.

Letters of credit outstanding as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013 amounted to $28.8 million and $26.7 million, respectively, guaranteeing performance under various lease agreements, insurance contracts, and utility agreements. The Company also had outstanding letters of credit arrangements in the aggregate amount of $15.1 million and $8.6 million at February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively, related to certain merchandising agreements. Based on the terms of the credit agreement relating to the ABL Line of Credit, the Company had available letters of credit of $456.2 million and $422.7 million as of February 1, 2014 and February 2, 2013, respectively.

Purchase Commitments

The Company had $597.3 million of purchase commitments related to goods or services that were not received as of February 1, 2014.

Death Benefits

In November of 2005, the Company entered into agreements with three of the Company’s former executives whereby upon each of their deaths, the Company will pay $1.0 million to each respective designated beneficiary.

19. Related Party Transactions

In connection with the purchase of the Company by Bain Capital in April of 2006, the Company entered into an advisory agreement with Bain Capital (the Advisory Agreement) pursuant to which Bain Capital provided management, consulting, financial and other advisory services. The Advisory Agreement had a 10-year initial term, and thereafter was subject to automatic one-year extensions unless the Company or Bain Capital provides written notice of termination, except that the agreement terminated automatically upon an initial public offering or a change of control of the Company. If the Advisory Agreement terminated early, Bain Capital would be entitled to receive all unpaid fees and unreimbursed out-of-pocket fees and expenses, as well as the present value of the periodic fee that would otherwise have been payable through the end of the 10-year term. The Advisory Agreement was terminated on October 2, 2013 in connection with the Offering. As a result of the termination,

 

F-43

---

Table of Contents

Bain Capital was paid a fee of $10.1 million which is included in the line item “Costs Related to Debt Amendments, Termination of Advisory Agreement and Other” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss). Prior to the termination of the Advisory Agreement, Bain Capital was paid a periodic fee of $1.0 million per fiscal quarter plus reimbursement for reasonable out-of-pocket fees, and a fee equal to 1% of the transaction value of certain financing, acquisition, disposition or change of control or similar transactions by or involving the Company. Fees paid to Bain Capital amounted to $2.9 million during Fiscal 2013 and $4.3 million during Fiscal 2012 and Fiscal 2011, and are included in the line item “Selling and Administrative Expenses” in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss).

As of February 2, 2013, the Company had $0.6 million of prepaid advisory fees related to the Advisory Agreement, respectively, recorded within the line item “Prepaid and Other Current Assets” in the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Bain Capital, either directly or through affiliates, has ownership interests in a broad range of companies (Portfolio Companies) with whom the Company may from time to time enter into commercial transactions in the ordinary course of business, primarily for the purchase of goods and services. The Company believes that none of the Company’s transactions or arrangements with Portfolio Companies are significant enough to be considered material to Bain Capital or to its business.

The brother-in-law of one of the Company’s Executive Vice Presidents is an independent sales representative of one of the Company’s suppliers of merchandise inventory. This relationship predated the commencement of the Executive Vice President’s employment with the Company. The Company has determined that the dollar amount of purchases through such supplier represents an insignificant amount of its inventory purchases.

20. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

In the opinion of the Company’s management, the accompanying unaudited interim Consolidated Financial Statements contain all adjustments which are necessary for a fair presentation of the quarters presented. The operating results for any quarter are not necessarily indicative of the results of any future quarter.

 

Year ended February 1, 2014:		(in thousands, except share data)
		Quarter Ended
		May 4, 2013				August 3, 2013				November 2, 2013				February 1, 2014
Net Sales		$	1,065,013			$	963,711			$	1,064,502			$	1,334,277
Gross Margin(1)			397,361				363,391				414,865				555,929
Net Income (Loss)			(5,563	)			(25,014	)			(16,857	)			63,584
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Basic(2)(3):
Class L Stockholders			7.91				8.01				8.04				—
Common Stockholders			(0.09	)			(0.13	)			(0.12	)			0.86
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Diluted(2)(3):
Class L Stockholders			7.91				8.01				8.04				—
Common Stockholders			(0.09	)			(0.22	)			(0.12	)			0.84

 

F-44

---

Table of Contents

Year ended February 2, 2013:		(in thousands, except share data)
		Quarter Ended
		April 28, 2012				July 28, 2012				October 27, 2012				February 2, 2013(4)
Net Sales		$	982,422			$	864,181			$	967,894			$	1,316,882
Gross Margin(1)			362,537				320,632				373,505				544,581
Net Income (Loss)			(3,940	)			(31,257	)			(7,447	)			67,945
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Basic(2)(3):
Class L Stockholders			6.73				6.95				7.12				7.96
Common Stockholders			(0.08	)			(0.13	)			(0.09	)			0.05
Net Income (Loss) Per Share—Diluted(2)(3):
Class L Stockholders			6.73				6.95				7.12				7.96
Common Stockholders			(0.08	)			(0.14	)			(0.09	)			0.05

 

(1)	Gross margin is equal to net sales less cost of sales.

(2)	Quarterly EPS results may not equal full year amounts due to rounding

(3)	All per share amounts have been adjusted for the 11-for-1 stock split effective immediately prior to the Company’s initial public offering, which was completed on October 7, 2013.

(4)	The quarter ended February 2, 2013 consisted of 14-weeks; all other quarters presented consisted of 13 weeks.

21. Subsequent Events

Holdco Notes

On March 5, 2014, the Issuers irrevocably called for redemption, on April 4, 2014, $58.0 million aggregate principal amount of the Holdco Notes outstanding. As a result of the redemption notice, $58.0 million of the Holdco Notes have been classified within the current maturities of long-term debt within the Company’s Consolidated Balance Sheet as of February 1, 2014. In addition, the Company will recognize a loss on the extinguishment of long-term debt of approximately $3.7 million in the first quarter of Fiscal 2014 representing approximately $1.2 million in redemption premiums and the write off of approximately $1.6 million and $0.9 million in deferred financing costs and unamortized original issue discount, respectively.

Stockholders Agreement

On March 13, 2014, we, the managers and the investors entered into an Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement (the “Amended Agreement”). The Amended Agreement provides that all managers other than such managers who are Senior Vice Presidents or above and such other persons designated from time to time by the Company’s board of directors as “senior managers” , may sell shares of our common stock subject to the Stockholders Agreement to the public, in accordance with applicable securities laws and the Company’s insider trading policy, as follows: up to 25% from and after adoption of Amended Agreement (the “Effective Date”), up to 50% from and after six months from the Effective Date, up to 75% from and after nine months from the Effective Date, and without quantity restriction from and after the one year anniversary of the Effective Date. Prior to the effectiveness of the Amended Agreement, managers were prohibited from selling shares of our common stock subject to the Stockholders Agreement other than in proportion to sales by the investors of their Company common stock until the expiration of the Stockholders Agreement, which will occur on the earlier of the fifth anniversary of our Offering or the time the investors have sold two-thirds (2/3) of their original holdings of our common stock. Senior managers remain subject to this restriction on sale under the Amended Agreement. In the event that the investors sell a percentage of their shares that is higher than the percentage allowed by the provision described above, all managers will be able to sell up to the percentage then sold by the investors. The Amended Agreement provides that non-senior managers will (i) be released from the Amended Agreement from and after the first anniversary of the Effective Date, and (ii) not have piggyback registration rights on future registered offerings of our common stock by the investors. Senior managers retain piggyback registration rights.

 

F-45

---

Table of Contents

 

 

12,000,000 Shares

 

BURLINGTON STORES, INC.

Common Stock

$25.75 per share

 

 

PROSPECTUS

 

 

April 30, 2014